Skip to content
WHAT'S NEW IN THE APPS

What's new. A little further every month.

What we've recently added, improved and fixed across the EasyPortal 365 apps — aggregated from the customer changelogs of each application. Updated daily.

EP365 Quick Actions

Version 1.2 App detail
  • Fixed Save as PDF and Merge into one PDF: once the conversion finishes, a card with a “Save PDF” button appears and the file downloads when you press it. Until now the download started on its own only after the conversion, which can take several seconds — so the browser or Teams might no longer treat it as your action and could silently block it.
  • Fixed Send by e-mail as a link in the browser now opens the new e-mail only in Outlook on the web — until now a second one also opened in the default mail program. “Print summary” in Compare document versions, Permissions and access and the Sensitive data check prints the summary again — until now only an empty window was left. When the browser blocks the print window, the dialog says so.
  • Fixed Files and folders with # or % in their name (such as “Invoice #12.pdf” or a folder “Discount 20%”) now work with Send to Managed Documents including uploading a new version, Compare document versions, Document overview, Permissions and access and the Sensitive data check — until now these actions failed for such a file.
  • Improved The Quick Actions menu and dialogs now appear in Czech for users whose Microsoft 365 language is Slovak — until now they appeared in English.
  • Fixed Send to Managed Documents is now offered on a site without Workplace when Managed Documents are installed on the same site — until now the action looked for them only in the Workplace app list and did not appear at all on such a site. After sending, the button for finishing the publication leads straight to the page with the app, not to the site home page.
  • Fixed Send to Managed Documents and the button for finishing the publication now always lead to the page with the full Managed Documents app — until now they could end up on a page that shows only the small “To acknowledge” box.
  • Improved The EP365 Quick Actions menu in lists and libraries now always loads in its current version. New versions therefore take effect right away — until now an older version saved by the browser could keep running in lists for several days.

EP365 Vozový park

Version 1.11 App detail
  • New Assigned vehicles and monthly reports. The fleet administrator assigns a car permanently to one employee and sets their manager (from the organisation directory where possible); an assigned car is then no longer offered in reservations or the calendar. Instead of logging every journey, the driver submits a report once a month: the odometer reading with a photo, optionally private kilometres, and refuelling with the company card or their own money with a receipt. The summary shows kilometres driven, consumption and the amount to reimburse. Until the driver submits the report for a finished month, it shows as a task in the app and on the phone, where refuelling can also be entered afterwards with a photo of the receipt.
  • New Team reports for managers and Monthly reports for administrators: who has submitted, who is overdue, what awaits approval, totals of kilometres and amounts to reimburse, printing and export. Approval (manager, administrator or none) is set in Settings. The reminder queue sends one-click e-mails to everyone whose report deadline is near or past – anyone who has submitted in the meantime or was reminded recently is not preselected.
  • New Monthly reports are protected: each report is visible only to the driver, their manager and administrators – also directly in SharePoint. An approved report goes into the journey log with business kilometres only and refuelling into the cost overview; private kilometres and amounts to reimburse stay in the report. The app takes the driver, manager and vehicle from the assignment and verifies approval from the version history – a report changed outside the app after approval is not written to the journey log and the administrator sees it for manual review.
  • New A new Getting started screen guides you through rolling out the app step by step: the administrator from installation and roles through locations, vehicles and assigned cars to announcing the app to employees; the dispatcher, team manager and driver each have their own path. The app works out the state of each step from the data itself, and sample data does not count. Each step has Open (straight to the right place) and Show me (a short tour that saves nothing). The app tour has new chapters on assigned cars and reports, and the help has new topics for team managers, reports, Teams, QR stickers, Data lists and sample data – everyone sees the questions for their role.
  • Improved A user without a role can book a car: their reservation always waits for approval, and they can see and cancel their reservations in My reservations.
  • Improved The Roadmap page is now What’s new: a clear list of what each released version added, improved and fixed. As a result, the app no longer loads anything from the public internet.
  • Improved The new reservation form is wider and split into four numbered parts: the vehicle on the left (for dispatchers also who the booking is for), and the date, route and passengers on the right. The chosen vehicle stays in view and the header shows a summary – vehicle, date and for whom. Detail panels for reservations, approvals, handovers and incidents are wider and reach the bottom of the window, and screen headers are consistent, including breadcrumbs while loading.
  • Improved Links from EP365 Workplace – app launcher tiles, alert cards and entries about created, approved and rejected reservations – lead to the page where Fleet actually runs and open the specific vehicle, incident or reservations awaiting approval. Alerts (expired and upcoming inspections, open incidents, reservations awaiting approval) go only to dispatchers and administrators, who are allowed to open them in the app.
  • Fixed Microsoft Teams: reservations, approvals, vehicle handovers, incident reports and inspections are recorded under your name in Teams – previously such a record could be attributed to another user of the site. If your account on the Fleet site cannot be verified, the app says so and offers a retry. Links created in Teams (e-mails, tasks, sharing, QR stickers) lead to the Fleet page in SharePoint, not to the Teams host page.
  • Improved Tighter permissions: site pages are read-only for dispatchers and drivers (app administrators, site owners and members keep editing rights), and vehicle payment details – the fuel card and leasing – are visible only to administrators and dispatchers, also directly in SharePoint. A role change takes effect as soon as the page is refreshed, and a newly added group member gets their role within two minutes. Settings → Version & info → Data lists shows for every list and library how it is protected, how many items it has and the actually measured permissions.
  • Improved Language: users with Slovak Microsoft 365 see the app in Czech, the app remembers the Workplace language and opens in it straight away (even during a short outage of its settings), and the English version is complete – command palette, breadcrumbs, messages and QR code printing. Corrected plural forms and Czech quotation marks in the help and tour.
  • Improved On first start and after a data structure update, the app shows what it is doing instead of a blank screen and asks you not to close the page. With a suspended licence it shows only a notice with a button to re-check the licence, and reloads itself once the suspension ends.
  • Improved The driver has the policy number at hand right at the accident: when reporting an incident, selecting the vehicle shows the insurer, the policy number, the comprehensive insurance number and their validity. On mobile the same details are in the vehicle glovebox. Policy numbers are now recorded with the vehicle.
  • Fixed More reliable data handling: when related details cannot be loaded, the app does not offer a step that could duplicate data, and explains why. Concurrent edits of reservations, incidents, locations and vehicles are protected – the app tells you the record was changed by someone else instead of silently overwriting it. Lists are indexed, so reservations, handovers and the journey log keep working beyond 5,000 records. A reservation can no longer be cancelled after the car is picked up, back-to-back slots (8–12 and 12–16) are treated as free everywhere, cleared vehicle and incident fields are really cleared, and save errors are shown.
  • Fixed Phone: after pick-up you can start the journey and return the car, a morning refuel is saved, defect reporting no longer preselects someone else’s car, and an unfinished form is not lost without confirmation when leaving. Buttons and selected options use the button colour of the company theme.
  • Fixed Dates in the vehicle card (inspection, insurance, leasing, service, tyre change) and motorway vignette validity are shown on the correct day when editing. Documents and photos with # or % in the name can be uploaded to a vehicle, handover or incident and opened. The reservation map remembers the location of addresses containing # or & and of very long addresses.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.20 App detail
  • New Mandatory training. A situation can be set up as recurring training — for example health and safety every 12 months — with an audience (everyone, a group or a department) and a deadline for new people. The new Mandatory training overview shows for each person whether their training is valid, when it expires, whether it has lapsed or they never had it, with export and print for audits. From the training detail you renew a new round in one step for people whose validity is ending and for those who do not have it yet. You can also assign the training only to selected people, or to one person with Assign in their row. Validity counts from the last completion, and the last training record is never deleted.
  • New Situation owner. You can name an owner for a situation — a person or a group, such as the health and safety officer. The owner sees the progress of their situation, sends reminders and records the attendance of everyone present on an attendance sheet with a single confirmation. A sheet with names for signatures can be printed. Only the administrator still edits the situation content.
  • New Documents for the position. In Settings you assign document sets from Controlled documents to job positions. A policy step with a set by position in an onboarding plan then gives each newcomer the set for their position in the directory; when assigning to one person the proposal is shown beforehand, and for a future employee the person assigning chooses the position themselves.
  • New Reminder queue and calendar invitation. The reminder queue shows whose step deadline is close or has passed, and you send the reminders with one click — nothing is sent automatically, and people reminded in the last few days are not preselected. When assigning you can also send a calendar invitation with the deadline, so Outlook reminds the employee.
  • Improved Help and tour for mandatory training. Help has a new topic, Mandatory training and reminders (nine answers — validity, situation owner, Renew, attendance sheet, reminder queue, calendar invitation and documents for the position), and the app tour a new chapter for those who assign or own a situation. The command palette finds Mandatory training by words such as “BOZP” or “prezenční” (attendance) too. The HR starter content sets recurrence for health and safety and fire safety training.
  • Improved Content management as one workspace. Instead of three separate lists (situations, guides, guarantors), the left side shows situations grouped by life-cycle phase — groups can be collapsed and mandatory trainings have a group of their own — and the right side shows the selected situation with its guides, guarantors, assignment plan and training recurrence. You link a guide from the library or add a guarantor right at the situation, and a new guide or guarantor comes with the situation pre-filled. The “To fill in” filter points out situations without a guarantor or a guide (a mandatory training does not need a guide); the Content overview also lists guides that are in no situation and guides awaiting approval. Search finds situations, guides and guarantors at once, and the library shows which situations each guide and guarantor belongs to.
  • New Sample data with everything the Centre can do. In Settings → Test data you create a sample company in four sets – Content (22 situations, 10 of them with an assignment plan, around 60 guides of every type and state including approvals, a scheduled guide and a block showcase, 6 guarantors), Assigning (onboarding before joining and in the second week, role change, leaving, parental leave, a postponed return, a cancelled assignment and two group assignments), Mandatory training (people get different validity states – valid, expiring soon, expired and never) and Usage (views, search misses, saved and in-progress guides). You choose any number of real colleagues for assignments and trainings. The data are spread over past weeks, nothing is sent, and each set can be deleted again – only the samples go – real content and situations, guides and guarantors you edited by hand stay (editing just a plan, and sample assignments, do not count).
  • Improved Article approvers and situation assigners can only read the site pages – unless they are also site members, they can no longer edit or delete the page with the Centre by mistake. Centre administrators and site owners keep managing them. It takes effect once an administrator opens the Centre after the update.
  • Improved Clearer screens. Article and situation pages have a shorter header, so the content starts higher on the screen. In Content management, the switch between Matrix, Article list, Situations and Approvals sits below the page header, as in the other apps, and the management screens as well as the loading and not-found states of articles and situations have breadcrumb navigation back to the home page and the same icons as every other screen.
  • Fixed Assignment e-mails and calendar invitations no longer go to a guest's sign-in address, which cannot receive mail. Guests get the message at their real address from the directory; when the directory cannot confirm it, the result lists them among the people the message did not reach.

EP365 Kniha úrazů

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New My injury: the injured employee can see their own case — how it is being handled, what they have received and which documents are still missing for compensation — and can write a statement and send documents, from their phone too. The health and safety officer grants access with one button on the new Injured tab in the case detail; the employee gets an email with a link and no injury details, and their statement and documents are taken over into the case file from there. Apart from the employee, only the safety officer, HR and the site owners can see their statement and documents — enforced by SharePoint, not just by the app.
  • New The insurance claim can do more: a check calculation of average earnings including the more favourable previous year (Section 271m of the Labour Code), exemption from liability with a reason under Section 270 and a reduction rate within the legal limits, and for each entitlement the documents insurers usually ask for, to tick off, with a “What is still missing” overview. The pain-and-suffering point value follows the assessment year and the average wage published by the Ministry of Labour. You can print Information for the injured person (PDF) — what they are entitled to, under which section and what to document. A claim can now also be filed for a recognised occupational disease.
  • Improved The injury report now asks about medical treatment and where it took place, incapacity for work (yes / no / not yet known), expected consequences and the injured person’s health insurer. An injury where a hospital stay longer than five days can be expected is serious straight away, and the app calculates the reports and deadlines accordingly. The copy of the record goes to the injured person’s health insurer, the filing to the inspectorate responsible for the workplace and, for agency or contractor workers, the notice to their employer. The quick report from a phone asks whether the injured person went to a doctor.
  • New You can record a site manager for each workplace; it also applies to the workplaces and machines below it and, depending on Settings, the manager gets an email when an injury happens there. A supervisor can optionally see only the cases of their own operations plus their own reports (Settings → Roles) — this narrows the view, it does not protect the data, and the app says so. Supervisors now write items only in the injury log, investigations, actions, near misses and documents; they cannot change list settings or columns.
  • New Prevention: for injuries with more than three days of incapacity and for serious or fatal injuries the app opens the investigation itself, and cases still waiting for one appear under “Waiting to start”. Actions can now also be created for a near miss, an occupational disease or on your own initiative; the overview shows where each action came from. Near misses can show a link to your rules for rewarding reports.
  • Improved The overview has a “Things I noticed” card — it points out places or sources where injuries keep happening, repeated injuries of the same person and near misses followed by an injury; it uses fixed rules, no artificial intelligence. Overdue actions and claims missing documents now appear too. The injury log can be filtered by workplace, period and body area, and “print filtered only” respects the filters; the yearly chart also shows days of incapacity. The case detail shows other injuries of the same person and their position from Microsoft 365. “Ask the book” now also says what is missing in a specific case.
  • New For administrators: View as user (Settings → Roles) shows the app the way a specific person or role sees it and, for a specific person, also checks their actual SharePoint permissions. Settings → Data protection and archiving proposes records for disposal — signed records past their retention period, with an export; the app never deletes anything on its own. The help and the guided tour cover all the new features, including chapters for the injured employee.
  • Fixed The last step of the report shows every notification that follows from the injury — for a minor injury including the trade unions and the health and safety representative, where you have them. The overview counts injury records per case, so an updated record no longer counts as another case. A newly added person gets their role within two minutes, and a supervisor no longer waits on the start screen after an app update.

EP365 Kniha úrazů

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New Injury log under Czech Government Decree No. 322/2025. Record every injury — including those without sick leave — and the app derives the injury category, reporting duties and deadlines, each with the provision it comes from. The deadline for the injury report runs in working days from the moment you learned about the injury, and the app accounts for public holidays. Injury type, body part, source and cause are picked from code lists with code and name. For injuries up to 31 December 2025, duties and deadlines follow the previous Decree 201/2010.
  • New Five-step injury reporting, also from a phone. The log entry is created right after the first step, so a report someone started and did not finish is never lost. A supervisor scans the QR label at a workplace or machine and fills in just four things — who was injured, when, where and what happened; the health and safety officer completes the rest. When one incident injures several people, each gets their own entry and their own deadlines.
  • New Injury photos. Attach several photos of the injury and the scene to a report or a case — straight from the camera, or several at once from the gallery. The app shrinks them before sending so they get through on a weak signal and, if the browser can open them, removes location data. Only the health and safety officer, HR and site owners can see the photos; a supervisor sees only the photos they sent until the health and safety officer or HR takes them over.
  • New Deadlines, notifications and the injury report for the SÚIP portal. The submission queue tracks for each case what goes to whom and by when. The injury report has all 15 parts under Annex 3, and the app fills in what it already knows from the log and Settings. A submission guide walks you through the SÚIP portal form with values to copy in one click, stores the submission number and the case reference, and watches for report updates under Section 9. For a serious or fatal injury, a checklist of what to do in the first hour is at hand.
  • New Send duties by e-mail right from the case: a copy of the report to the injured person, notification to the trade union and the health and safety representative, the signed report to the health insurer and the notice of loss. The text is prefilled, you pick the attachment from the case documents, the e-mail is saved to your Sent Items and the duty is marked as sent with proof. If you turn it on in Settings, the app e-mails health and safety officers about a new report and offers an e-mail to the owner of a new action.
  • New Insurance claim and the injured person’s entitlements. A claim arises from an injury, not from scratch. Each entitlement carries its statutory basis, supporting document and amount, and pain compensation is calculated from points using a value you configure, since it changes every year.
  • New Investigations, corrective actions and near misses. Asking “why?” step by step leads to a root cause, from which an action with an owner and a due date is created. A lesson for the risk assessment is recorded with the investigation, and the app shows similar injuries and near misses from the last 24 months. Near misses are recorded alongside injuries and show their ratio to actual injuries — prevention that costs no one their health.
  • New Statistics and a summary for management. A body diagram with coloured areas and a workplace × month grid show where and when people get hurt, and the year is compared with the two before it. Management sees only a summary without names — not even SharePoint itself opens the log, reports or entitlements for them.
  • New Printing, PDF and export. You can print from every list and detail view, and a dialog always asks what the report should contain. The investigation report, the cover letter to the insurer, the annual health and safety report and the insurer overview can be saved as PDF; everything is assembled in your browser and nothing leaves for a third-party server. CSV export for Excel downloads exactly the filtered data from the log, injury reports, deadlines and insurance claims.
  • New Data protection. Site members and visitors without an app role cannot open the injury log and the related records — not even through a direct link. Earnings documents and medical reports have folders with restricted access. Supervisors and HR can only add to the case history; only app administrators or site owners can edit it, and SharePoint keeps every version. The app locks a closed year: an entry in it can be corrected only with a reason that is written to the history.
  • New Import from your previous records and sample data. Upload the injury log from Excel or CSV with a preview of what will be created and what will be skipped, and fill the code lists from the official SÚIP workbook. A complete sample of the whole agenda is created with one button in Settings, and another removes the sample entries — real entries stay untouched (sample workplaces, recipients and code lists remain).

EP365 Absence

Version 1.3 App detail
  • Fixed Absences across the turn of a month or year are counted correctly. Leave from 29 Sep to 3 Oct is now visible in October too — in the team calendar and in “Who is away” — and the payroll summary, its CSV export and monthly usage in the Usage overview split it between both months; until now it was counted entirely in the month it started. Vacation over New Year is likewise deducted from the balances of both years; My absences shows it in both years with the number of days that fall into the year shown, and Entitlements and people counts it the same way. A single request can last at most a year — enter a longer absence as several consecutive requests.
  • Improved Default absence types and sensitive types. In Settings → Absence types, the “Add default types” button adds eight common types — vacation, sick day, sick leave, home office, doctor, business trip, compensatory and unpaid leave. Sick leave, sick day and doctor come with sensitivity switched on, so colleagues see them in the team calendar only as “Absence”; only missing types are added, and if an existing sick leave, sick day or doctor type is not marked sensitive, the app points it out. A newly created type named Nemoc (sick leave), Lékař (doctor) or Sick day also gets sensitivity right away. A sensitive absence counted in hours, typically a doctor’s visit, looks in the team calendar just like a full-day one — only “Absence”, with no times and no number of days; an administrator brings this year’s entries into line with “Recalculate from requests” in Settings → Test data.
  • Improved Link straight to a new request. From the intranet, an e-mail or a step in the Life Situations Centre, a link can open the new request form directly — even with the absence type preselected, for example vacation. If the type from the link is not in the app, the form preselects nothing and asks for a choice, so nobody submits a different kind of absence by mistake. The Entitlements and people overview has its own link too. Absence cards in “My day” and links from Workplace lead to the page where Absence runs, straight to My absences.
  • Improved Forms, accessibility and start-up. The forms for an absence type, a holiday or company day off, an entitlement and rejecting a request open in a panel on the right like the app’s other forms and no longer cover the SharePoint top bar. Settings and Usage overview show the full header with the way back to the Overview even to users without permission, and screen readers announce a button that cannot be used right now as unavailable. The “Roadmap” screen has become “What’s new”, an overview of released versions with your version highlighted. On first start and after an update the app says what it is doing, and when the licence is suspended it shows only a notice with a button to check the licence again — it neither loads nor writes anything.
  • Fixed Fewer misclicks. Deleting an absence type, a holiday or company day off, removing someone from a role and cancelling a request now ask for confirmation first — before, they happened on the first click. The message saying the approver notification could not be sent stays in the form after a request is submitted, so a second click does not submit the request twice. Enter or Space on the “Delete” button of an absence type really deletes it, and a link to a screen the app does not have opens the Overview.
  • Fixed Teams and wording. In Microsoft Teams, Absence reliably finds the site it is deployed on — until now it could report that it was not there even on the correct site. Texts match what the app actually does: requests go to the app’s approvers, not to your manager, help and the tour no longer promise anything the app cannot do, the “Requires approval” option says it is not applied yet, and Entitlements and people explains why someone who has a role only through an Entra ID group is missing from the list.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.57 App detail
  • New Teams has its own Settings section. An administrator can switch Teams as a conversation source (chats and channels the user is a member of) on or off independently of mail and calendar, and immediately see whether Microsoft 365 actually grants the required permissions. Until the choice is saved, the existing setting applies.
  • New The prompt library can do more. You set a category for a template (Mail, Calendar, Teams, SharePoint, Writing & summaries…) and it is placed among the Prompt Studio tiles accordingly; the Personal / Shared scope can now be changed for a saved template too. Next to “My saved”, Prompt Studio has a new “Shared” button with prompts for the whole site and company, grouped by category. The Prompts window also adapts better to small laptop screens — in a low window it has smaller margins and more compact tiles, and the bottom edge shows that there is more content.
  • Improved Scope and source boundary in one place. In Settings → Source boundary you choose the scope — the whole tenant, this site only, or a custom list of sites and libraries — and the “Answer strictly from allowed locations” switch decides whether it applies only to the SharePoint search or to everything the assistant reads from SharePoint. There used to be two lists of locations that could silently exclude each other. Existing settings carry over automatically.
  • Improved “Company knowledge” is now called “SharePoint”. The conversation source, the Settings section, the Prompt Studio tile (now right next to Teams) and the help use the clearer name — the assistant searches company documents and pages as before.
  • Improved Questions about files selected in a library are clearer. If you have files selected and the SharePoint source turned on at the same time, the assistant points out above the input box that it will answer your own question mainly from the selected files and add a search of company content; the “Selected only” button turns the search off for the conversation. The shortcuts over selected files (summary, comparison, key points, tasks) do not search SharePoint and answer from the selected files only. Below the answer, a highlighted list shows which of the selected files are not in the answer and why — for example over the five-file limit, no readable text or a file that is too large; until now this was only a small note at the end of the answer. Files that were used carry a “Selected file” label in the source cards, so they are not mistaken for search results.
  • Improved The AI Assistant speaks the language set in Workplace. When Settings → General → App language is left at “Automatic”, it takes the interface language set for all apps in EP365 Workplace — on a portal where the other apps speak Czech, it no longer shows up in English. This also applies to the floating widget and to the AI Assistant in Teams. Where Workplace sets no language either, it follows the user’s Microsoft 365 language like the other EP365 apps: Czech for Czech or Slovak, English for any other language — users with German or Polish, for example, used to get Czech, and the floating widget was always in Czech in that case. A language chosen directly in the AI Assistant still takes precedence. On later visits the interface appears in the right language straight away, without briefly flashing in another one.
  • Improved In Czech the assistant now consistently refers to itself in the feminine form — in its answers and in the app texts — and the note under the message box names EasyPortal 365.
  • Improved Settings → AI parameters now clearly explains what each value does. Answer length shows roughly how much text it is (2,000 tokens ≈ 1,000 Czech words, about 3.5 standard pages) and that GPT-5 models count their thinking towards the limit; creativity notes that GPT-5 models do not use it; conversation history (formerly “context depth”) says exactly what the AI sees; token prices show GPT-5 mini prices from the Azure price list (September 2026) and the budget states that it applies to this site. The settings overview shows the conversation history even when it is inherited from Workplace. Admin help explains what to do about the “AI služba dotaz odmítla kvůli limitu kapacity” (capacity limit) error — where to raise the model capacity in Azure and how to verify it afterwards — and describes exactly where AI requests are processed: deployments that our deployment script newly creates in a European region use the Data Zone type and process requests only within the EU Data Boundary (EU member states, possibly also Norway and Switzerland); for older Global deployments Microsoft may process them in any Azure region. The descriptions of the daily limit and of document comparison are corrected too.
  • Improved The default token prices now match the GPT-5 mini model (USD 0.25 / 2 per 1M tokens) instead of GPT-4o prices. The spend estimate and the monthly budget of sites without their own prices are therefore no longer inflated. Saved prices stay as they are — AI parameters explain how to update them.
  • Fixed The overview of read sources, the model check in Settings and “Ask AI” in a library now identify themselves to the AI service with the signed-in user like the rest of the app, so they also work where the service requires sign-in. When the service refuses the sign-in, the overview says so and suggests what to check, instead of reporting unavailable storage.
  • Fixed The sentence “Read the … most relevant of … documents found” and the “Show everything the search found” button now count search results only. Until now they also counted selected files or the page you were on, so the numbers did not add up.
  • Fixed The warning about conflicting sources (the amber box with a warning sign) sometimes stayed empty and its text appeared below it as an ordinary paragraph. The text now always sits inside the box — in the answer, when copying and in exports to Word, HTML and e-mail, where the “[!rozpor]” marker used to appear instead of the box.
  • Fixed Source citations: a follow-up answer about a document from an earlier answer links to its source — the [1] opens the document and its card appears under the answer — and the PDF preview opens the page with the cited information, including for a document selected in a library.
  • Fixed Hub links now go straight to the AI Assistant. When the assistant runs on a subpage of a site (such as an employee portal), the app launcher and Workplace tiles used to open the site’s home page — now they open the assistant’s page directly.
  • Fixed The permission approval guide in Settings → App permissions names the correct role — Microsoft Graph permissions are approved by a Global Administrator, not a SharePoint administrator — and the PnP.PowerShell commands include registering your own app with the -ClientId parameter, without which sign-in no longer works. The admin center address also comes out right from a OneDrive site.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.19 App detail
  • New The new E-mail marketing add-on connects the CRM to your own Mailchimp account. It is licensed separately and set up in Settings → E-mail marketing: after a one-time consent by a Microsoft 365 administrator and role assignment, you connect the Mailchimp account, choose the audience, fields and tags and run the initial import — contacts already in your audience are matched by e-mail address. The CRM remains the place where decisions about contacts are made. It sends to Mailchimp only contacts with an e-mail address and a legal basis for commercial messages that are not flagged “Do not send bulk e-mails” or “Do not engage” (sending to your existing customers is off by default), together with selected fields for addressing them and tags with a prefix (“CRM ” by default) that the CRM is in charge of. Mailchimp returns to the CRM unsubscribes and invalid addresses — the contact is flagged “Do not send bulk e-mails” with an audit record — tags you choose, and new subscribers the CRM does not know yet, typically from Mailchimp forms; they are created as contacts with the source “Mailchimp” and the basis Consent. An unsubscribe always wins: the CRM never resubscribes a contact who unsubscribed in Mailchimp. Nothing is deleted without your instruction — a contact that no longer meets the rules or is deleted in the CRM is archived in Mailchimp, and a contact flagged “Do not send bulk e-mails” is unsubscribed there. Only a GDPR erasure or anonymisation in the CRM deletes the contact permanently, first in Mailchimp and only then in the CRM. Contacts only pass through the EasyPortal 365 service; we do not store them.
  • New The E-mail marketing add-on can also bring in activity from Mailchimp campaigns: in Settings → E-mail marketing, on the Campaign activity card, switch on Take over opens and clicks from campaigns and choose how many days back sent campaigns are tracked (30, 90 or 180). A contact then shows which campaigns they opened and where they clicked — in the Mailchimp block of the contact detail and as one entry per campaign on the timeline — and the reactions count towards the interest score (by default 6 points for a click and 2 for an open per campaign, adjustable in Settings → Scoring). An open is only indicative, because mail programs with privacy protection report it even for people who did not read the e-mail; a click is a real reaction. IP addresses, link parameters and bounces are not taken over, and when the feature is switched off, the reactions already taken over are removed from contacts at the next synchronisation.
  • New Campaigns and event follow-ups meet the legal minimum for commercial messages. Every such e-mail ends with a sentence saying it is a commercial message and how to opt out (by replying). Sending runs at the pace Microsoft 365 allows for a mailbox (30 messages a minute); when Microsoft throttles sending, the CRM waits and retries instead of dropping the e-mail. A single campaign can have up to 300 recipients — it is a personal message from your mailbox, not a newsletter. When sending is interrupted, the campaign detail shows who was not reached or whose e-mail failed (with the reason), and Send to the rest delivers the same content to them. Anyone who has since opted out is skipped, and nobody else gets the e-mail twice.
  • New Contacts record the legal basis for commercial messages — consent, or an existing customer — and, for consent, the date and source so that you can prove it. The basis can also be set in bulk in Contacts, and every change of the basis, the consent or the “Do not send bulk e-mails” flag is written to the audit log. The campaign wizard can filter by basis and warns before sending how many selected contacts have none recorded. The basis also decides which contacts go to Mailchimp if you have the E-mail marketing add-on.
  • Improved The separation of sensitive quotation amounts reaches further and also holds in overviews. The protected list, accessible only to administrators and the EP365CRMFinance group, now holds, besides the value and cost price, the split of delivery into one-off and monthly parts and the payment milestones — until now the total value of a quotation could be worked out from them. Work-hours revenue is protected as well; whoever performs the monthly close in EP365 Worklog must be in the EP365CRMFinance group. Existing quotations are moved across by the Check for leaks button in Settings → Data lists: the amount is transferred first, the transfer is verified, and only then is it removed from the quotation, so no value is lost (previously the clean-up could zero the value of a quotation that had no separate amount record). Generated quotation documents (Word and PDF) can be read and edited only by the same roles — other site members won’t see them, not even directly in SharePoint, and document generation isn’t offered to them. Users without permission to see amounts no longer get zeros in their place: figures that cannot be read are not printed, the manager report says so in its “What the report does not cover” chapter, the quotation export to a spreadsheet omits the amount columns, and Expected revenue and the Dashboard leave quotations out of their totals and say so; deal counts stay, because those are true. Settings → Permissions describes how far the separation reaches and where it stops: quotation line items stay readable, because without them nobody could put a quotation together, and their sum is the quotation value.
  • Improved GDPR erasure and anonymisation are more complete and report their outcome honestly. Erasure also removes the contact’s links to companies and clears the contact’s roles at companies (primary contact, reports, invoices), deletes earlier change values from the audit log and does not write the erased person’s name into it. The contact is deleted only after all linked records have been cleaned up and the audit record of the erasure has been written; if any step fails, the contact is kept, the erasure can be repeated and the change history describes what actually happened. A large erasure completes in full, because the SharePoint session is refreshed along the way. Anonymisation asks for confirmation, because it is as irreversible as erasure, and also removes the name from business line engagements and from earlier change values in the audit log. Erasure and anonymisation require the Delete records permission, the data export requires Export data. The person search in Settings → GDPR clears the previous results as soon as a new search starts.
  • Improved Conferences and events can be sorted by clicking a column header and are paged for both dates and series, so the ninth and every further date is visible, and the series detail stays open after adding an attendee or changing attendance. Attendance records are more reliable: opening a webinar detail no longer overwrites the registration and attendance counts with zeros (this affected webinars entered manually or imported from a registration system), and registering for a webinar or adding an event attendee no longer duplicates attendance — if the person is already registered, the application says so and saves nothing. Changing attendance status, follow-up status or removing an attendee reports a failed save, and bulk follow-up after an event stops when you leave the series, so a further run does not send some attendees a second e-mail. The “Preparation in Marketing” card in an event’s detail marks posts awaiting approval with an amber pill, shows their “to approve” count in the heading and also distinguishes approved posts.
  • Improved Controls are more consistent. Rows in every list — companies, contacts, quotations, tasks, products, subscriptions, contracts, invoices, campaigns, templates, webinars, events and series dates — can also be opened from the keyboard: Tab to a row and press Enter or Space to open its detail; activities, the timeline, upcoming events on the Dashboard and the score breakdown work the same way. The Dashboard, Invoices, Management, Help and the Report a bug and Suggest a feature screens carry the same five icons in their header as every other screen — Invoices and Management in every state, including while loading, without permission to see invoices and after an error — so you can switch from reporting a bug to suggesting a feature with one click. Quick search (Ctrl+K) also offers Webinars, E-mail templates, Usage overview and custom pages the administrator added to the menu, and no longer offers entries that do not exist in the CRM. Active filters, toggles, pagination and campaign wizard steps take the button colour from the Workplace company theme. The message for data that could not be loaded has the same form everywhere, and texts use Czech quotation marks, a proper ellipsis and correct diacritics. Display preferences (rows per page, table or tiles) return to their defaults once after the update.
  • Improved The Roadmap screen has become What’s new — it shows your version and the changes in each release. It loads from our own content, so it works behind a corporate proxy and does not stop responding after a few openings from one company network. When the list cannot be loaded it says so instead of claiming nothing has changed. Links to the screen and quick search work as before.
  • Improved When the CRM prepares itself on the first open after an update, it says so: instead of an empty area you see that data structures are being updated and a request not to close the page. After a larger update this can take a few minutes. When two administrators open the CRM at the same moment after an update (or one person in two windows), the default values of option lists and of the sales matrix are not created twice.
  • Fixed Invoices and electronic invoices calculate VAT correctly and consistently with the quotation. An invoice created from a quotation with no itemised lines carries the correct rate — until now it was issued at 0 %, even for a VAT payer. The rate is taken from the quotation lines, and when there are none, from the new Default VAT rate field in Settings → Billing details (21 % when left blank); before issuing you see the rate and the amount of tax. The same applies to the ISDOC electronic invoice and to partial invoicing by payment milestone. The quotation detail, the Word quotation, the invoice and ISDOC all calculate tax the same way — per line — so they no longer differ by a few crowns, and the VAT summary in ISDOC adds up exactly to the document total, in crowns as well as in foreign currency; tax in foreign currency is calculated to cents rather than whole euros. A document whose summary did not match its total could be rejected by accounting software on import. ISDOC takes the currency and exchange rate from the issued document rather than from the quotation, so a later change of the rate on the quotation does not alter it. If the uniqueness of an issued invoice number cannot be verified, or another document carries the same number, the application says so right after issuing and recommends checking the numbering series in the Invoices overview before sending the invoice.
  • Fixed Money and sales overviews calculate correctly. The Outstanding receivables and Overdue cards and the management report convert foreign-currency invoices using the document exchange rate — they used to add euros to crowns and label the result in crowns. Expected revenue derives the Certain vs. bet bar from the same figures it displays, including receivables and the recurring part of quotations (a quotation with monthly delivery could report a total of 120,000 CZK alongside 0 CZK certain). The per-company view also includes the recurring part of quotations, so a company whose entire revenue is monthly delivery no longer disappears from it, and a failure to read work-hours revenue is stated rather than quietly lowering the outlook. The weighted pipeline in the quotations overview is calculated only from quotations still being decided — the same as in the management report. The stage funnel on the Dashboard calculates conversion the same way as the contact funnel — how many quotations reached a stage or moved beyond it — so the numbers fall the way a funnel should and “conversion 200 %” can no longer appear. A quotation amount is shown on the contact and company timeline in the quotation currency.
  • Fixed Roles and permissions apply across the whole application. Screen restrictions for custom roles now also apply to quick search (Ctrl+K) and to drill-downs between records — from a webinar attendee, from linked tasks and from record links — so a role limited to selected screens can no longer reach a contact, company or quotation detail by a detour; when a role has no access to a detail, the application says so. The Management and Invoices screens can be ticked in the role editor — a role meant to see them used to be told access was denied. Downloading a full data backup and exporting event attendees require the Export data permission, deleting all data requires Delete records, and restoring from a backup and creating sample data follow the role permissions — restore previously ran even in read-only mode. The warning before deleting all data states that the change history is deleted too. Saving a custom role in Settings → Permissions only confirms with a green tick what was really set, and if the permissions of its SharePoint group cannot be read or lowered, it offers to save again. A custom page in the left-hand menu only accepts an address beginning with https (a page with an unusable address stays in the list and says it needs fixing in Settings), quotation attachments have a size limit and reject file types that open as a page in the browser, and company colours from central settings are validated as actual colours.
  • Fixed Saving no longer overwrites someone else’s or incomplete data. A contract or task detail opened from a company or contact panel redraws correctly when you switch to a different record — until now it kept the previous record’s values, so saving overwrote a different contract (including the price the company’s monthly revenue is calculated from) or a different task (including the link to its calendar event). Scoring settings cannot be saved before the stored configuration loads, so they are not overwritten with defaults. Data import rejects nonsensical values instead of silently storing them: a probability outside 0–100 and negative amounts end up as a row error in the preview, an unreadable number is not stored as zero, and a number written with a thousands separator (“1.250”) imports as 1,250 rather than 1.25. An owner who could not be resolved because SharePoint was throttling is not assigned to whoever ran the import, and an import interrupted by leaving Settings stops and says so — previously it continued in the background and a second run created some records twice.
  • Fixed When part of the data cannot be read or written, the application says so instead of showing zero or nothing. Expected revenue tells you when contracts, subscriptions or quotations failed to load; Management and the manager report tell unread targets apart from “no plan set” and an invoice or cost outage apart from missing permissions; a company opened from a link no longer claims “Company not found” during an outage; a campaign’s detail does not show zero replies from unread e-mails; the calendar check in Settings says what failed; and the Company contacts filter warns when contact-to-company links could not be loaded. When attendance at an event or webinar, or a suggestion in a contact detail, cannot be carried over into the contact’s sales line, the application reports it and suggests adjusting the engagement in the contact detail; carrying meetings over from the calendar reports separately how many contacts could not be written. In a contact’s E-mails tab the preview of incoming messages shows the text correctly — previously every letter “s” was replaced by a space — and messages also load for a contact whose e-mail address contains the # or & character.
  • Fixed Lists and pickers no longer claim to be empty while they are loading. Company, contact and quotation details including the Items and Attachments tabs, quotation documents and change history, a contact’s companies, webinar and event attendees, lookups and custom fields in Settings, saved segments and the company, contact, product, quotation, series and e-mail template pickers show “Loading…” while data is being read. An empty state with an invitation to create something only appears when there really is nothing there, and when a list cannot be loaded, the application says so and does not offer to add new records to it. A link to a record that is not in the picker stays visible instead of looking like “no link”; the tag editor does not offer “Create” for an existing tag while the tag catalogue is loading, and if the catalogue cannot be loaded, a tag can still be added without picking a colour; when the search service is unavailable, the people search says the search did not run instead of “No results”. An invoice can be issued, and subscriptions created from a won quotation, only once what has already been created from the quotation has loaded. The “Other link” picker in a task offers every record of the chosen kind and the product catalogue loads in full — only the first 500 records or 1,000 products used to be read.
  • Fixed Dates are displayed correctly and consistently. Date fields in record details show the day in your local time: contract start, end and renewal, subscription start and end, task due date, quotation dates and date of supply, event and webinar dates, last contact and custom date fields. For a date stored outside the app (for example directly in SharePoint), the form could show the previous day — and shift it on save. CSV exports and the timeline use the local day as well. Dates look the same on every screen, in documents and in e-mails (“24. 9. 2026”), and an unreadable value is not shown as “NaN”. The service contract detail counts the days to renewal the same way as the Contracts overview, so a contract renewing today is not marked as “overdue” even in the afternoon.

EP365 E-shop

Version 1.2 App detail
  • Improved Links lead straight where they should. When the E-shop runs on a subpage of a site, the app launcher and the pending-orders card in Workplace open the E-shop directly. The pending-orders card takes administrators straight to Order fulfilment and everyone else to My orders; a regular user with a link to Order fulfilment sees their own orders instead of an access-denied message. In Microsoft Teams the E-shop finds its site even where the Workplace registry has a different display name, and renaming its lists in SharePoint no longer breaks it.
  • Improved What’s new and start-up. The Roadmap screen has become “What’s new”, with changes by released version and your version highlighted; it reads only our own content, so it works behind a corporate proxy too, and when the list cannot be loaded it says so. On first start and after an update the app says what it is doing, and when the licence is suspended it shows only a notice with a button to check the licence again — the catalogue and orders are not loaded.
  • Improved Readable and accessible buttons. The active filter in the catalogue and in order fulfilment and the confirm button in panels take the button colour from the company theme, so the label no longer blends into the background. Buttons that cannot be used at the moment — such as sending an order with an empty cart — are announced as unavailable by screen readers.

EP365 HR portál

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New The first release of HR portal — one place where employees see what the company needs from them and HR sees what it has to handle. The Employee portal shows a greeting with a personal sentence and number cards, Your journey with milestones and steps for today and tomorrow (start, leaving, role change…), This week, Assigned to you and What is waiting for you from your apps: documents to acknowledge (an assigned document set as one row with the progress “3 of 5 confirmed” and its deadline), Absence requests, questions and announcements to confirm. On top of that come life situations, news, events, new colleagues and kudos — and every button leads to the app where the item is handled. The HR workspace brings together what is waiting for HR today (overdue assignments, steps for HR, leave to approve, employee questions), a calendar of starts, changes, leavers and family situations six weeks ahead, the Starts and leavers board by stage, running group assignments, sent news and announcements with the number of read confirmations, and quick actions. In the “Ask” band you ask the AI Assistant, or send a private question to the team that handles it. The interface is in Czech and English, and announcements and news are shown in the reader’s language when a translation exists. In Settings you choose the Employee portal or HR workspace layout and the Aurora look; company colours are inherited from Workplace, and with a light company colour the greeting switches to its light variant with dark text on its own. Sample data is loaded with a button, and Ctrl+K quick search jumps to a section, app or action.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.6 App detail
  • New Creating a company account from the Life Situations Centre. When HR assigns an onboarding and the plan includes the IT step “Create company account”, the step opens the new-user wizard filled in from the assignment — display name, first name and surname, manager and start date. You add the department, job title, groups and licences in the wizard. If the assignment can’t be read, has been cancelled or already has an account, the wizard fills in nothing and says why. Once the account is created, it points you back to the Centre, where you link the assignment to the new account.
  • New Settings has a new Data retention section. You decide how long the application keeps daily governance snapshots, audit records and completed recertifications; older records are then cleaned up once a day into the site recycle bin, where they can be restored for 93 days. Cleanup is off by default, the shortest possible period is 90 days, and before anything is deleted the application shows exactly how much it will be. Recertifications still awaiting a decision are always kept.
  • Improved The record of administrator actions is on by default and records more. Without it the application could not show who deleted a group or whose account was offboarded. If you never configured the audit, recording starts after this update — you can turn it off at any time in Settings, the Privacy and audit section. Account offboarding, group merges, policy exemptions and removing a group member or owner are now recorded too. The record contains the name of the administrator who performed the action, so consider your duty to inform the employees concerned.
  • Improved Recertification and exemptions resistant to tampering. Reviewer decisions are written into an append-only record — a decision once made can no longer be edited or deleted, not even by the person who made it, and who decided is established by SharePoint, not by a value in the row. The application accepts a decision only from the assigned reviewer or an administrator, and only an administrator may change review assignments; anything undocumented stays in the outstanding list with an explanation, across overviews, trends, compliance percentages and the audit package. Granted policy exemptions have their own list that only application administrators may write to — until now any site member could edit them and so hide a risk; existing exemptions are migrated automatically. Values from group classification are always inserted into the printable audit package as text.
  • Fixed Safer deletions and bulk actions. When merging duplicate groups, the source group is deleted only when its members really made it into the target; a group with automatic membership is archived after the merge. The confirmation before deleting a Microsoft 365 group states that the connected team site with its files, the team in Teams and the shared mailbox go too, and that the group can be restored from the recycle bin for about 30 days. Offboarding does not run when the membership could not be loaded, deleting a classification node or scheme counts the affected groups first, and wiping application data shows up front how much of what will be deleted. The button that syncs recorded managers into Entra ID owners is only offered to people who may change that record.
  • Improved Reliability in larger organisations and accurate data. The app’s lists are indexed, users load in larger batches, the classification tree is read in full, and when Microsoft temporarily throttles requests the app sends no further queries. Daily governance snapshots and weekly summaries for department stewards are never created twice. Dates in overviews, exports and the audit package follow local time, and all CSV exports use a semicolon, so Czech Excel opens them correctly. A value with a backslash is placed into a dynamic membership rule correctly, group and people names are shown without hidden characters that could make them look like others, the app distinguishes “has not run” from “could not be determined”, and a problem with the user records in SharePoint is no longer reported as a missing Microsoft Graph permission.
  • Fixed E-mails and links. Notifications to reviewers, department stewards and group requesters go only to a real e-mail address, and guests receive them at their own address; people without one are listed by name after sending. Bulk recertification, overdue reminders and reviewer hand-over report the real outcome of sending — how many requests went out and who did not get one. Links in e-mails and Workplace cards lead to the page where Identity Manager actually runs.
  • Improved Controls and details. Rows in lists (Groups, Users, Access risks, Clean-up, My area, Privileges, Recertification, Taxonomy, Reports) and the tiles and cards on the Overview can be opened from the keyboard — Tab, then Enter or Space. Buttons and active toggles take the button colour from the company theme. The “Roadmap” screen has become “What’s new”, an overview of released versions. On first start and after an update the app shows what it is doing, and when the licence is suspended only a clear notice with an option to verify the licence again. Texts use correct terminology and Czech names, help and the tour match what the app actually offers, and the report form no longer promises a public issue — reports go to our support team.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.19 App detail
  • New Assigned situations. HR and managers can assign any life situation to specific people — onboarding, leaving, a change of role, returning from parental leave or recurring training. A situation has a plan of steps for the employee, manager, buddy, HR and IT with due dates derived from one date, such as the start date. In “Assigned to me” employees see their journey with milestones and a “You are here” marker, plus today’s and tomorrow’s steps, and confirm them right away; a guide or policy can be marked done only after it has been opened. The assignment detail shows the steps on a timeline, progress, people, the message from HR and the history, and it can be printed. Onboarding can be assigned even to a future employee who does not have a company account yet — HR, IT and manager steps start right away, and once IT creates the account, HR links it to the assignment. Each assignment is visible only to the people it concerns; the boundary is held by SharePoint permissions, not just by the app.
  • New Steps for me, Progress overview and group assignments. Managers, buddies, HR and IT see the steps waiting for them in colleagues’ situations. Whoever assigns tracks progress in an overview with indicators and filters, exports it to CSV, prints it and sends people e-mail reminders. A situation can also be assigned to a whole Microsoft Entra ID group or department, and new members can be added later.
  • New Situation plans and assignment settings. The Centre admin edits the step plan of each situation — role, offset from the date, whether it is required, a guide or policy for the step and a button to a neighbouring app. Settings → User roles has a new Assigner role (typically the HR team, optionally with a group of managers), so you don’t need SharePoint settings for it. In Settings → Assigning you choose the HR and IT groups, e-mails and how long completed assignments are kept; the section also says openly what does not run by itself yet — reminders of overdue steps, the summary for assigners and deleting assignments past the retention period — and how to do it by hand.
  • New HR starter content. With one button you load ready-made Czech HR content — 19 life situations, 9 of them with a step plan (onboarding, leaving, change of role, parental leave, health and safety training and more), and 29 guides, with a reference to the regulation on legal topics. The guides arrive as drafts so you can add your own contacts and rules before publishing. The import never overwrites anything.
  • New Situations and steps lead straight to neighbouring apps. A situation detail can have up to three buttons that open exactly what people need — for example a new holiday request in Absence with the type preselected, a policy in Controlled documents or your own link; a button to an app your company does not have is not shown. Plan steps lead to Identity Manager (the “Create the company account” step opens the wizard pre-filled from the assignment), E-shop, Absence (an employee’s step opens a new request right away) and Controlled documents. Other roles’ steps can appear in My tasks in Workplace — never for confidential situations such as leaving or parental leave — and Workplace shows assigned situations and steps for me in My day. The HR starter content already includes these buttons and Absence steps.
  • New A step with a document set. A plan step can point to a whole document set from Controlled documents instead of individual policies. When a situation is assigned, Centrum assigns the set to the person with the step deadline, and the step ticks itself off as soon as the person confirms all controlled documents of the set; the step shows the progress “3 of 5”, the employee gets a link to My documents and HR one to Controlled documents. Whoever lacks the Set assigners role in Controlled documents learns it already while assigning, and HR adds the set at the step with “Assign the set now”. A step with a set can also be closed manually with a reason, and cancelling the assignment also cancels the set assignment — documents the person has from elsewhere stay. Sets are not used for confidential situations.
  • Improved What’s new, language and start-up. The Roadmap screen has become “What’s new”, with changes by released version and your version highlighted; it reads only our own content, so it works behind a corporate proxy too, and when the list cannot be loaded it says so. Users whose Microsoft 365 language is Slovak see the app in Czech. On first start and after an update the app shows what it is doing instead of a blank area, and when the licence is suspended it shows only a notice with a button to verify the licence again — once the suspension ends, Centrum reloads itself.
  • Fixed Links lead to the Centrum page and personal state is saved for every account. Links from Workplace, e-mails, tasks, sharing and the knowledge footer lead to the page where Centrum runs — even when you use it in Microsoft Teams or another app is on the site’s home page. Bookmarks, followed situations, guides in progress, language choice, ratings and ticked steps load and save even for accounts with # or & in the sign-in name, such as guests. The e-mail to the author about an approved or returned article goes to their real mailbox address. The “Your progress” summary no longer shows zero when your progress could not be loaded, and numbers and words agree throughout the app.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.18 App detail
  • New Document sets replace bundles. A set is a named template — documents, situations of use (Onboarding, Change of position, Annual health and safety, Team leader, New system) and a deadline of “X days from assignment”, or one fixed date. “Assign to people” gives it to one person or several at once, and everyone gets a deadline of their own — you see who will have it by when before you confirm. Anyone who already has the set is skipped; an e-mail from your account is optional. You can also start a new set from a prepared skeleton. Existing bundles keep working as sets with a fixed deadline, and “Send out again per person” turns them into per-person assignments with the bundle’s deadline.
  • New Assigned sets in My documents, and new versions reach people from sets. For each assigned set you see the progress (“3 of 5”), the deadline and what is left; managed published documents count, and a scheduled document counts from its release date. A new version of a document also reaches people who have it only from a set, and it does not reopen a completed set — it is a separate acknowledgement with its own deadline. When a person has a document from several sources, the nearest deadline applies, and assigning a set never extends a deadline. When the set assignments cannot be read, the document is not distributed and the application says so.
  • New Set progress and the Set assigners role. The new “Set progress” view shows who completes what and by when — by people and by sets, with filters by set, situation and status. One button sends a reminder to people who are overdue, and the number next to the menu item tells how many assignments are overdue. For one person’s assignment you can move the deadline, send a reminder, or remove the set and bring it back; removing it invalidates only documents the person does not have from elsewhere. The new “Set assigners” role (Settings → User roles), typically for HR, assigns sets, moves deadlines and follows progress, but does not change sets or documents — its members get the permissions they need automatically.
  • Improved Controls, language and start-up. The member list of a distribution group and the recipient picker for a new document are sorted by clicking a column header, like the other tables. When neither Settings nor Workplace set the language, the application follows the user’s Microsoft 365 language: Czech and Slovak mean Czech, any other language means English. On first start and after an update the application shows what it is doing instead of an empty area, and when the licence is suspended it shows only a notice with a button to check the licence again.
  • Fixed When data cannot be loaded, the application says so instead of claiming there is nothing. The group member panel offers “Try again”, the document detail no longer claims the document does not exist, and badges, document counts and the usage overview show “?” instead of zero. Editing a category or distribution group whose record did not load says so right in the header and cannot be saved, so no second record is created.
  • Fixed Links and small fixes. Links in e-mails, in Workplace tasks and entries and in share links always lead to the Managed Documents page, and Workplace notices about documents awaiting approval or overdue open the Approval view or the compliance Dashboard directly. The date in export file names and the licence validity follow local time, Enter or Space on “Remind” really sends the reminder, clearing the application data also deletes files with # or % in their name, Czech texts use proper quotation marks, and the data lists overview correctly shows that the file library is hidden in Site contents.

Workplace

Version 1.31 App detail
  • Improved The company colour works in light shades too. When the primary company colour is light (yellow, for example), the greeting band switches to its light variant with dark text on its own, so the greeting stays readable; the “Light hero” switch in the theme editor says so for a light colour and is turned on automatically. Nothing changes with a dark company colour. Buttons and selected options in the theme colour have dark text on a light colour throughout Workplace, and the buttons in Application management and Global configuration, the avatars in Roles, the period switch in Visits, the options in Questions & Ideas and the content language tabs now use the company colour too.
  • Improved Announcements and news. The “All news” link opens the site’s news overview instead of a list of all pages. Announcements separate the title from the text with the dash that fits the content language — an announcement without an English translation is shown to English readers in Czech, with the Czech dash. The “Not read” list and “X of Y have read” are shown only where the site audience can be counted (owners, members and visitors); when the site groups contain a whole group, such as “Everyone except external users”, announcement management explains why the list is missing instead of showing an incomplete one. The Confirmed reading and Not read panels are wider, so people’s names fit.
  • Improved AI assistant in the News editor. When company sources disagree (an authoritative source says something different from an ordinary document), the article follows the authoritative source and the editor gets the note about the discrepancy separately in the assistant panel — it never ends up in the article text. The assistant also more reliably recognises a brief for which it should not search company documents, and no longer searches them needlessly.
  • Fixed Links lead where they should. The e-mail to the solver team about a new question or idea and the e-mail about an answer open that thread in Questions & Ideas straight away — they used to lead to the home page. Links from Questions & Ideas and from the Site map copied in Microsoft Teams lead to the site, not to a Teams page, and the link to Workplace in the app overview leads to the page where Workplace runs, even when it is not on the site’s home page.
  • Improved Language and page headings. Workplace follows the interface language from the hub’s Global configuration when the administrator has set one there and Workplace itself does not enforce a language; users with a Slovak Microsoft 365 environment see the interface in Czech, all other languages in English. Page headings show the highlighted sentence on its own line in the theme colour, and the My activities, Apps, My day, Directory, My tasks and Site map pages show a breadcrumb. Czech texts use proper quotation marks, and the help correctly says that you open management with the “Application management” gear.
  • Improved Application management and start-up. Sample data tells you at each step why nothing was added or what went wrong, and the summary no longer reports created data when nothing was created. On first start and after a data structure update, Workplace shows what it is doing instead of an empty area, and that you should not close or reload the page. When the licence is suspended, only a notice with a “Verify license again” button is shown — an outage of licence verification does not cause a suspension. And when two administrators create the default content classification set at the same moment, only one set remains in the list.

Workplace

Version 1.30 App detail
  • New A new Aurora surface — a light background in your company colours, glass cards and zone headings with a highlighted word and a subtitle; the row right below the greeting can overlap its bottom edge. Turn it on in Settings → Layout → Page look; existing sites stay unchanged.
  • New Questions and ideas: the tile stays clear even with dozens of items (panels with counts, a status filter, paging), you can mark published answers as helpful and sort answers by newest or most helpful. The section also works on a team site under a hub — it reads and creates questions in the hub’s lists, so permissions and solvers stay in one place; a team site that already has its own questions keeps reading them. The tile can be limited to one area, and a new question can be opened with a link (?ep365hp=inquiry:new, optionally with an area).
  • New News can use the Magazine view (one large lead story with three smaller ones beside it) and read from several sites — add selected sites, such as the HR department’s site, to this site’s news and stories merge from the newest; every reader sees only what they have access to. While writing news, you open the AI source documents right in the app — in a preview and in a paged overview with type, site, author and modified date.
  • New Global configuration → AI Assistant: the floating assistant position for all sites (bottom right or left, height including an offset down to the bottom edge), whether the SharePoint source switches on automatically — for all sites at once, clearer labels for the defaults (conversation history, answer length, creativity) and default token prices for GPT-5 mini (USD 0.25 / 2 per 1M tokens; saved prices do not change). The “Company knowledge” source is now called “SharePoint”, as in the AI Assistant.
  • Improved Administration → About now shows “What’s new” instead of the Roadmap: for every released version it shows what was added, improved and fixed, and highlights your version. The Roadmap loaded from public GitHub directly in the browser, so behind a corporate proxy or after a few openings from one network it stopped responding. If the overview cannot be loaded, the app says so instead of claiming nothing was added.
  • Improved New section looks: Life Situations Centre can show cards in the colours of life phases with a large icon and the number of published guides, “Welcome aboard” a grid of faces with position, start date, a Say hello button and a “Show only from the start date” option, and Quick actions cards with an icon, title and description. The greeting can address you by first name and do without the Headline — the main story then shows in News. The default looks do not change.
  • Fixed AI in News: the sources match what the AI actually used (no unrelated files, no source markers in the text), “outside AI” rules and source limits apply here too, Workplace AI features sign in to the AI service as the signed-in user, so they work where the service requires sign-in, conversation history cannot be set above 50 messages and generation no longer retries endlessly after the AI service time limit.
  • Fixed Readers see a news post’s summary, type, targeting, display period and translations right after saving — they could previously stay only in the draft version of the page; if a property cannot be saved, the app says so. For news saved earlier, just open the post and save it again. Workplace setup no longer creates duplicate columns in the Site Pages library.
  • Fixed Date and time follow your clock and time zone: shortly after midnight the AI no longer treats yesterday as today, the confirmation export carries the right date, announcements and news appear and disappear on the right day even in UTC+12 to UTC+14, and saving a form again no longer shifts the date. Usage overview counts an active announcement until the end of its last day.
  • Fixed Voting in Question of the day and in the Pulse survey saves the vote again. Guests (accounts from other organisations) can confirm reading announcements, react to kudos and see their questions and ideas. In read-only mode (without a valid licence), Questions and ideas lock submitting and administration and explain why; reading still works.
  • Fixed Other fixes: the Documents to acknowledge section shows the same as Controlled Documents (including documents whose acknowledgement expired), Content preview opens a document with # or % in its name, Enter on “Add to Outlook” opens Outlook, a search in Questions and ideas says it found nothing instead of claiming there is nothing here, and a row with equalised height always stretches the whole section card.
  • Fixed A news image no longer overwrites another post’s image or another site file with the same name. The same applies to the logo and font in Global configuration — a new file appears in the apps only after you save.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.56 App detail
  • New You can move the floating assistant. In Settings → Floating widget, choose whether the icon sits at the bottom right or bottom left, and move it higher when another page element covers it in the corner (a chatbot or a cookie bar, for example), or lower, right down to the edge. The docked panel attaches to the same side, and “Ask AI” in a library opens there too. With the next version of Workplace, an administrator will also be able to set the placement for all sites at once (Global configuration → AI Assistant); a site with its own choice keeps it.
  • New The assistant can switch on Company knowledge by itself. With the new setting “Switch on Company knowledge automatically” (Settings → Company knowledge), the assistant recognises that a question concerns company content, switches the source on, says so and answers right away — instead of asking you with a button. The answer is complete (chart, document draft, next steps) and the question counts against the daily limit only once; a search with an answer does cost more than a plain message, though. With the setting off, nothing changes; with the next version of Workplace an administrator will be able to set the choice for all sites at once — it will then take precedence. The conversation header now also shows which sources the answers draw on — in the app and in the floating assistant.
  • New Permissions that are measured. Settings → App permissions finds out with one button what actually works for the app in Microsoft 365: it sends a test call for each permission and shows what works, what Microsoft 365 refused and what cannot be measured from here. The result speaks about your account (licence, sign-in age), so you can tell “the administrator has not approved it yet” from “just sign out and back in”; administrators also find ready-made PowerShell commands here. The Mail and calendar section is just as honest — it shows the measured state instead of a hard-coded warning — and messages about mail, calendar and tasks tell a missing licence or mailbox apart from missing admin consent.
  • New A Teams scenario in the task menu. The assistant can read the chats and channels you are a member of, but no task in the menu led there. Scenarios now include a Teams tile with three tasks — what I missed, where we discussed what, and what is expected of me — and clicking a task switches the “Teams conversations” source on by itself. There is also a new lesson, “What I missed in Teams”. The scenario appears where the administrator has Mail and calendar switched on.
  • Improved The assistant knows the date, the time and itself. It receives your date, weekday and time including the time zone, so deadlines such as “by Friday” or “in 14 days” line up. Questions like “what is my name”, “which version am I on”, “which model is this” or “how many questions do I have left today” are answered from the actual configuration — and only when you ask.
  • Improved Faster and more economical. The conversation list appears a few seconds sooner, reading images in PDFs is shared among all the PDFs a search reads, and when the AI service cannot answer within its time limit you find out right away — the question is no longer silently retried for minutes. When the AI service runs out of capacity, the assistant waits as long as the service recommends and tells you what to do. When a web page does not respond in time, it says so clearly. After an answer from company documents, next steps are offered right away, without counting against the daily limit.
  • Improved Material from mail, calendar, tasks and Teams says how far it reaches. The morning overview and mail triage work with a slice (two days of calendar, at most 15 messages awaiting a reply, the 25 latest messages), and the range is now visible in the app and in the material for the assistant; meetings show “+N more” instead of being cut off silently. When results from these sources do not fit into the question, the assistant admits it and suggests narrowing the question instead of claiming it found nothing.
  • Improved Clearer Settings and appearance. Settings are organised into groups (App, Assistant, Sources, Appearance and extensions, Administration) and descriptions use the full width of the screen. The company colour from the theme now also shows in headings, the app name, active tabs and button fills (a colour too light for text stays in accents only), the logo at the top left leads to the start screen and, in the theme colours, represents the assistant next to its answers. A newly added app gets a height of 1,200 points right away, so the content is not cramped.
  • Improved “What's new” instead of the Roadmap. The page carries the overview of released versions — what each one added, improved and fixed — with your version highlighted. The planned-features columns are gone, and with them the reading from GitHub straight from your browser, so GitHub outages or limits no longer affect the app. Links to the page keep working, and bug reports go by e-mail to our support, where they become a ticket.
  • Fixed The source boundary and the “excluded from AI” marking apply on every path through which content reaches the assistant — not only in search. This covers a question asked right after the app opens, follow-up questions about a previously cited document, the floating assistant's shortcuts (library listing, page content, list data, site overview, column filling), manually attaching a document from SharePoint including an older version, the people directory, search query suggestions, and mail and Teams messages linking to a document outside the allowed locations. The assistant always says what it left out, and for a library excluded from AI it suggests contacting the administrator. When the administrator switches Mail and calendar off, the assistant does not search these sources even in older conversations. And if settings fail to load, the last known settings apply, not “none”.
  • Fixed Limits, budget and numbers that tell the truth. The daily limit and the monthly budget apply even during an outage: when the counter or the settings cannot be read, the app admits it (a question mark instead of zero), follows the last known settings and also counts questions in the browser, so reloading the page does not reset the limit. An interrupted answer is not saved as finished and does not use up a question (when regenerating, the original answer stays), regenerating respects the monthly budget, and AI calls that ended without an answer are counted in the usage overview. The usage overview, limit exceptions and the conversation list say when data could not be loaded in full, and the context depth can no longer be set above the 50 messages the AI service accepts.
  • Fixed Safer handling of content. The source preview no longer opens web pages and SVG images inside the app (they can contain executable content) — it offers them in a separate tab; the preview of Office documents, PDFs and images stays. An answer can no longer be misled by text inside a document posing as another source's header or as an instruction, and text written in an image is treated as data, not as an instruction.
  • Fixed The floating assistant works with what is in front of you. A file selected in a library also applies to a question in your own words (not only to the offered shortcuts), and only where you can see it; selected files are recognised in folders with more than 500 files, in the flat view and in search results. When Company knowledge finds nothing, it answers at least from the place you are on, and an unreadable selected file does not block the question. Column shortcuts are offered only to those who may create columns, and the column fill and library suggestion cards save edits reliably and assign values to the right file.
  • Fixed The floating assistant is more reliable. It appears on every site where the app is deployed, and an open panel, including a message you are typing, does not disappear when SharePoint briefly does not respond after you move to another page. The icon steps aside for the full app even when it renders later, and it does not stay gone when SharePoint removes it from the page. Closing the panel in the middle of an answer does not save an incomplete answer, source links including a specific PDF page work, and a new question is not overwritten while loading. When the panel cannot load, the assistant says why and offers Try again. Your text and attachments stay in the box when a question cannot be sent, and the app reports an empty AI answer.
  • Fixed Tables, charts and warnings. Tables written without pipes at the ends of rows render as tables (in chat and in exports to Word and to a page), the pie chart handles up to ten slices, each in its own colour, and when a chart cannot be built the answer says so. Next-step suggestions containing a source reference (such as [4]) appear in full instead of being left dangling in the answer. The limited-mode warning is gone for users who are not missing anything, and the app opens faster as a result.
  • Fixed The assistant now handles files and folders with # or % in their names (for example “Discount 20%.docx”): it reads them when you select them in a library or attach them from the SharePoint documents window, goes through such a folder when filling in a column from content, and checks their “Excluded from AI” classification too. Previously such a file could not be read and the contents of such a folder did not load.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.13 App detail
  • New Document version retention. SharePoint can only cap versions per library — Atlas does it per kind of document. A policy says how many versions a document of a given type (by a metadata column or by a retention label) keeps in its state and at what age — for example “approved contract: 3 versions within a year, then 1”. The state comes from a column, from SharePoint content approval or from whether the document has a major version; the scope can be the whole tenant, selected sites, or sites created from one template. Clean-up takes two steps and nothing is deleted on its own: first a read-only plan showing what falls outside the rules including the space it would free, and only after confirmation does the deletion run — either to the site recycle bin or permanently. Every run stays in the history and freed space can be shown for a chosen period. The “Inspect document” button gives the verdict for one specific file, version by version, with the reason. For really large libraries you can generate a PowerShell script and import its result back into the history.
  • Improved Findings now say what you can do about them straight from the app. Where Atlas can make the change there is a button — including the finding about sharing with anyone outside the organisation. Where it cannot, because Microsoft does not offer it through the interface, there is a ready-made PowerShell command and one sentence explaining why; previously there was nothing, which looked like an omission. For the sensitive-content finding you can list the actual files: the search runs under your own account, so you only see what you have access to, and the list is never stored.
  • Improved Index health shows which content lags behind. The “How quickly new content becomes findable” breakdown is no longer just a chart: click a band and it lists the content behind the number — address, site, when it changed, when the crawler last visited and how long it took. The address opens the document itself, and below the list are the sites where the delay piles up, with a link to their search settings where the site can be reindexed. Content that changed after the last crawl and is still waiting has its own row.
  • Improved Lists sort by clicking a column header, in every table in the application. The first click sorts ascending, the second reverses it, and the arrow in the header shows what is being sorted. Until you click, the order that carries meaning is kept — the most severe finding first, the worst site health first, the newest scan first. The whole filtered list is sorted, not just the page you see.
  • Improved Clearer screens. Panels with more fields or sections split into two columns — classification on the left (what the record is and where it belongs), the actual work on the right — sections are numbered, the header summarises the whole record in one sentence, and below the form there is a plain-language summary of how the application will read it. In API load, the “Trouble windows” and “Where it hurts” cards sit side by side and both are paginated; the endpoint ranking used to cut off at eight rows without saying so. And the page that was called “Roadmap” is now “What’s new”, carrying the overview of released versions with your current one highlighted — so the app no longer calls any service outside your tenant and our distribution network.
  • Fixed Application settings could sometimes only be saved after reloading the page — saving reported that the settings could not be loaded even though the values were visible in the fields. Your settings were never at risk; the safeguard against overwriting the configuration simply refused to write. Fixed. And the lifebuoy in the left panel promised “What’s new” but opened Settings — now it opens what it promises.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.17 App detail
  • New A new joiner gets their documents in a single click. The “Person report” now has an “Add documents” button: it walks through published documents with targeting and writes the selected person everything they are entitled to under the current targeting. Nobody else is touched, so it finishes far sooner than a company-wide redistribution. The same for several people at once runs from Settings — Maintenance under “Onboarding backfill”. Anyone who has already confirmed a document stays confirmed — running it again breaks nothing. The “Send e-mail to new recipients” option is off by default for both maintenance actions. One e-mail goes out per document added, so a ticked box can turn quiet maintenance into a send-out of dozens of messages. Anyone who does want the e-mails switches them on in the panel with a single click. Each action spells out exactly what it does and whom it affects.
  • Fixed E-mail now goes to the real mailbox address, not to the sign-in name. In organisations that moved to their own domain (sign-in name on “onmicrosoft.com”, mail on the company domain), and for external collaborators, the address derived from the sign-in name was undeliverable. Microsoft accepted the message anyway, the application reported “sent”, the bounce landed with the sender — and the recipient stayed in the compliance overview as someone who had not confirmed. The address is now looked up in the directory just before sending. If an account has no mailbox at all, the application says so and names the people concerned instead of quietly reporting success. Document assignments are unaffected — anyone who does not get the e-mail still has the documents in “My documents”.
  • New The application speaks English. The entire interface — navigation, screens, forms, messages, help and the guided tour — now has an English version. The language is set for the whole organisation in Settings — General — “Application language”; the “Automatic” option takes the language from EP365 Workplace, and if that is not set either, it follows each user's own Microsoft 365 language. What gets translated is the interface, not the content: names of documents, categories and groups stay in the language they were written in, and confirmation audit records do not change at all — evidence for an auditor has to read exactly as it was created.
  • Fixed Fifteen run-together words in the guided tour and in the group panel are fixed. Wherever a highlighted phrase was followed by a line break, the words rendered without a space — for example “Co je novéhos novinkami”. It was a whole class of defect rather than a single typo, so a build-time check now guards against it.
  • Fixed Quick search works on a phone again. The bottom bar had no button for the command palette, so on mobile there was no way to open it at all — on a computer it has always worked through “⌘K”.
  • Fixed Changing the category now moves the document file too. A category with restricted file access keeps its files in its own folder with its own permissions, but until now recategorising only rewrote the classification — the file stayed in the folder of the original category. The document then either promised protection its file did not have, or stayed locked away from people who were newly entitled to it; in the application both looked exactly like the correct state. The file is now moved first, and the classification is written only for documents whose file actually moved. Whatever did not go through is listed with a reason — a file used by several documents must not be moved, as that would cut off the others. This applies to the bulk category change and to editing a draft.
  • Fixed The bulk category change no longer moves a document into a category with restricted file access if its recipients could not reach the file. This was already checked at publication but not when recategorising — a published document could end up in a category its recipients are not readers of. They would then have to confirm something SharePoint will not open for them, and would show up in the compliance overview as not having complied. Every published document with targeting is now checked, and whatever does not pass stays in its original category, listed with a reason. If the check cannot be made (groups fail to expand), it does not pass either: access to documents is never guessed.
  • Fixed Turning on restricted file access now copes with a file that carries more than one document. The files of a category move into the protected folder when it is turned on; if several documents pointed at one file, it moved once and the remaining documents reported an error and kept pointing where the file no longer was. The file now moves once and every document pointing at it gets the new address — and saving the category again repairs links left dangling this way.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.16 App detail
  • New Categories can now restrict who may open their files. Until now, document targeting decided who must confirm a document – not who may open it: files sat in a single library reachable by anyone with access to the application site. A category can now have „Restricted file access“ enabled with selected people or groups; its files are then stored in their own folder that SharePoint opens only to them, and switching it on also moves in the files of documents already in the category. Administrators, publishers, approvers and line managers always have access. A document in such a category cannot be released to a recipient who is not among the readers – the application lists them, because they would be asked to confirm a document they could not open. Only a site administrator can enable it. What is protected is the file: the document title, description and recipient list remain readable to anyone with access to the site.
  • New Documents now have their own „valid from“ date. Until now the application only knew the release date and the date the document archives itself – there was no way to record when the document takes effect. The new field is deliberately independent of distribution: you can publish a directive in December effective from January, and people can confirm it before it takes effect. It is filled in the Add document panel and in the document detail, and appears everywhere the document is shown. The „valid from“ column in the evidence pack and the Archive export is fixed at the same time: it used to show the release date, so an auditor read the publication day as the effective day. There are now two separate entries – „released“ and „valid from“ – and the effective date is only shown when the publisher actually entered one.
  • Fixed The administrative document detail now opens only for those entitled to it, and bulk e-mails go to recipients as blind copies. The detail could previously be reached through a link with a parameter in the address, or by clicking a row in the Archive that everyone can see – and although SharePoint blocked any data changes, a bulk e-mail could still be sent from it. Approvers and line managers still see the detail, but archiving, editing recipients, re-sending and uploading a new version remain with administrators and publishers. In bulk messages all recipients used to be in the To field, so a reminder showed everyone the names of colleagues who had not complied, and „Reply all“ reached the whole company. Messages are also sent in batches now, so they get through for large groups – a single message to hundreds of people previously failed entirely and nobody received the document.
  • Fixed An expired periodic re-confirmation now counts as unmet everywhere. A document with a renewal interval whose confirmation had expired correctly returned to the employee as unconfirmed, but the manager view, person report, central report and the evidence pack still reported it as met – including the material prepared for an auditor.
  • Improved The record of confirmations is more conclusive. Every confirmation now shows who SharePoint itself records as the author, and when the stored name differs from that author the application flags it – until now the record rested solely on a value sent by the browser. Confirmations created by the sample-data button are stored with their own origin marker, so they no longer look like confirmations from real people. The evidence pack also distinguishes who the document was sent to from who it targets today: if targeting changed in the meantime, it shows both numbers and explains the difference. And texts in the application and in e-mails describe the audit trail exactly as it works – wording about electronic signatures and a fixed retention period is gone, the strict NIS2 mode states that the IP address is obtained via a public service, and the pack footer names the single exception to the immutability of records.
  • Fixed Releasing documents is more reliable. Approving a document whose targeting cannot be expanded now leaves it in the approval queue – previously the document was published with no recipients at all and disappeared from the approval list, so it could not be retried. Reminders after a new version reach the people they concern: the application used to compare confirmations against the version a person once confirmed and claimed everyone had already confirmed. The document detail shows a notice when someone joined the targeted group after release, and the approver note is saved and visible in the document detail.
  • Fixed Comprehension checks (control questions) now calculate correctly. If you left one of the options blank, the marking of the correct answer shifted to a different one after saving – the employee then answered correctly and the confirmation did not unlock. An unfinished question could be silently discarded on save, and the document went out with no control questions at all, without anyone being told. And a corrupted quiz meant no quiz, so the document could be confirmed without answering. All of it is fixed: the application refuses to save an unfinished question and explains why, removing the option marked as correct leaves the question with no answer marked instead of shifting it silently, and corrupted questions lock the confirmation.
  • Improved Settings now contain only options the application actually performs. The number and spacing of automatic reminders and the weekly manager digest could be saved but triggered nothing – SharePoint itself has no scheduled job to send them. The notification sender is gone as well: e-mail always goes out in the name of the signed-in user and only the reply-to address can be overridden. Audit record retention remains as a recorded policy, with an explanation that on its own it deletes nothing. Conversely, the default confirmation period is finally used – the deadline in the Add document panel used to be pre-filled with a fixed thirty days regardless of the setting and the category.
  • Fixed Sample data and wiping application data now do what they promise. Wiping no longer deletes the record of which application version the site uses (this silently switched the site to the latest available version), it also wipes the document bundles list that was previously forgotten, and above all it reports what could not be deleted: until now it finished silently even when SharePoint refused some items, and the remainder looked like a complete result. Creating sample data no longer overwrites settings you have already made, and the application notices when sample data was created twice at once and recommends wiping and creating it again.
  • Improved The application admits when something failed instead of showing an empty result. The evidence pack and export are not produced from incomplete data – if a targeted group cannot be expanded, the auditor material would otherwise come out showing full compliance. Search inside document content admits when it cannot run, instead of searching the whole site and returning no match for a document that does contain the word. The recipients panel no longer claims during loading that the document will not be distributed to anyone. And several places reported success after a failure: removing a person from a role, adding members to a distribution group, the count of e-mails sent, and the completion notice after wiping data.
  • Improved Fixes in controls and lists. Bulk actions in Document management now work with what is currently visible – the selection used to survive a filter change, so archiving could hit different documents than those on screen. The „Due by“ filter in the central report no longer omits documents due on the selected day itself. The counts on filters in All documents match what the user actually sees. Clicking the uncategorised segment in a chart opens the correct list, the person report returns to the first page when you switch people, and the reminder button in the manager view is unavailable on every row while sending is in progress. The application also loads in environments with strictly limited browser storage, typically a tab in Microsoft Teams, where it previously stayed blank.
  • Improved The what is new screen shows changes by released version. The earlier board of planned features in columns is gone, and with it the reading from a public service outside your tenant – the application now calls only your SharePoint and our content delivery network. The document file library no longer appears in Site contents either, so data managed by the application does not clutter the library list; this has no effect on who can reach the files.

EP365 Vozový park

Version 1.10 App detail
  • Fixed The maintenance plan no longer hides a deadline it does not know about. If the mileage history cannot be loaded, the app says so and explains that services tracked in kilometres have no estimated date yet — previously such a vehicle silently dropped off the list while the page claimed everything was fine. The same applies to the vehicle list: an unread journey log no longer looks like "0 km in 30 days" and "no journeys", and an unread location list no longer turns a vehicle into a vehicle without a location.
  • Fixed The vehicle type, fuel and tyre condition options now match what can actually be saved. The new vehicle form used to offer minibus, truck and LPG, none of which could be stored, while CNG was missing entirely. Tyre conditions in the vehicle detail differed from those in the Tyres section. All option lists now come from a single place, so they cannot drift apart again.
  • New You can leave a shared ride again. The detail of someone else’s reservation you joined as a passenger now has a "Leave" button, available until the vehicle is handed over. Until now you could join but not leave, even though the help described otherwise.
  • Fixed An unreadable record no longer looks like a record without defects. A vehicle inspection whose stored items cannot be read now admits it, instead of appearing to be a completed check with no defects at all. The damage map locks in that case so a new entry cannot overwrite the original one. And the what’s-new overview now distinguishes "no news" from "the list could not be loaded".
  • New The app can now be expanded to full screen. The icon row at the top right has a new toggle that lifts Fleet out of the page and stretches it across the whole browser window — useful for long lists, the calendar and the reservation map. Click again to return.
  • Improved A refresh button was added where it was missing. The vehicle card and the Reserve a vehicle page could previously only be reloaded by refreshing the whole page, even though their content changes most often — documents, service records and other people’s reservations keep coming in.
  • Improved Lists now behave the same across the whole app. Locations gained search, Reserve a vehicle gained paging, and Roles shows the first 24 members of large groups with the rest one click away. The search field now looks and behaves the same everywhere.
  • Improved A unified look according to the company standard. The headers of Costs, Inspections, Fuel import and QR labels now use the same size as other overviews, status colours are defined in one place instead of dozens of spellings of the same shade, and character symbols were removed from the interface. As a result the company colour from Workplace also reaches places where it used to be hard-coded.
  • New Fleet now handles more than passenger cars. Vehicle types were extended with bus, tractor unit, trailer, semi-trailer, motorcycle, tractor, agricultural machinery and work machine — a construction company, carrier or farm no longer has to record everything as "Other", which used to break filters and statistics. Lists and tiles also show an icon matching the kind of machine.
  • New The vehicle photo protocol now guides the driver through six views. On handover and return the app offers a fixed set — front, left side, rear, right side, interior and odometer — each with a hint on how to take the shot. On a phone the camera opens directly. The set is not mandatory, but missing views are visible, and photos are stored labelled by view, so the "before" and "after" condition can be compared piece by piece. Extra photos beyond the set can be attached as before.
  • Fixed Uploading photos from a phone is more reliable. The app used a newer browser function to read the file, which some older phones lack — photo upload to the protocol failed on them. It now uses a method that works everywhere.
  • New The handover record is now produced as a signed PDF. At the end of the form you sign — with a finger on a phone, with a mouse on a computer — and the app composes a PDF stored in the vehicle documents. It contains the odometer reading, fuel, cleanliness, damage description, notes and the signature, and it states which photo views are missing. No paper record is needed and the document for the insurer or management is at hand.
  • New The QR code on a vehicle now opens the action that actually makes sense. After scanning the label the app checks the vehicle state and your reservation for it, and offers the matching step — handover record, return record, vehicle inspection, or the vehicle card. When several options fit, it shows them all with the reason why. Labels printed earlier lead to the vehicle card and keep working unchanged.
  • Improved Full-screen mode is now available on the home screen too, and the app remembers your choice. The toggle was added to the icon row on the Dashboard, where it was missing, and if you expand the app it stays expanded the next time you open it. The choice applies only to you, not to the whole organisation.
  • Fixed Text in side panels now uses the correct typeface. In the reservation detail and other slide-out panels the values were rendered in a serif system font instead of the corporate one — while the heading and licence plate looked right, so the panel appeared assembled from two different styles. The same applied to the people and location pickers.
  • Fixed The reservation map is readable again. The basemap provider started requiring a registration key and an "API KEY REQUIRED" watermark appeared across the whole map. The map still loaded, so the app reported no error. The basemap now comes from OpenStreetMap, which needs no key — vehicles, destinations and routes are unchanged.
  • Improved The offer after scanning a QR code now states a concrete time and does not guess when data is missing. A running journey and a waiting reservation now show when they start, so it is clear which journey is meant. And if reservations cannot be loaded, the app no longer offers creating a new one — it leads to the vehicle card, so a driver does not accidentally create a second reservation for a vehicle they already took over.
  • Improved The reservation map has a calmer basemap. The basemap colours are muted so that what matters stands out — destinations, home locations and journey routes. The map stays readable: forests, water and motorways remain distinguishable.
  • Improved The app now looks up its data in a way that survives a list being renamed. Until now it referenced lists and the document library by name, so renaming them in SharePoint would make the app stop finding them — without any error, just empty overviews. It now addresses them by location; this also covers clearing test data and uploading documents, where a silent failure would do the most damage.
  • Improved Empty lists now look the same everywhere and no longer overstate what they know. Where a bare “No records” line used to be, there is a consistent empty state with an icon, an explanation and, where it helps, a button to the next step — across reservations, vehicles, handover reports, incidents, inspections, refuelling, the journey log, locations, costs, statistics and the maintenance plan. Most importantly: when data cannot be loaded, the app says so instead of reassuring you that there is nothing there. The same fix landed in the mobile Glovebox, where a failed read used to claim the vehicle had no documents.
  • Fixed The “What’s new” link on the Roadmap now works in full-screen mode too. When the app was maximised, clicking it did nothing — the page stayed where it was and you had to scroll to the release notes yourself.
  • New The app now speaks English. A CS / EN switch has appeared in the top right corner — switching translates the whole interface, including help, the guided tour, the mobile version and printed pages. The choice is personal to you and the app remembers it. An administrator can also set a default language for the whole organisation in Settings — General, or leave it on “Automatic”, where the app follows your Microsoft 365 account language. Your data — vehicle makes, journey purposes, location names — stays exactly as you entered it.
  • Fixed Full-screen mode fixed. The page header used to shrink in it, so the section title and its description disappeared behind the content — now it is always shown in full. The left panel also scrolled as a whole, including the logo, leaving your name and the settings cog off screen; only the navigation scrolls now and the footer stays put. Switching sections also returns the content to the top instead of leaving you mid-page.
  • Fixed In Tyre management, a block of technical text from the code was showing in every table row. The rows are clean again.
  • Fixed The dashboard overflowed sideways, which produced a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom, and clipped a strip off its own top. It now lines up with the rest of the page.
  • Improved The share icon is now on every screen. It was missing from the vehicle pick-up and return form, from creating a new inspection, from the roadmap while it loads and from a QR scan that could not find the vehicle. The link always points somewhere the recipient can act — for the handover report, for instance, at the reservation it belongs to.
  • New Locations now carry their own position on the map. It is looked up once — per location or for all of them at once — and the reservation map then draws them instantly and reliably, even when the public lookup service is down. If the first service cannot find an address, a backup one is tried.
  • Fixed A handover report can no longer be created twice. Previously, if a photo upload or the PDF failed, a second attempt produced a second report and a second journey-log entry, so one journey was counted twice. Now a repeated save simply finishes what was left.
  • Fixed The odometer can no longer be lowered by accident. On vehicle return the new value was written even when the previous one could not be read, so a vehicle with 120,000 km could be overwritten with a lower figure. A manual correction by an administrator on the vehicle card still works.
  • Fixed Returning a vehicle no longer overrides the reason it must not be driven. Handing back the keys used to switch even a vehicle grounded by a serious incident or by servicing back to “Active”, and it immediately reappeared among those on offer.
  • Fixed A reservation the requester has meanwhile cancelled can no longer be approved or started. The approval queue loads once, so a stale row could bring a cancelled request back to life and block the vehicle again.
  • Fixed A journey interrupted by an incident on the vehicle can now be closed. The reservation moved to “Awaiting closure” and there was no way out of it — the return report could not be filled in and the journey never reached the journey log.
  • Improved When data cannot be loaded, the app says so instead of claiming emptiness. This covers the list of free vehicles, the vehicle card and the screen after scanning a QR code — they could previously report “no vehicle available” or “vehicle not found” when the app had merely failed to ask.
  • Fixed A signature in the report no longer disappears when scrolling on a phone. Hiding the browser address bar wiped the pad and the document went out unsigned.
  • Improved Reservations and incident reports are now protected in SharePoint itself, not only in the app. Everyone can edit only the record they created; approving and handling other people’s records is up to dispatchers and administrators. Creating your own reservation still works for anyone you have given access to.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.12 App detail
  • New Atlas has a new section, “Site templates”. Instead of describing the structure of new sites in a configuration screen, you build one REFERENCE site the way sites in your company should look and take a snapshot of it – Atlas reads its shape and stores it as a template. The snapshot carries libraries and lists with their columns, views and versioning, the folder tree, the SHAPE of permissions (group and role names – never actual people), Microsoft Teams channels and the site pages. Optionally it also takes reference documents – a blank protocol, a checklist, letterhead – and the images used on pages; they are copied on purpose, so the template stays a frozen picture of the reference site even after someone overwrites the original file. Every template shows what will and will not be transferred: list items, personal and hidden views, private and shared Teams channels and a page hosting a single web part do not belong in a template – and each of them says why. If a branch could not be read, Atlas says so: unread is not the same as empty. Creating and reconciling sites from a template is done by the Managed Sites app.
  • New Templates can compare revisions. Every new snapshot of the same reference site creates a revision and older ones are kept, so in the template detail you pick an older revision and see exactly what changed on the reference site between them – folders, libraries, lists, views and channels added or gone, changed permissions, columns and versioning. Broken inheritance is reported separately, because it is a different change than granting access, and a role change on the same group is one line “from what to what”, not a pair of “gone” and “added” you had to piece together yourself. If a revision has unread branches, the app says so before the differences themselves – “gone” may simply mean “could not be seen”. And whatever an older snapshot never recorded is listed separately as not comparable, instead of being passed off as a change on the reference site.

EP365 Site Manager

Version 1.6 App detail
  • New There is a new “Site templates” screen: from a snapshot taken in Atlas you create a new site or reconcile a site that has been running for years – one and the same path. You pick a template, enter the target site and say who gets access there; the template carries only the SHAPE of permissions, group and role names, never actual people. The app then computes a PLAN – how many libraries, lists, columns, views, folders, documents, channels and pages will be added, how many writes that is and how many objects will have permission inheritance broken – and starts writing only once you confirm. Deployment is additive: whatever is already on the site stays and is skipped, content included – a document or image already on the target is not overwritten, because the reference site is a starting point, not a version that should override months of work put into a file. It creates libraries and lists with the right type (plain list, calendar, tasks), missing columns and views even on libraries the site already has, the folder tree, reference documents, Microsoft Teams channels and pages. Pages are not copied but TRANSLATED: their content carries links to specific lists and addresses of the reference site, so they are rewritten to the counterparts on the new site and images are uploaded before the page is created. Whatever cannot be translated – a web part pointing to a list the template does not carry, or a link outside the reference site – is listed by name. After permissions are set the app READS every object BACK, so the final summary does not say what was sent but what actually applies on the site – including what failed, what is there on top of the template and where nobody is left with Full Control. You enter the address of the site running Atlas in Settings – Site creation.
  • New A template can also just be COMPARED with a site, with no intention of writing anything – across several sites at once, too. The “Compare only” button takes a site address and shows what is missing there against the template, without you having to fill in group mapping or hold Full Control on that site. In the “Several sites from the catalogue” mode you pick sites and the app first only READS whether each matches the template, how it differs, or why it cannot be written to (no Full Control, part of the content could not be read). Only sites that differ are pre-selected; unread and non-writable ones cannot be ticked at all, because a bulk change based on not knowing is the last thing you want. Writing starts only on confirmation – site by site, so one failure does not stop the rest. A site that already matches the template is not overwritten and you can see that in the summary, otherwise you would keep reconciling something that is fine. For every site the audit records WHICH revision of the template it was created or reconciled from, so it can be traced back later.
  • Improved The app now uses the full width of the screen. Until now content was aligned into a 1,180-point strip, so a wide monitor was left with empty space on the right while tables – the site catalogue, requests, audit, import – were needlessly cramped. The narrower column stays only where it helps reading: forms in Settings.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.55 App detail
  • Fixed The “outside AI” boundary is no longer switched off by settings that could not be read. The assistant uses the last known settings and reports the outage; until now empty settings were indistinguishable from “nothing is excluded”, and excluded documents could make it into an answer.
  • Fixed A specialised assistant stays in its role. An assistant with its own brief (a Translator, say) no longer appends an offer to search the corporate knowledge at the end of an answer — neither in the text nor as a card below it. The restriction used to apply only to the brief given to the model, not to what the app displayed; you now get exactly what the assistant was briefed to do and nothing more.
  • Fixed The assistant no longer promises to go and look something up. When you ask about an internal matter and the corporate knowledge is not enabled, it says so straight away and the app offers a button that enables it and repeats the question. Until now it sometimes asked for confirmation and then said to wait a moment while nothing was happening.
  • Improved The assistant states its capabilities more accurately — and the widget matches the app. It offers Word, PowerPoint, Markdown and HTML instead of the previously incorrect PDF, the widget no longer promises e-mail drafts and tasks that are not there, and next-step suggestions do not offer to send or save: a person always does that with a button. The floating widget now also follows the same brief as the app on the page — it can draw the diagrams it used to promise but not deliver, and conversely no longer asks the assistant for things it cannot display.
  • Fixed A temporary SharePoint outage no longer creates anything blindly or switches the version. The app does not start creating its lists when it is unsure whether they already exist — previously such a second status record made it replay the settings on every opening, again and again. Permission groups are likewise not created blindly: until now a failure could end with no role assigned to the group and nobody finding out. And when the chosen application version cannot be read, the last known choice is used instead of switching to the latest.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.11 App detail
  • New Settings now show whether the app is running the latest version – a tag appears next to the version number and, when a newer one is available, a bar with an explanation; you activate it right in the version management card, with nothing to upload anywhere. That card also admits when the chosen version is no longer available: until now it stated a pinned version was running even after routine pruning of older versions had removed it, so the choice stayed recorded forever with no way to tell why. And the app starts even when the version the site is switched to is missing from the delivery network – it works back through older released versions instead of not loading at all.
  • Fixed The scan and the targeted audit measure reality, not the first page. On sites with larger numbers of users, owners, libraries or subsites only the first batch used to be counted, and above a hundred role assignments on a site, list or item only the first hundred were read – so the security figures came out gentler than reality and findings such as “a single administrator” could arise from that truncation alone. The audit also measures levels by actual permissions rather than by the role’s name: a custom level with list management (a “Editor”, say) counts as Edit even when it is not called that, and both the display and the printed report note it. When a read cannot be completed, the app marks the figure as undetermined rather than computing an incomplete number.
  • Fixed Findings are no longer closed as resolved on the basis of data the scan did not read. When an outage prevents loading guests, sites or apps with access to content, the rules return nothing over the missing data – which used to be indistinguishable from “the problem is gone”; findings from such an area now stay open and are settled only by a scan that genuinely reads the data. A scan also does not mark the findings of a site it could not see as resolved, so the score does not jump because of it, and a targeted audit marks itself incomplete over an unread section instead of showing a green score. Conversely, the finding about sites excluded from search closes again after remediation even when the scan did not manage to load the tenant settings – until now it waited for data it does not use at all. The AI readiness screen now lists the specific open findings in the AI area and states how many sites they come from.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. Without loaded data the Overview does not show “score 0 out of 100” but admits it does not yet know the score; the API load screen does not offer green zeros and a sentence about there being no throttling; the settings-change watch does not store a failed read for two minutes as “nothing changed”; and figures show a question mark or a dash instead of zero. Instead of “you have no permission” you now see that the permission merely could not be verified – an unfinished role lookup is also not stored, so an administrator is not left with an access-denied message for half an hour. An unloaded picker is not passed off as an empty result and a list you have no permission for is not treated as missing; ordinary users are thus rid of repeated loading errors and the app starts faster.
  • Fixed The application settings cannot be overwritten with emptiness. The safeguard against overwriting used to be released merely by the list read succeeding – even when no usable value came out of it, and a failure to load findings or watches was enough; the first save of any detail, an exception on a finding say, then wiped the pillar weights, rule thresholds, granted exceptions and the imported tenant settings. The safeguard is now released only once the settings have genuinely been read, the notice states truthfully why saving is locked, and during a read outage saving is refused. Each section also saves only its own fields and reads the current state first, so granted exceptions, saved investigation queries, intervention notes and PowerShell imports no longer overwrite one another and two administrators can work at the same time.
  • Fixed Concurrent runs and outages do not produce duplicates. A scan does not start when it cannot be verified that another is not already running – until now a concurrent one started and findings could be duplicated; the scan lock is fixed too, as it could appear free while a scan was running and conversely stay stuck after it finished. Sample data is not duplicated by creating it again: when the old sample content cannot be removed, the new set is not created at all, so duplicate snapshots and incidents do not accumulate and distort the trend. The app also does not start creating its lists or permission groups when it is unsure whether they already exist, and during a temporary outage it does not switch to the latest version instead of the one you chose. Saved settings carry through reliably even across several changes in a row, because the verification always asks the server rather than the browser’s memory.
  • Fixed The API load overview showed lower numbers than the calls the applications actually made. The data is stored in a single shared row per application and day, written to by everyone currently using the app – when two such writes met, the second overwrote the first and part of it was lost, silently, because saving reported success. A write now verifies that nobody has changed the row in the meantime; if they have, it reads the fresh value and adds to it, and what exceptionally cannot be saved stays in memory and goes out with the next send. Collecting measurements from other sites also stopped creating a second record for the same application and day, which could make the same figures count twice in the overview.
  • Improved Atlas data is protected directly by SharePoint permissions. Scan snapshots, findings, watch incidents, saved audits and the application settings – the very record with which Atlas evidences the state of security, including rule thresholds, granted exceptions and the choice of running version – are now changed only by the Atlas administrators group; Atlas readers and other users read them as before. The app applies the setup itself as soon as a site administrator opens it, and completes it even where an ordinary member opened it first. Settings – Version and information also gained a “Application data lists” card with an overview of the lists Atlas stores data in, with links and a warning where a list’s configuration differs from the expected state; these lists are not shown in Site contents, which is cosmetic rather than a security measure.
  • Improved Atlas responds more nimbly. The app no longer redraws in full on every small change, and the Overview, Scan comparison, Findings and AI readiness compute their summaries only when the data changes – on larger tenants the difference in smoothness is noticeable. The score simulator in Findings is computed only when switched on, selecting findings does not trigger a full recalculation, reading the crawl log remembers its verification key (so Index health needs a quarter fewer requests) and data collection during a full scan respects the configured cap on the number of sites. API load measurement also gained indexes, without which it would have silently stopped working beyond five thousand records.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole of Atlas. It applies even when the Workplace has only it set and Atlas manages the accent colour itself – until now a missing accent colour meant the corporate one was not adopted either. Opening Settings – Theme no longer clears the inherited colour and the app remembers it for the next load, so it does not first appear in blue. The colour reaches headings, dark buttons, the interactive guide, the command palette, the borders around the version list in What’s new, the glow under the logo in the side panel and the sample-data button; labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark automatically according to the brightness of your colour, so they stay legible even on a dark shade.
  • Improved The e-mails Atlas sends – the scan summary, audit watch alerts, the review request for site owners and reports to support – are now composed from the same template as messages from the other EasyPortal 365 applications and display correctly in Outlook too, which renders messages differently from webmail and where tables of figures and findings could fall apart. The content of the messages is unchanged. If you have your own corporate colour set, outgoing messages adopt it too – headings, the button and the coloured strips – exactly as you set it, without shifting the shade; the template itself takes care of text legibility on coloured surfaces. When the colour cannot be loaded, the message goes out in the default EasyPortal 365 colours, never without colours.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details; no connection outside Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 is now made while working with the app. The appearance does not change and the domain is the same one the application code loads from. We have also tightened address checks – a link with an invalid or untrusted address is not rendered as clickable and the address stays visible as text.
  • Improved Small things that add up. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments – a capture can simply be pasted with Ctrl+V, large images are shrunk before sending, and when sending fails the mail client opens with a prepared message, you see the technical detail of the response and the text stays on the clipboard. List rows (Sites, Storage, Findings, Teams, Applications) can be opened from the keyboard, the return, finding and site panels cannot be closed mid-operation, and the note about contacting owners carries the correct date – until now the day was stored in universal time, so an approach sent shortly after midnight was written into the finding’s history as yesterday. Index health no longer reports a missing permission where only a request’s temporary verification had expired. The roadmap shows only what we are reviewing, planning and working on. And we have unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.18 App detail
  • New An invoice is now a document in its own right, not merely a basis derived from a quotation. You issue it from a won quotation or manually, it takes a number from its own series and carries line items, VAT rates, a due date and a variable symbol; payment is recorded, so it is clear what has been paid. The document downloads as an electronic invoice in ISDOC format, which an accountant imports into Fakturoid, MoneyS3 or Pohoda – the file conforms to the official 6.0.2 schema including the data the schema always requires (the house number on both addresses, the payment method, the order of currency data, the placement of the order number). A whole month of invoices exports at once: one archive holds an ISDOC per document plus a summary that also lists the documents left out and why, so the accountant can tell something is missing. Overdue invoices can be chased from within the app at three levels – the message goes out in your name through Outlook and the app remembers which reminder it was. The billing details gained the bank name, IBAN and BIC, which the ISDOC format lists in the same group as the account number.
  • New Money in one place – costs, margin, outlook and a report for management. You record direct costs on a quotation, the app allocates overheads to them by a chosen key and computes the margin after costs; when overheads cannot be allocated it says so instead of quietly making a number up. Expected revenue now also shows lost opportunities – how many quotations were lost, what they were worth, a breakdown by quarter and the win rate against won quotations – and accounts for issued invoices, with the app ensuring the same amount is not counted twice. Below the revenue outlook is the cost side: month by month, expected revenue against direct costs and allocated overheads, including the number of months in the red. A monthly and quarterly report downloads in one click as a Word document with revenue, costs, margin, the state of the pipeline and receivables – and with a “What is not in this report” section so it is clear what the figures do not cover. The new Management screen summarises the company across three horizons (week, month, quarter) and draws on the same source as the report, so the screen and the document cannot diverge. Overviews that sum quotations also convert foreign currency correctly – until now euros were added to crowns at their nominal value.
  • New A quotation handles recurring delivery, and subscriptions are created from it with a single button. On each line you decide whether it is billed once, monthly or annually – the method comes from the product catalogue and can be overridden on the line – and the quotation then shows separately what the client pays once and what they pay regularly. Both the document and the billing basis are split into “To invoice now” and “Recurring monthly”, each with its own VAT recapitulation. On a won quotation with recurring lines, Items offers “Create subscriptions from lines”: you choose what to create, when it starts and which day is the billing day. A quotation also handles foreign currency and the rate to the crown, so the amounts on the quotation, the lines, the document and the basis stay in the currency you negotiated in. And a catalogue product can be linked to a specific EasyPortal 365 application, so the CRM knows which application a customer with an active subscription actually uses.
  • New The interest score leads to the next step. Scoring rules are set right in the sales matrix – you assign points to each status and a contact’s score adds them up from their current engagements – and signals from the contact’s company were added: size above a chosen headcount threshold, a filled-in region, sole-trader legal form (negative points) and unsubscribing from bulk e-mail. A contact whose score reaches the threshold automatically receives, on recalculation, the engagement you choose – typically a status leading to SQL. Attendance at events and webinars feeds into engagement: you pick a business line on the event and registration, attendance or non-attendance then sets the corresponding status and, from it, the stage. An Outlook meeting with a contact is recorded as engagement; Settings → Calendar shows the matched contacts. The Overview has a contact funnel with counts per stage and a filter by source and business line, and the Usage overview has a funnel report: the Outreach → MQL → SQL → SQO → deal conversion by month of contact creation, broken down by source or first business line and exportable to CSV. A new “New (24 h)” filter shows contacts created in the last day with no engagement at all.
  • New Links between records, and click-through in both directions. A task can be linked to anything in the CRM – besides a contact, company and quotation you can pick a contract, subscription, product, conference, webinar or campaign – the link works both ways and appears in the task list as tags under the title that open the linked record. Everywhere records relate to one another you can move to the other side of the link in one click: from a task to the quotation, company and contact, onward from a contract and a subscription. Activities in the overview show the company, contact and quotation they belong to and open straight from there; a recorded activity can also be edited after saving – clicking the row opens the same panel you created it in. A contract, subscription and task now have link sharing too, so a specific record reaches a colleague in one message. And one person can belong to several companies: the contact detail has a Companies section where you add others alongside the primary company and note the role they hold at each.
  • New Companies and contacts carry more data – and fetch more of it themselves. A company now has a region (the 14 Czech regions plus Abroad), which filters the list, saves into a segment, can be set in bulk and appears in both export and import, and a legal form (Ltd, plc, sole trader, other), which the “Load from the business register” button fills in. On a contact, the E-mails tab now loads the messages that person sent to your mailbox – with the subject, date, a text preview and a link into Outlook. On an event attendee you can also track billing: you add a status to each registrant (Invoice sent, Paid, Cancelled), so on paid events you see directly in the list who has paid. On an event date you also see how marketing is preparing it – a “Preparation in Marketing” card shows the checklist progress by phase, the posts being prepared with their publication date and approval status, off-network activities and the marketing team’s tasks. And Settings has a new GDPR tool: you enter a name or an e-mail address and the app finds everything it holds about that person.
  • New On a phone the app is operated from a bottom bar. Instead of a side menu, five main sections sit at the bottom with the rest under a “More” button; wide tables scroll within their own frame rather than the whole page, and every list row flips into a card where each value carries its label from the column header – no sideways scrolling and no guessing what a number means. Lists on a phone also read more accurately: an empty list after filtering no longer looks like a single found record, and the card title is always the record’s name rather than an empty checkbox.
  • New A data backup and your own screens. The application’s data downloads in one click as an archive with a file per list and a summary of the contents; a restore deliberately writes only into empty lists and never overwrites anything. An administrator can also add their own screens to the left menu – an HTML page uploaded to the site’s library, or a page from your own https address, both displayed inside the app in isolation. And you set the reminders yourself: the “Focus of the day” panel on the hub is driven by rules under Settings → Reminders – an overdue task, an approaching deadline, a quotation with no movement, an approaching acceptance and more.
  • Improved Amounts, the signature and the settings are protected so that it actually holds. A quotation’s value and purchase price move into their own list accessible only to administrators and a new finance group – nobody else reaches them, even outside the app; in Settings you can also check and tidy the amounts left on quotations by an older version. Changes to the value and purchase price are therefore recorded in the change history without the figures: the row says who changed them and when, but the amounts cannot be read from it, otherwise the separate list would lose its point. The configuration – code lists, the sales matrix, scoring, financial targets, permissions – is changed only by an administrator and read by everyone; a personal e-mail signature is read only by its author, now including the fact that not even the administrators group reaches it. Generated quotations are protected by the library’s own permissions, so a quotation already sent, including its amounts, cannot be overwritten or deleted outside the app. The Settings → Data lists overview verifies whether the protection genuinely holds rather than merely whether it ran: it reads the actual role assignments and states who remained on a list at a higher level; each list also shows its item count, because the lists are deliberately hidden in Site contents and this is the only place it can be seen. The permission labels also distinguish where the protection rests only on a list setting and where on actual permissions.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined – and computes from complete data. An empty list now means emptiness, not a failed read: the tabs on a contact, company and quotation (Quotations, Tasks, E-mails, Events and webinars, Items, Activities, Attachments, Documents, Contracts, Products, Attendance) and the change history and change audit admit a failed read instead of showing emptiness, and counts show a question mark instead of zero. The Overview, the Usage overview, events, the management overview and the score on a detail distinguish “being computed”, “the inputs could not be loaded” and “computed”; a zero is a statement about data, and during an outage it does not hold. The amounts row of a deleted quotation does not linger, and when the role settings cannot be read the app says it is working without them instead of quietly using an old copy from the browser. Instead of “you have no permission” you see that membership could not be verified, and a list you have no permission for is not treated as missing. Recalculations and bulk actions also work on complete data: the score recalculation used to take only the last two hundred activities while reporting “recalculated”, and the task and event lists truncated silently above five hundred records – the whole list is now loaded.
  • Fixed Neither settings nor records are overwritten by something that could not be read. When the app could not read the configuration at start-up – an outage or a damaged stored record – it carried on with defaults and looked exactly as usual, so the first save overwrote the real configuration; it now says so and locks saving. A saved segment with a damaged filter cannot be overwritten by accident, a damaged seed marker on the code lists or the sales matrix does not trigger repeated re-seeding of defaults (which used to bring back what an administrator had deleted), and an invalid corporate colour is ignored rather than turning the app black. The scoring settings are always read fresh from the server before saving, so the “Recalculate all scores” button does not overwrite settings someone else saved in the meantime; each section saves only its own fields and reads the current state first. Custom fields and the payment schedule cannot be overwritten when they could not be read, and on a quotation the save stops with an explanation if the existing amounts cannot be read – previously a zero cost was written and the margin quietly jumped up.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages do not produce duplicates. Two invoices issued at the same moment could receive the same number: the app did detect the collision, but both documents then requested the same next free number, so the duplicate remained. The e-mail template send counter does not lose sends – it was written from the value read when the template was opened, so a colleague’s concurrent send was lost – and a webinar registration does not create a second contact for the same person. When not all rows of the sales matrix or the code lists could be created during first-time setup, the app claimed it was done and never filled in the missing rows; this is now detected and settled. The app does not start creating its lists or permission groups when it is unsure whether they already exist. Issuing an invoice says when the documents already issued against a quotation cannot be loaded – an empty listing used to look like “nothing has been invoiced yet” – the bulk export of documents stops when quotations or companies are unavailable instead of producing an archive without customers, and renaming a company carries through to records that had its name written slightly differently. A new contact created from a company detail finally saves.
  • Improved Corporate colour, e-mails and privacy. When a custom primary colour is set on the Workplace, the app now uses it throughout – until now headings, dark buttons, the in-app guide and the version management card stayed in EasyPortal 365 colours – and the colour also reaches the places that open over the whole page: the interactive guide, the people and company pickers in panels, the subscription creation window and quick search (Ctrl+K), which always opened in blue. Labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark according to the brightness of your colour. Outgoing messages – quotations and individual e-mails to contacts, campaigns, the template preview and the post-event follow-up, as well as bug reports and feature suggestions – are composed from the same proven template as the rest of EasyPortal 365, so they display reliably in Outlook, and they adopt your corporate colour exactly as you set it, without shifting the shade. Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts, which until now received every user’s IP address and browser details. We have also tightened address checks – a link with an invalid or untrusted address is not rendered as clickable.
  • Improved The guide, the help and small things. The in-app guide walks through the whole CRM rather than two screens – it has 13 chapters split by role: getting around and quick search, contacts and companies, quotations, daily work, money, events and campaigns and more. The help answers twice as many questions; invoices and documents, service contracts, subscriptions and monthly revenue, campaigns and e-mails, management overviews, data import, roles and permissions and segments were added. A whole Entra ID group can now be added to a role, search finds people and groups in a single field and the list tells them apart; group members are visible to every application administrator, not only whoever set the app up. Editing a company, contact or quotation opens in a panel as wide as reading, with fields in named groups; lists highlight the row under the mouse; Esc closes only the quick search and leaves the panel beneath it open; the task list does not break because of a task with an unknown link type; a custom role holding one of the administrative permissions reaches Settings from the side panel too; the Management and Expected revenue headers use the same heading size as the other data overviews; and the billing details in Settings keep paired fields together. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions, attachments and four severity levels consistent with the other applications; when sending fails, the mail client opens with a prepared message and you see the technical detail of the response. Word templates and restoring from a backup reject a file that is disproportionately large once unpacked. And we have unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 E-shop

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New The e-shop on a phone. Instead of the side menu there is a bottom bar with the main destinations, search is touch-friendly, and lists flip into cards so they can be read on a narrow display.
  • New You can now add a whole Entra ID group to the e-shop administrators – no clicking people one by one, and whoever joins the group becomes an administrator automatically. Search offers groups alongside accounts and a group is recognisable at a glance. Group members are also visible to every administrator, not only whoever set the app up on the site.
  • New Settings gained a Version and info card telling you whether the app is running the latest version – a label appears next to the version number and, when a newer one is available, a link to what is new in it. The card also holds a complete overview of the app’s data lists, including how they are configured and who may write to them.
  • Improved Baskets, orders and the catalogue are protected directly by SharePoint permissions. Everyone reads and changes only their own basket; an order is created, amended and cancelled by whoever placed it, and other people’s orders are handled by administrators. The catalogue, category and supplier code lists, the stock journal and the application settings are changed only by e-shop administrators – and any of them can manage them.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When the catalogue, orders, stock or basket cannot be loaded, it says so out loud instead of showing an empty list that looks like everything is sold out. After a failed load the overview does not claim that no order is waiting and that stock is at zero – unknown numbers show a question mark, including on the basket and fulfilment queue badges. The stock journal, product ratings and order lines do not pretend to be empty after a failed read, and the Usage overview does not show all zeros.
  • Fixed Settings can no longer be overwritten with defaults. The screen opens only once the app has reliably determined what is stored – on a slow or failed load it used to show defaults, and saving then overwrote the real settings with them. Writes also come through reliably even with several changes in a row.
  • Fixed Duplicates and half-finished states are gone. Adding to the basket does not create a second row for the same item and an order does not carry it twice; the basket is reliably emptied after an order is submitted. The duplicate product number check does not rely on a browser-cached answer, so an outage cannot create a second product with the same number. A new category or variant cannot be added while its list failed to load, and test data cannot be inserted a second time.
  • Fixed Long lists load in full. The catalogue, orders, the stock movement journal, ratings and the basket used to load only the first page, so in larger e-shops some goods and orders were simply missing.
  • Improved Corporate colours from Workplace carry through the whole e-shop. Until now they were inherited only when the administrator also set a secondary colour; the primary one alone now applies too. The colour reaches count badges, icon circles, primary buttons, help, the interactive guide, the shortcut palette and outgoing e-mails, and text on coloured areas switches to light or dark automatically so it stays readable.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. We have also tightened address checks – a link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable.
  • Improved The interactive guide and help have grown substantially. The guide now has nine chapters instead of five – it covers the catalogue, the basket and order tracking, and for administrators order handling, stock and settings; in the previous version nine of its steps were also silently skipped. Help gained a topic rail and search (until now it was one continuous text) and offers 47 answers in eight topics instead of eight questions.
  • Improved Small things that add up. Order, fulfilment and stock lists open uniformly as in the rest of EP365 – click anywhere on the row, with a highlight. The e-shop card appears on the Workplace home page among the things awaiting your action. Dates and months are calculated in local time, so an order placed shortly after midnight falls on the right day. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments, and when a report cannot be sent you see the technical detail of the Microsoft 365 response. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 HelpDesk

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New Company assignments to agents can be projected into SharePoint permissions. Settings → Company assignments gained a button that creates a resolver group for each company and sets the permissions of its tickets accordingly. It prepares hard data separation — until a background service takes over the permissions, the support team keeps full access to the data and the split applies inside the app.
  • New The app recognises when it runs an outdated version – Settings → Version and info gained an Up to date or Outdated label. The same card now holds an overview of the data lists HelpDesk stores data in, including their protection; the lists themselves stay hidden in Site contents.
  • New Phone handling: instead of the side menu there is a bottom bar with the five most-used sections and a More button holding the rest.
  • Improved List protection is more thorough and is verified, not merely triggered. Every HelpDesk group gets exactly the permission level that belongs to it on a list, and every group or user that does not belong is removed from it. After the setup the result is verified against the server, not against a browser-cached response, and when something fails the app logs which specific access remained. Hiding the data lists is completed even on sites where a regular member opened the app first.
  • Fixed Internal notes stay team-only even after a ticket’s permissions are repaired later. When permissions could not be set right at creation, they are reconciled afterwards – and the notes are not exposed in the process.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. The overview admits when tickets or companies could not be loaded – it used to show zeros and the phrase „all within SLA", so an outage looked like a quiet day. Settings say when the administrator list, the support team or company assignments could not be read; numbers show a question mark instead of zero. A new ticket is not created on an agent instead of a customer when contacts fail to load, and a company-to-Worklog-project mapping cannot be saved over an unloaded project list.
  • Fixed Worklog entries and monthly reports are not built from incomplete data. Closing a ticket does not write a timesheet entry without a user – when the Worklog account cannot be verified, nothing is written and the app says so – and does not report hours as „within the allowance" at zero when the usage could not be determined. A monthly report is not assembled from data that could not be read, so a customer cannot receive a report of all zeros. CRM synchronisation does not overwrite contract details when the contracts fail to load.
  • Fixed Concurrency and outages no longer produce duplicates or lost changes. Incoming mail does not create a ticket twice during an outage, a ticket status change is computed from the current state (not from what was on screen when it was opened), article view counters and helpfulness votes do not decrease, and settings cannot be overwritten with defaults even when the stored content is damaged. Saved settings come through reliably even with several changes in a row.
  • Fixed Tickets, messages and articles load in full even when there are many – reading used to stop at the first page. Knowledge base view counts also now say what they really measure: a customer opening an article was not being counted.
  • Improved Writing replies is more comfortable. You can paste a screen capture into a reply with Ctrl+V or drag a file into it – it is added straight to the attachments. Content copied from a web page is inserted as clean text, so no foreign styling gets into an article or a reply. The article, ticket, company and mail queue panels do not close on a click outside or on the cross while saving or sending, so work in progress does not disappear.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole of HelpDesk. It applies even when only it is set in Workplace and HelpDesk derives the accent itself, it is remembered for the next load (so the app no longer flashes EP365 blue first), and it reaches the charts on the Overview, in Reports and in the Usage overview, the interactive guide, the shortcut palette and outgoing e-mails – there exactly as you set it, with no shift in hue.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details.
  • Improved The interactive guide has grown substantially – it now has nine chapters instead of six. New chapters cover the unassigned mail queue, what SLA means and when the clock pauses, and setting up both operations and people; the texts now also differ for all three roles: administrator, support team and customer.
  • Improved Small things that add up. Quick search under Ctrl+K groups results into named sections (Page, Tickets, Companies, Articles), Esc closes only the search and the panel underneath stays open. Pagination and table headers look the same as in the rest of EP365, and rows that open a detail are highlighted and carry an arrow. A ticket’s Activity tab also shows the account a record was actually created under when it differs from the stated name. When mail from the support mailbox cannot be processed or a report cannot be sent, the app shows exactly what Microsoft 365 replied. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.5 App detail
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. Access risks, Cleanup, the Overview and the Usage overview admit when groups could not be loaded – a green card with a tick looks like the result of a check even when none was performed. Numbers show a question mark instead of zero, the audit trail does not report „no records yet", the group request queue does not look empty, and the privileged accounts overview marks its numbers as incomplete. An unloaded taxonomy is recognised and does not look like an empty one.
  • Fixed Corrupted or unread data is no longer overwritten with emptiness. When a group’s owner list, taxonomy placement or granted exceptions cannot be read, the app locks saving and says why – previously the records on groups and users could disappear. The same applies to department policies and stewards, and to the mapping of levels onto Entra attributes, which does not unlock until it has genuinely loaded. In Recertification and Cleanup, saved classification, labels and notes no longer revert.
  • Improved Governance data is protected directly by SharePoint permissions. The audit trail, settings, classification schemes, department policies, group requests and internal notes on users all have their own protection; anyone may raise a request, only the right people may change it. Bulk edits in the group list – assigning owners, classification and placement suggestions – are now for application administrators only. The protection is enforced on sites where the app is already running as well.
  • New The Data lists section now shows whether the protection actually holds. Until now it only compared that a list had its own permissions; it now verifies that they match what the app prescribes for that list. For recertification decisions you also see what SharePoint itself says about the record – the reviewer name is written by the app, but who actually saved the record and when comes from the storage.
  • New You can now add a whole Entra ID group to the Administrator role, not just individuals – access then follows the group’s membership, so a staffing change needs no follow-up here. Search in Roles finds both accounts and groups and you can tell them apart in the list: a group has its own icon and label. Group members are also visible to every application administrator, not only whoever set the app up on the site.
  • New The app is now usable on a phone. On a narrow display the side menu gives way to a bottom bar with the four screens that make sense on mobile, and content stacks vertically. Settings also recognise when the app runs an older version than the released one – the Application version row shows an Up to date or Outdated label to administrators.
  • Fixed Concurrency and outages no longer produce duplicates. Automatic recertification rounds are not created twice, group and user metadata does not create a second row when the app cannot verify whether it already exists, and saved views are not lost when transferred into SharePoint – the „migrated" stamp is written only after the save actually succeeds. When merging groups, the source group is deleted only once the members have genuinely been transferred. The app also does not start creating its lists when it is unsure whether they already exist.
  • Fixed Auditing does not switch itself off silently. When it cannot be determined whether it is on, the app records rather than not, and the settings say so. Audit and trends also stay readable in large organisations – lists that grow with every action used to stop listing above five thousand items. Editing an account no longer overwrites the usage location with „CZ" when the licence state could not be loaded, and deleting all data does not report success over data that was not deleted.
  • Improved Error messages from Microsoft now state what actually happened – instead of guessing „missing permission?" the app prints the status code and the response text. The „last sign-in" value is not switched off by a temporary Microsoft Graph limit: the app distinguishes „the organisation does not have this feature" from „it did not work right now". When membership cannot be verified because SharePoint or Graph does not respond, the app says so instead of claiming you have no access.
  • Improved Starting up and switching screens are faster. While loading you see „Loading the app" instead of a blank page, groups are read in larger pages, and the data lists card shows current item counts rather than a number the browser remembered from before. The Usage overview has the same pagination as the rest of the app – both activities and the audit offer page numbers. Role management also stopped adding its own security token to every change, which was preventing SharePoint from recovering when one expired.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole app. It applies even when the organisation set only the primary colour and left the accent to the app, and it now reaches places that stayed EP365 blue or the default teal: the group health card, information bars, badges in details, the version management card, the interactive guide, the quick menu and outgoing e-mails. Labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark automatically.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. No connection now leaves Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 while you work with the app.
  • Improved The interactive guide has grown substantially – it now has 11 chapters instead of four. Besides getting around it covers working with groups, requesting a new group, taxonomy and policies, cleanup and risks, membership recertification, users and privileges, reports and the whole of settings. The guide can now also switch the section in Settings, so it walks through them one by one.
  • Improved Small things that add up. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments, and a report is sent by e-mail from your mailbox to support, where it becomes a ticket; when sending fails, you see the technical detail of the Microsoft 365 response. The group panel no longer closes by itself while saving. Dates on exceptions and recertification rounds are correct after midnight, and the e-mail address preview for a new group shows the right domain even when you create it from an account without a mailbox. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere, and the roadmap shows only what is under review, planned and in progress.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.18 App detail
  • New The Life Situations Centre can now be used comfortably on a phone. On a narrow display the side menu disappears and a bottom bar takes its place, holding what people reach for on the move – the hub, a life situation in progress, a guide left half-read and saved items. The rest of the menu and search stay one tap away under a “More” button, and long tables are shown as stacked cards instead of scrolling sideways.
  • New A whole Entra ID group can now be added to the Administrator and Approver roles – no clicking people one by one. Whoever joins the group gains the role automatically; whoever leaves it loses the role. Adding comes with type-ahead search, so you just start typing a name, e-mail address or group name – previously the exact e-mail address had to be typed by hand – and groups are recognisable at a glance in the member list.
  • New Guides now keep version history and Settings gained a “Data lists” section. After every edit it remains traceable who wrote to an article and when – which matters for content that has been through approval – and on an approved guide you also see the account the last write was made under (the name on the approval is recorded by the app, whereas the account is stamped by SharePoint; when the two differ, it is stated). The new Settings section shows where the Centre stores data, how many items each list holds and whether it has the visibility and protection the app prescribes – including whether the protection of personal lists actually took effect. It is purely informational; nothing in it can be changed or deleted.
  • Improved Content and personal records are protected directly by SharePoint permissions. Only Centre administrators write to guides, life situations, guarantors and the application settings (for guides, approvers as well) and everyone else reads them; approvers are given the Contribute role on the site rather than Edit. Saved and half-read guides, followed situations, the chosen language, “Was this article helpful?” votes and ticked checklist steps live in lists with their own permissions: everyone sees and edits only their own rows, including with respect to application administrators – the exception being site collection administrators, from whom SharePoint cannot withdraw access. The protection settles itself on sites where the Centre is already running, too. The Settings – General section is genuinely read-only for users without the administrator role, and the data lists no longer appear in Site contents; hiding them is cosmetic, not a security measure.
  • Improved Editing situations, guides and guarantors is clearer. The situation panel is wider and split in two – on the left the properties in three sections (identity, appearance, display), on the right a separate panel of guides showing their count and letting you add and remove them quickly; the icon picker is collapsed. Writing a guide gained a twice as wide column on the right, while the categorisation, publication and author sit stacked on the left in plain view while you write; for a guide that merely links out, the empty area is replaced by an explanation that the body is not edited. Guarantors can now be edited straight on the Guarantors and contacts page, including adding a new one – until now you had to go into Content administration. Rows in guide administration carry an arrow at the end and the detail opens on a click anywhere in the row.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims content does not exist when it merely could not be loaded. Until now the hub, Situations, a guide, Search, Saved, Guarantors, the Usage overview and the whole of Administration showed an empty list at such moments, with messages like “No situations” or “Article not found”; a warning with a Try again button is now shown and the counts next to headings display a question mark instead of zero. It helps most with the approval queue, which could look cleared when it had merely failed to load. Instead of “You have no permission” you now see that the permission simply could not be verified, and a failed verification is not remembered, so the state does not persist for another five minutes. An unloaded picker is not passed off as an empty result and assigning a guide to a situation is not offered over an unread list. The version management card admits when the chosen version is no longer available, and the Centre then picks the nearest available one and says why.
  • Fixed Neither settings nor content can be overwritten by something that could not be read. When the values cannot be read, the Centre settings offer a page reload instead of factory values – until now the first save overwrote the organisation name, the welcome message and the theme with them and switched off knowledge sharing for the AI assistant without anyone choosing to. A guide’s body, ticked checklist steps and “Was this article helpful?” votes are marked with an amber notice when the stored value is damaged, saving and submitting for approval stay locked, and the value can only be replaced deliberately with a button. Each settings section saves only its own fields and reads the current state first, so saving the theme does not switch off knowledge publishing for the AI, nor the other way round. An invalid corporate colour is ignored rather than turning the app black, and a pinned version holds even during a temporary outage.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages produce neither duplicates nor contradictions. Importing articles from CSV can safely be repeated – the preview shows how many rows are new and how many are already in the library, an article with the same title is skipped, and when the existing articles cannot be loaded the import is not offered at all. The app does not start creating its lists or permission groups when it is unsure whether they already exist. A vote on a guide and its counter cannot drift apart: if the counter cannot be advanced, the stored vote is rolled back too and the Centre admits the rating was not saved. Test-data cleanup does not report “done” over what it could not delete – after each list it verifies the actual item count, names other people’s personal records separately and explains that they stayed on purpose. The “Recalculate ratings” action has been replaced by “Tidy statistics”, which removes counters of guides that no longer exist.
  • Fixed Publishing guides for the AI assistant no longer passes off an incomplete document as complete. When the list of life situations could not be loaded during publication, technical identifiers were written into the file instead of their names and nothing about the finished document revealed it. The guide is still published – so that it is not missing from the corporate knowledge as a whole – but it states on itself that the situation names are missing and what to do about it. Bulk publication also reports the actual outcome: how many guides were published, how many have incomplete labels and how many could not be published; until now failed attempts were counted among the published ones.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole Centre. Until now only the secondary colour was adopted, while headings, dark buttons and side panels stayed the default blue. It now also reaches the in-app guide, the version management card, the phone bottom bar, the count badge in the side panel, the highlighting of a search term, the search box border, the backdrop of an open panel, progress indicators, the new-feature tag on the roadmap, the sample-data button and checkboxes, switches and sliders (instead of the system blue). Text on coloured buttons follows the lightness of the chosen colour, so it stays legible even on a dark shade, and the circles with initials and situation icons are derived from the theme – the situation colours you chose still apply. A new check during the application build makes sure the chain never breaks again.
  • Improved E-mails from the app display correctly in Outlook too and look like your company. Notifications about an approved or returned guide and reports sent to support are composed from a single EasyPortal 365 template – the wording is unchanged, but the layout no longer relies on modern styling that desktop Outlook cannot render, so a message looks the same in webmail, on mobile and in Outlook. If you have your own corporate colour set, outgoing messages adopt it too – headings, the button and the coloured strips – exactly as you set it, without shifting the shade; the template itself takes care of text legibility on coloured surfaces. When the colour cannot be loaded, the message goes out in the default EasyPortal 365 colours, never without colours.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details; no connection outside Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 is now made while working with the app. The appearance does not change and the domain is the same one the application code loads from. We have also tightened what can be stored in an article’s link field: an address with an untrusted scheme is stored neutralised, so it cannot become an executable link even in SharePoint’s native list view or in an export – that is, where the application’s own protection does not reach. The statistics of no-result searches and guide readership are also not anonymous, and the Data lists section now says so truthfully: it is not the Centre that stores the identity, but SharePoint itself records on every row who created it.
  • Improved The Centre is nimbler and copes with large numbers of records. The lists of checklist progress, personal settings, guide statistics and no-result searches now have indexes on the fields they are searched by – without them SharePoint stops serving such queries beyond five thousand items and the app would claim you have nothing in progress instead of admitting the data could not be loaded. The hub and search respond faster, opening a situation no longer loads the list of guides twice, and a permission check an ordinary reader has no rights for anyway is not repeated on every page load. On sites where setup is unfinished, the readiness check is deferred instead of costing fifteen extra requests on every opening. The Centre has also stopped attaching its own security token to every write, which prevented SharePoint from recovering from a short-lived refusal.
  • Improved Help, the guide and small things. The help has grown to 53 answers across eight topics (previously 41 across seven), in Czech and English – a topic was added on how the Centre relates to the other applications, that is where you read about a situation and where you actually deal with it, along with answers on where to start, who sees your progress and how to write a good situation. The “Guides in progress” card finally appears in the My day overview – until now it was missing for everyone, and on accounts without a mailbox the progress was additionally remembered under a different label, which also made such a colleague impossible to pick as an approver. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments, large images are shrunk automatically, and when sending fails the mail client opens with a prepared message, you see the technical detail of the response and the app says so plainly instead of claiming the report was accepted; in the English version the attachment area is now in English too. Quick search (Ctrl+K) is not overwritten by answers that arrive after the window is closed. The roadmap shows only what we are reviewing, planning and working on. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.9 App detail
  • New A task can be merely followed rather than worked on. Anyone who just needs to be kept informed – typically a manager – is added on the task’s “Followers” line instead of being e-mailed or called. A follower does not take the task over and it does not appear in their “Mine”; they are notified only when the status, deadline or assignee changes, so the notifications do not turn into noise – bringing someone into the conversation is still done with an @mention. Everyone switches following on and off themselves with a button and finds what they follow under the “Following” filter; the task card shows the follower count next to an eye icon. The message is sent from the mailbox of whoever made the change, so it can be replied to directly.
  • New The “Needs my action” queue shows work in progress, not alerts. It now also holds tasks still ahead of you – the five nearest by deadline, with today’s highlighted; until now they appeared only once the deadline had passed, so anyone keeping on top of deadlines was looking at an empty tile saying “All done”. It also shows tasks without a deadline, dimmed and annotated so they are not confused with those whose deadline is still running. Mentions have moved out to Recent activity instead – a mention is neither confirmed nor dealt with – and now link through to the post, campaign, activity or event they belong to; a mention used to be a dead end. And Marketing sends a second card to the Workplace: open tasks that are on you and whose deadline is still running or absent, so they appear in “My day” straight away rather than only once overdue.
  • New Code lists can be arranged and duplicated. Every social network gained a “Duplicate” button – the copy takes over the character limit, the break, the recommended length and the hashtag count and sits right below the original; it helps when a company has several profiles on one platform, because each then keeps its own name, abbreviation and length rules and they do not get mixed up on posts. The order of items is also set by dragging: social networks, topics, activity types and hashtag sets can be grabbed by the handle on the left and moved, the order is saved immediately and shows up in pickers, filters and the post editor.
  • New Marketing on a phone. Instead of a squeezed side menu there is a bottom bar with the most-used sections and a search button, lists flip into cards, and the rest of the menu including Settings and Help lives under a “More” button.
  • New A whole Entra ID group can now be added to a Marketing role – under Settings → Roles you find it with the same search as individuals, and all its members then hold the role, including colleagues who join the group later. A comment in a conversation can now be deleted: everyone deletes their own, only an application administrator deletes someone else’s – until now a comment could only be added, so a typo or a post on the wrong record stayed there forever.
  • Improved Marketing content is protected directly by SharePoint permissions. Posts, campaigns, activities, tasks, comments, code lists and event plans are now written to only by the Administrator, Approver and Team member roles; everyone else on the site keeps read access and nothing changes in the app for the team. Approvers and members hold the Contribute level on the site rather than Edit – they work with content exactly as before, having lost the single right unrelated to approval: rebuilding or deleting a whole data list including its configuration, which is how the protection of individual records can be bypassed. Settings, code lists and comments can be managed by any administrator, not only whoever created the record, and a guest reads a conversation but does not add comments. Approval history also gained a server-side trace: the app shows whether a record changed after it was created, who saved it last and whether the name on the last decision matches the account; version history is switched on for posts and activities. Permissions settle themselves as soon as a site administrator opens the app. If you granted access with your own group outside the Marketing roles, add it to a role – an Entra ID group placed in a role works too.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. The Overview used to say “All done, nothing waiting for you” even when it had not reached the posts, tasks or mentions at all; Posts, Tasks, Activities, Campaigns, Calendar, events from the CRM, record discussions and attachments behaved the same. Instead of an empty state there is now a notice saying this does not mean the records do not exist, with a Try again button; an error and an empty state never appear together. Counters next to headings show a question mark instead of zero, campaigns do not show “0 %” when posts are unavailable, the calendar does not render an empty month as “nothing prepared”, and on a task it is apparent that the change history could not be loaded rather than the section simply disappearing. Instead of “you have no right” you see that the role could not be verified, an unloaded picker is not passed off as an empty result, and a list you have no permission for is not treated as missing.
  • Fixed Neither settings nor records are overwritten with emptiness. When the stored configuration – the CRM site address, approval steps, templates, AI prompts – is damaged and cannot be read, the app says so with an amber notice and locks the Save buttons; it used to appear empty and the first save overwrote it with defaults while the screen reported “Saved”. The same holds for a social network profile in the code lists, whose internal code posts are bound to, and for damaged data on an individual record (channel texts, collaborators, step deadlines, followers, checklists, approval history, publication links) – the app admits the state and locks any action that would overwrite the data. The “Mark as published” form is also pre-filled with previously saved links so that publishing again does not erase them, and an unreadable chosen version is not silently switched to the latest. Saved settings carry through reliably even across several changes in a row, because the verification always asks the server.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages do not produce duplicates. Importing posts does not start when the existing posts cannot be loaded – previously duplicates went unrecognised and the import created them again. The app does not start creating its lists or permission groups when it is unsure whether they already exist. The visibility and access settings of the data lists settle on sites already in use: until now this relied on the values taking effect when a list was first created, so where the app was already running a new value from an update did not take hold – the alignment now runs on every change and reports success only when it genuinely happened. A task checklist saves even on a site whose update has not finished, and the data lists card reports a difference only where the app actually prescribes something – and shows the required value, not just the current one.
  • Fixed When a notification cannot be sent, the app says so. Assigning a task, changing the assignee, submitting for approval, approving, returning and mentioning someone in a conversation all send an e-mail – and if the mail system rejects it, on an account without a mailbox say, it used to vanish without trace: the recipient learned nothing and the requester believed they had been informed. Every such action now shows whether the notification went out, and when it did not, the app states who does not know and suggests reaching them another way; it does not invent a cause. Likewise, removing a person from a role admits when it failed instead of the person quietly reappearing in the list. And when a bug report or an idea cannot be sent, the mail client opens with a prepared message, you see the technical detail of the Microsoft 365 response and the text stays on the clipboard.
  • Fixed A missing application version on the server no longer brings Marketing down. When the chosen version is not found, the app tries several of the most recent released ones before giving up – until now it reached only for the very latest, so an outage of exactly that one was fatal. The substitute version is remembered, so the version management card admits a dead choice even an hour later, and when nothing can be loaded the app states why and what to do instead of generic advice to reload the page. The card also shows which version is missing, which one the app actually runs, and clears the choice with a single button; the version number in Settings carries a Current/Outdated tag and a notice appears for administrators when a newer one is released.
  • Improved E-mails from the app display correctly in Outlook too and look like your company. Notifications about tasks, mentions and approvals and reports to support used to be composed ad hoc and fell apart in Outlook – broken indentation, blocks running together, wrong widths; they are now composed from a single shared template that Outlook renders the same as other mail clients. The content is unchanged: a formatted description in a bug report arrives formatted and a comment preview appears exactly as written. If you have your own corporate colour set, outgoing messages adopt it too – headings, the button and the coloured strips – exactly as you set it, without shifting the shade; the template itself takes care of text legibility on coloured surfaces. When the colour cannot be loaded, the message goes out in the default EasyPortal 365 colours, never without colours.
  • Improved Corporate colours hold across the whole app – and the fonts stay with us. We fixed three places where the colour was lost: it was not adopted unless a secondary colour was also filled in the global settings; merely opening Settings – Theme stripped it from the whole app until the page was reloaded; and on every load the default blue scheme flashed first, because the colour was not stored for a fast start. It now also reaches the in-app guide and the shortcut palette (Ctrl+K), which are drawn outside the app’s own surface and stayed teal, and labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark according to the brightness of your colour. Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts, which until now received every user’s IP address and browser details – no connection outside Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 is now made while working with the app.
  • Improved Small things that add up. The post kanban shows five cards per column with a button below them giving the hidden count – until now it took only a few posts piling up in one state for the column to stretch the page so that the other workflow stages disappeared below the edge of the screen; dragging cards works as before. The detail of a task, and of a finished post in the publication plan, opens on a click anywhere in the row, and an arrow was added at the end of the row. The activity, campaign, post and task panels cannot be closed while saving. Quick search (Ctrl+K) is not overwritten by answers that arrive after the window is closed. The roadmap shows only what we are reviewing, planning and working on. And we have unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.15 App detail
  • New A media detail now opens as a full page instead of a narrow panel – a larger preview, metadata and ready-made embed links all in one place. The library’s list mode also responds to hover and can be operated from the keyboard.
  • New Tags are picked from a list rather than typed. Until now a tag was entered as free text on each medium, so the same concept appeared in several forms and searching by it was unreliable. The new button also does not create a second tag of the same name when the code list fails to load.
  • New You can now add a whole Entra ID group to the Administrator role – no clicking people one by one, and whoever joins the group becomes an administrator automatically. Search offers groups alongside accounts and a group is recognisable at a glance in the member list. Settings also recognise when the app runs an older version than the released one.
  • Improved The brand library is genuinely separate and the lists have their own permissions. The app sets its own protection on the brand library – only an administrator may upload, overwrite and delete, everyone else just takes the assets. Collections, brand kits, corporate colours and the other lists the app stores data in also have their own permissions and stay hidden in Site contents. Settings gained a Data lists and libraries card that reads the actual permissions and states where each item stands.
  • Improved A collection can be renamed without media falling out of it. A medium’s placement used to be remembered as the collection name, so renaming broke the link. Screens reserved for administrators are also no longer rendered for anyone else when reached by a direct link.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When a library cannot be loaded it says so instead of claiming it is empty – this covers Favourites, Brand and the ordinary library. Opening a collection that failed to load no longer claims it was deleted. View, download, collection and media counts show a question mark when they could not be determined, and settings cannot be overwritten with defaults when they could not be read.
  • Fixed Counters and personal records no longer overwrite each other. View and download counts were incremented from a browser-stored value, so concurrent accesses were lost; they now also measure ordinary users’ accesses, which were not counted at all after the brand library was locked down to administrators. Recently viewed media and the language choice no longer disappear after a connection outage and are not overwritten by one browser’s content.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages do not produce duplicates. Settings do not overwrite changes someone else saved in the meantime – each section saves only its own fields and reads the current state first. Bulk actions do not offer to create a collection until the list of existing ones has loaded, and the app does not start creating its lists or groups when it is unsure whether they already exist.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole app – even when it is the only one set. It reaches links, secondary surfaces, translucent elements, checkboxes, switches and sliders (instead of the system blue), the interactive guide, ⌘K search, the version management card and outgoing e-mails. The full-page colour backdrop when dragging files over the library is back, and an invalid colour in the settings is ignored.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. We have also tightened address checks – a link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable.
  • Improved The interactive guide has grown substantially – it now has nine chapters instead of five, in Czech and English. Besides getting around it covers the media library, collections and favourites, brand assets, and for administrators uploading and metadata, content administration and settings. The guide can now also switch the section in Settings.
  • Improved Small things that add up. A tall image is shown in full in the enlarged preview and in display mode. Import from an existing folder admits when the type, collection and tags could not be saved on a copied file. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments – a large capture is shrunk before sending so the attachment is not dropped – and in the English version the attachment area is in English too; when a report cannot be sent, the mail client opens with a prepared message and you see the technical detail of the response. Kiosk loads only its own collection instead of the whole library, and version management works for administrators even without an active licence. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Produktový katalog

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New An application version overview and news mailings to customers. Under Settings – CRM connection you enable the Application versions section: you see which version each EasyPortal 365 app is on, what was new in the latest released series and how many customers use it according to the CRM. From there you also send the news summary – a three-step wizard offers the versions you have not sent yet, builds the recipients from CRM customers and sends each of them only the news for the apps they have. Anyone who has opted out of bulk e-mail is excluded; anyone without an e-mail address is listed, so it is clear who did not receive the message. The mailing is recorded in the CRM as a campaign including the individual e-mails on contacts. Versions and news texts are read straight from the public store each application release writes to, and the e-mails link to easyportal365.cz/novinky.
  • New A product can be tagged with an EP365 application key and the key carries over to the CRM. The news mailing rests on exactly this key – without it, customers holding that product did not enter the newsletter audience at all and there was no way to tell why. The key is picked from a list of released applications and an empty value never overwrites what is already filled in the CRM. The news mailing also names products that have an active subscription but no key filled in.
  • New Settings – Version and information now shows which Microsoft Graph permissions the application actually has consented in your tenant. A missing consent used to reveal itself only when an e-mail did not go out or a group-based access rule was not evaluated. The state is read on every opening, so it shows the change immediately after consent is granted, and it consistently distinguishes “not determined” from “not granted”. A listing of all the application’s data lists has also been added – with a link and with how they are configured; the lists are deliberately hidden in Site contents so they do not get in the way.
  • Improved Access rules, code lists, the catalogue settings and the technical documentation are now protected directly by SharePoint permissions – a catalogue administrator may change them, while reading stays open to everyone so the catalogue renders unchanged. Category and status code lists can be edited by any administrator, not only whoever created the value. Access restriction on the technical documentation also settles itself: the app reads the result back after every intervention and, until it matches, tries to align it the next time an administrator opens the app. Site owners now reach the technical documentation too.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When reading products, groups, materials or rules fails – typically because of a missing permission or an outage – the catalogue says so on screen instead of showing an empty list, the counts in the header show a question mark instead of zero, and the empty state (“No products yet”) is not shown at all, so nobody reads two contradictory messages at once. The product and group pages distinguish “does not exist” from “could not be loaded” and offer a retry. Instead of “Access denied” you now see that the permission merely could not be verified; the preview through another user’s eyes admits the same. A product detail also admits an unloaded file library, and quick search (Ctrl+K) warns when the results did not fit into the list.
  • Fixed Neither settings nor content can be overwritten by something that could not be read. The product and group editor refuses to save damaged properties, specifications, variants, FAQs, links, gallery and translations and states exactly which value is broken – until now the form showed them empty and saving would have irreversibly overwritten the original content. When the configuration cannot be read, the Settings sections offer a reload instead of a form with factory values, and the corporate colour cannot be saved over a value the app does not know. Saved settings carry through reliably even across several changes in a row, because the verification always asks the server rather than the browser’s memory.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages do not produce duplicates. Catalogue import is genuinely repeatable again and loading products from the CRM is not offered until the catalogue has been read reliably – otherwise every existing product would acquire a twin. Adding a value to a code list stops when it cannot be verified that the key does not yet exist, test data is only inserted into an empty catalogue (groups from an earlier unfinished attempt are now watched too) and deletion is not offered over unloaded data. The app also does not start creating its lists or permission groups when it is unsure whether they already exist, and during a temporary outage it does not switch to the latest version instead of the one you chose. The product view counter no longer gets stuck.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole catalogue – even when it is the only one set. It used to be adopted only together with a secondary colour, and merely opening Settings made it disappear until the page was reloaded. It now reaches section titles, primary buttons, the decorative tiles on the home page, the glow under the logo, the header badges, the teal shadows and borders, the interactive guide and outgoing e-mails, which until now went out in EasyPortal 365 colours. The text colour on coloured surfaces is derived from the brightness of the background, so it stays legible even on a light shade; the default colours of groups and records come from a single place. When the corporate colour cannot be loaded, the message goes out in the default colours – never without colours.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details; no connection outside Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 is now made while working with the app. The appearance does not change and the domain is the same one the application code loads from. We have also tightened address checks – a link with an invalid or untrusted address is not rendered as clickable and the address stays visible as text.
  • Improved The catalogue can be browsed on a phone. On a narrow display the left menu shrank to a row of icons without labels, so there was no telling where a tap led, and the product list had to be scrolled sideways. Navigation now sits in a bottom bar within thumb’s reach, the remaining screens live under a More button, and every list row flips into a card where each value carries its own label. Product comparison stays a table – comparing only works side by side. Nothing changes on a computer.
  • Improved Picking people and groups is now unified – a single field finds both accounts and Entra ID groups and the “Person / Entra group” switch is no longer needed. Where it must be a specific person (product owner, application administrator) groups are not offered at all, and the suggestions always match what is currently typed. Access rules bound to an Entra ID group apply regardless of how its ID is written, and after a change of assignment membership is evaluated straight away rather than half an hour later. Group members are now visible to every application administrator, not only whoever set the app up on the site, and when the member list cannot be read the app says so instead of claiming the group is empty.
  • Fixed The version management card admits when the chosen application version is no longer available. Until now it stated that a pinned version was running even when routine pruning of older versions had removed it in the meantime and the app had long been running the latest one – the choice thus stayed recorded forever with no way to tell why. You now see which version is missing, which one the app actually runs, and a single button clears the choice. The app starts reliably even when the very latest version is missing, and when none can be loaded it states the reason instead of showing a blank screen. Version management works with an expired licence too.
  • Improved The interactive guide and the help have grown substantially. The guide now has nine chapters instead of five – it covers the catalogue, product documentation, groups, creating and maintaining content, and the settings. The help offers 48 answers across eight topics (previously 20 across five), the questions are phrased the way people actually ask them, and it is now searchable.
  • Improved Small things that add up. Table headers look the same across all EP365 applications and the sort direction is carried by the arrow next to the column name alone; catalogue rows and detail lists share one highlight, an arrow at the end and can be opened from the keyboard. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments – a capture can simply be pasted with Ctrl+V, large images are shrunk before sending, and when sending fails the mail client opens with a prepared message and you see the technical detail of the response. Panels with a save in progress cannot be closed. In Markdown documentation, an image whose caption contained code has been fixed. The roadmap shows only what we are reviewing, planning and working on – completed requests are found under the relevant version in What’s new. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.15 App detail
  • New “Confirmed” now always means confirmation of the CURRENT version of a document. When you reissue a document in a new version, recipients must confirm it again – and the overviews show it that way from the first moment; previously confirmations of the previous version counted towards completion, so a document could look a hundred per cent complete even though nobody had yet confirmed the new version. In the acknowledgement detail and the evidence pack you therefore see three situations at a glance: who confirmed the current version, who confirmed only the older one (and must do it again) and who has not confirmed at all. For people with an older confirmation you can see which version they confirmed and when – the trace is not lost, it just does not count towards completion – and the CSV export has a new column for it. Completion is also computed from the actual confirmation records rather than from a helper counter on the document, which could lag behind.
  • New The document detail and the acknowledgement screen now show what SharePoint itself says about the record – who last touched it and when, and which version number it is. The “Issued by” and “Approved by” fields are filled in by the app, so on their own they prove nothing; this figure comes from the server. Nothing is shown for an untouched document, and when the trace cannot be verified we say so instead of offering a reassuring sentence. The document list also keeps version history, so there is something to trace what changed.
  • New A whole Entra ID group can now be added to the Administrator, Publisher, Approver and Manager roles – every member automatically holds the role and there is nothing to reconfigure when people move. Search finds both people and groups in a single field, the role list tells them apart at a glance, and a change in the role’s membership takes effect immediately, because the app no longer waits for the stored membership state to expire.
  • New The app can be used on a phone. On a narrow display the left menu ate half the screen and document lists had to be scrolled sideways, so it was not clear which column a date or a status belonged to. Navigation now sits in a bottom bar within thumb’s reach and every list row flips into a card where each value carries its own label. Nothing changes on a computer.
  • Improved Documents, confirmations and the personal overview are protected directly by SharePoint permissions. Only publishers and documentation administrators now write to the library where the documents physically live – everyone else opens, reads and confirms a document exactly as before but cannot overwrite or delete it, so an acknowledgement record cannot start pointing at different content from the one that was confirmed. The confirmations list is append-only: a record cannot be edited or deleted even outside the app, so the evidence of acknowledgement cannot be removed even by the person it would incriminate. The status, approval and targeting of documents, packs and distribution groups are changed only by publishers, approvers and administrators; the application settings – approval delays, templates, notification addresses and the choice of running version – only by its administrator, with reading open to everyone. Categories and the icon and colour palette are protected too, because a category does not merely determine appearance: it records who approves the document and what the publisher must fill in. The personal “My documents” overview is held in a list written to only by administrators, publishers and approvers – an employee sees their overview but cannot move a deadline, cancel an acknowledgement obligation or touch anyone else’s; personal preferences are genuinely visible only to their owner. Managers are granted read access explicitly, so the manager overview works even for those who are not site members. The app aligns the permissions itself as soon as a site administrator opens it, and settles them on sites where it is already running too.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. Overviews, document lists, the archive, a person’s report, the manager view and the audit used to show emptiness or zeros after a failed read – on a person’s report and the manager view that meant an untrue statement about a specific individual (“has nothing to confirm”, “0 % complete”). Instead of an empty state there is now a notice saying this does not mean the records do not exist, counters show a question mark instead of zero, and an error never appears together with an empty state. The “For approval” and “Publication queue” badges do not disappear but show a question mark; the recipients overview distinguishes “the target groups could not be expanded” from “the document has no recipients”, and a group shows with its number rather than vanishing. When SharePoint temporarily refuses a request because of load, the app retries and, on failure, admits it instead of saying “the group has 0 members”. Instead of “you have no permission” you see that membership could not be verified, an unloaded picker is not passed off as an empty result, and a list you have no permission for is not treated as missing. Messages about a failed file-content search and a failed palette load, which existed but never appeared, are now actually shown, and the “Rejected” tab in drafts finally shows a rejected draft.
  • Fixed The record does not rest on partial data. When the confirmations list cannot be read in full, the app says so, does not overwrite the confirmed count, does not send reminders to people who have already confirmed, and disables both the export and the evidence pack – audit evidence must not rest on an incomplete read. Distributing a pack stops when not all of its documents can be loaded; until now the pack was quietly handed out with only some of them while the report claimed it had gone fine, so employees would be missing part of their obligations and nobody would find out. The same holds for a pack with a damaged document list and for a reminder sent to managers. Bulk actions in document administration tell the truth about what succeeded – they state how many documents the action went through on and how many it did not, and always reload the list. A controlled document is not submitted for approval without the fields its category requires, and test-data cleanup stops when it cannot read the whole library instead of reporting “done, 0 files”.
  • Fixed Neither settings nor records are overwritten by something that could not be read. When the settings cannot be read, saving stays disabled – until now a single change could overwrite deadlines, retention and branding with defaults – and the app does not create a second configuration record when it is unsure about the existing one. A damaged stored value (document targeting, a quiz, a pack’s document list or a category’s required fields) does not pretend to be empty: the form marks it with an amber notice, saving stays locked and the value can only be replaced deliberately with a button; in lists such a record shows an “Unreadable” pill instead of a zero, and unreadable targeting is treated as targeting rather than “visible to all”. A change of recipients cannot be saved until the original list has been loaded – otherwise a removal would be counted against emptiness and people would lose the document. Saved settings carry through reliably even across several changes in a row, because the verification always asks the server, and an invalid corporate colour is ignored rather than turning the app black.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages do not produce duplicates. Test data is only created into an empty app – until now the button could be pressed repeatedly and a second complete set of categories, distribution groups and documents appeared – and inserting sample data does not overwrite real document assignments. A duplicate member is not added to a group when the existing membership cannot be verified, the app does not start creating its lists or permission groups when it is unsure whether they already exist, and a document rejection cannot be submitted twice by double-clicking. The people, group and recipient suggestions show results matching what is currently typed, because a slower answer to an older query no longer overwrites them.
  • Fixed Acknowledgement has a single source – the immutable record. The state used to be stored a second time in the personal overview and that second write could fail; the app then reported “confirmed, but the overview could not be updated” and the document could stay unconfirmed in “My documents”. That message is gone, because so is the reason: the state is derived from the record. Periodic re-acknowledgement is also counted from the date of the last confirmation, so the renewal date does not depend on when you happen to open the app, and deadlines on a new document are computed from the local date – shortly after midnight the app used to offer a deadline a day earlier, and on a scheduled release the date shifted backwards with every edit of the draft.
  • Improved Controlled documentation opens markedly faster. Before the first render, dozens of requests used to be dispatched about permission and group settings that an ordinary employee cannot perform anyway, screens loaded their data twice in a row, and the signed-in user’s details were fetched several times concurrently. The Packs and Groups screens used to issue as many concurrent requests as they had items, and on the pack completion overview the same people were loaded again for every pack they belong to; each person is now read only once and requests go out in batches – on a typical shape of data that means 73 requests instead of 529 and a peak of 11 concurrent instead of 240.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole app. Until now only the secondary colour was adopted from the central settings – headings, dark buttons, figures in overviews and the names in the left menu stayed the default blue – and only some surfaces were recoloured: avatars, category icons, the main “Confirm acknowledgement” button, information bar borders and group badges kept the EasyPortal 365 colours. A full range of shades is now derived from your colour, including subtle tints and the veil beneath dialogs; the colour also reaches panels, dialogs, the people picker and the interactive guide, whose frame and role badge had a hard-coded shade, and it does not disappear while you are merely viewing the appearance settings. Labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark according to the brightness of your colour, and the countdown to an acknowledgement deadline has its amber and red highlighting back, which used to be lost among the other states.
  • Improved E-mails and reports. Notifications and reports used to be composed by each app in its own way and fell apart in Outlook – broken indentation, blocks running together, wrong widths; they are now composed from a single shared template that Outlook renders like other mail clients, and the content is unchanged. If you have your own corporate colour set, outgoing messages adopt it too – headings, the button and the coloured strips – and when the colour cannot be loaded the message goes out in the default EasyPortal 365 colours, never without colours. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments: a capture can simply be pasted with Ctrl+V and large images are shrunk before sending. A report is sent by e-mail from your mailbox to support, where it becomes a ticket – it used to go through an external form whose response the app could not see, so it could not tell whether the report arrived; when sending fails you see the technical detail of the Microsoft 365 response.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details; no connection outside Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 is now made while working with the app. The appearance does not change and the domain is the same one the application code loads from. Settings also list all the application’s data lists together with their protection – there used to be a hand-written list that had drifted from reality by six items out of thirteen; the listing is now assembled straight from the application definition. The Version and information card reports when the app is running an older version than the released one, and version management admits an unavailable pinned version: it shows which one is missing, which one the app actually runs, and clears the choice with a single button. The app starts reliably even when the very latest version is missing, and works with an expired licence too – activating a pin is an infrastructure step that must not wait on a licence.
  • Improved Handling matches the rest of EasyPortal 365. A detail opens from a list the same way everywhere – by clicking anywhere in the row, which highlights on hover and has an arrow on the right; that arrow finally opens the detail, having been the one place in the row where a click did nothing. Buttons that duplicated a row click are gone, and lists without a detail no longer look clickable. Changing a filter, search or sort returns you to the first page, so it does not look as though the new filter found nothing. Pagination in My documents has its own bar in each section with a page-size choice, jumps to the first and last page and a count of how many items are visible out of the whole – and when the list could not be read to the end it admits it with “of N and more” instead of an exact figure. A panel does not close by itself while saving: closing and navigating away are locked for that time. A tall image fits fully in the preview, the guide stopped skipping the step about the five quick actions, documents arriving from elsewhere without a category show a dash instead of the word “null”, personal settings work for accounts without a mailbox, managers are no longer offered the guide indefinitely, and in the audit the IP address and the confirmation method were separated, the latter having previously been guessed as “clicked in the app”. Custom colours in the category palette are stored in full form, so the chosen shade matches everywhere. The roadmap shows only what we are reviewing, planning and working on, and we have unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Site Manager

Version 1.5 App detail
  • New The app is comfortable to use on a phone – instead of the side menu a bottom bar with the main screens appears and content stacks vertically. Previously an empty strip remained on the left where the side menu had been, squeezing the content into a narrow column.
  • New You can now add a whole Entra ID group to the Administrators and Approvers roles, not just individuals – access then follows the group’s membership. Search finds both accounts and groups and you can tell them apart in the list. Group members are also visible to every application administrator, not only whoever set the app up on the site.
  • New Site requests keep version history – after every change it remains traceable who wrote to the request and when. The detail of a decided request states who decided it, when, and under which account the last write arrived; the audit likewise shows the account a record was actually created under next to the name when the two differ. Settings also show whether the app is running the latest version.
  • Improved The site catalogue and the audit trail are protected directly by SharePoint permissions – the lifecycle state, owner and classification are changed only by those entitled to. The organisation-wide Site Manager settings, that is the creation rules, lifecycle and the application version choice, are saved only by an administrator. The data lists card in Settings now shows their actual state, not just a list of names, and the Overview does not report a list as locked until it genuinely is.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When a list cannot be loaded it says so instead of showing emptiness – this covers Approvals, Requests, the Catalogue and other screens. The Usage overview admits what could not be loaded rather than claiming zero sites and zero requests. The version management card also admits a damaged record of the chosen version. When membership cannot be verified because SharePoint or Microsoft Graph does not respond, the app says so instead of claiming you have no access.
  • Fixed Settings can no longer be overwritten or broken by concurrency. An outage while loading does not overwrite them with defaults and a damaged stored configuration is not treated as empty. Each section saves only its own fields and reads the current state first, so saving the site creation rules does not overwrite the lifecycle policy – nor the other way round.
  • Fixed Creating and importing sites can safely be repeated. A repeated attempt to create a site first determines what succeeded last time, so it does not collide with an existing site again. Import cannot create a duplicate record because of an incompletely loaded register, test data is only created into an empty app, and a request for a new site cannot be submitted until the address is verified as free – previously that failed only at the approver. When a site scan fails, the findings table is emptied rather than showing a stale result.
  • Fixed The tenant scan and the site register read everything, not just the first few hundred records – the scan used to stop after the first few hundred. On long lists it was also possible to jump only to the first eight pages; pagination now offers the whole range. People search offers names matching what is currently typed, because a slower answer to an older query no longer overwrites the suggestions.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole app – it is inherited even when the central hub has only the primary colour set without a secondary one. It reaches the highlighted sentence in screen titles, information bar borders, the highlight of a selected site type in the wizard, the test data button, the version management card and e-mail notifications, where the coloured strip in the header used to stay teal. Labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark automatically.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. We have also tightened address checks – a link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable.
  • Improved Handling matches the rest of EasyPortal 365. Quick search under Ctrl+K groups results into named sections (Screen, Requests, Sites), offers exactly the screens you have in the menu, and Esc closes only the search – the panel underneath stays open. Table headers look the same as elsewhere, a selected row in the catalogue and during import is highlighted, and the request and site panels cannot be closed while an action is running, so a decision is not lost.
  • Improved The interactive guide has grown substantially – it now has nine chapters instead of five. Besides getting around it covers requesting a new site, the site catalogue, approvals, the lifecycle and expiry, bringing existing sites under management and the whole of settings. We also fixed a case where the guide opened Settings but the left bar stayed in the main navigation, so a step had nothing to point at.
  • Improved Error messages state what actually happened. Errors when archiving and unarchiving a site, sending a reminder, creating a site and managing group members show the Microsoft 365 response instead of a guess; for unread group members the app does not assert a cause it does not know. The new request notification does not fail when a group without a mailbox is among the approvers. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments, and a report is sent by e-mail from your mailbox to support, where it becomes a ticket. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Vozový park

Version 1.9 App detail
  • Improved Sensitive vehicle data is separated from operational data. The fuel card number, insurance and accident policy numbers and the lease contract have their own protection, so only those who need them can see them. Vehicles, incidents, locations and motorway vignettes can be changed only by fleet roles – administrators, dispatchers and drivers according to what each role does. The document library with policies, lease contracts, handover records and accident photos has its own permissions as well.
  • Improved Operational records are protected directly by SharePoint permissions. The journey log, handover records, service history, refuelling and inspections are written and no longer overwritten retroactively. Accidents and damage events remain editable on purpose – information there is added over time as the case is closed. Application settings, which hold the theme, the default reservation approval and the active version choice, are changed only by an administrator.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When something cannot be loaded – your role, settings, group members, a picker, maintenance dates or the content of any screen – it says so instead of showing a zero, an empty list or an all-clear. The maintenance plan, refuelling, locations, journey log and tyres all admit a failure; numbers show a question mark. Unread settings also no longer switch off reservation approval, and the reservation form always opens the people picker, so a reservation cannot quietly end up on someone else.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes no longer overwrite each other. Each settings section saves only its own fields and reads the current state before saving, so saving reservation rules no longer reverts the theme or the subtitle. Passengers added to the same reservation at the same moment both remain, the odometer reading is not lowered by a delayed vehicle return, and the map does not create a duplicate destination record when the address lookup service is temporarily unavailable.
  • New The Approvals screen shows what has been waiting too long. Every request older than 48 hours gets an amber marker with the waiting time, and a summary at the top says how many are overdue. For recurring reservations the app also states how many dates in the series were actually created – previously part of a series could fail to be created without warning.
  • New Settings now show whether the app is running the latest version – a label appears next to the version number and, when a newer one is available, a link to what is new in it. Settings also list all the app’s data lists together with their protection; the lists themselves stay hidden in Site contents so they do not clutter it. The reservation detail additionally shows what SharePoint itself says about the record: who last saved it, when, and which version it is.
  • Improved Fleet loads faster and lists are complete. The steps that set up groups and permissions no longer repeat on every open and run in the background, so the app renders immediately. The counts next to Approvals and Incidents are not reloaded every time you switch screens. Longer lists – over a hundred vehicles, reservations, journey log entries, handover records or refuellings – load in full, as does an entire group in role management and in notification recipients. The vehicle calendar and My journeys fetch their data with a single shared query.
  • Improved The corporate colour carries through the whole app. Until now only the secondary colour was inherited from the central settings, so the main corporate shade appeared nowhere; it now applies even when only the primary colour is set in Workplace without a secondary one. You see it on the active item in the left menu, in incident status pills, in details, on buttons and in outgoing e-mails; labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark automatically. An invalid colour in the settings is ignored and the app stays with the default theme.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. No connection now leaves Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 while you work with the app. We have also tightened address checks: a link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable – the address stays visible as text.
  • Improved Handling matches the rest of EasyPortal 365. A detail opens from a list by clicking anywhere on the row, with an arrow on the right and a hover highlight – in-row buttons are gone; lists without a detail (Driver scores) no longer look clickable. Table headers look the same across the apps, Esc closes only quick search, and the header no longer shows buttons that did nothing on that screen. Vehicle documents now also open inside Microsoft Teams.
  • Improved Test data and fuel card import can safely be repeated. Creating test data again does not produce a second fleet – vehicles and locations are matched by registration plate and name. The refuelling import compares rows so that overlapping statements at a month boundary do not create duplicates. Test incidents now use only the types and severities that can actually be entered in the app, so filters and statistics over them add up.
  • Improved A role assigned through an Entra ID group works, and the setup is reconciled on running sites too. If you put a whole group into a fleet role, all of its members get it. Role setup, record protection and hiding of internal lists are now reconciled even where the app is already running – and when reconciliation fails, the app says so and retries on the next open instead of marking the step as done.
  • Improved The interactive guide has grown substantially – it now has 12 chapters instead of four. Besides getting around it covers reserving a vehicle, handover and return, reporting incidents, the vehicle register, approvals, operational records, servicing and tyres, costs and settings. Chapters are offered according to your role, so a driver does not get steps pointing at screens they do not have.
  • Improved Small things that add up. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments – a screen capture can simply be dragged in – and a report is sent by e-mail from your mailbox to support, where it becomes a ticket; when sending fails, you see the technical detail of what Microsoft 365 replied. Refuelling entered shortly after midnight gets the right date. Quick search under Ctrl+K no longer flashes a stale result when reopened. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere, and the roadmap shows only what is under review, planned and in progress – finished items appear with their version under What’s new.

EP365 Worklog

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New Logging on behalf of a colleague and bulk edits. An administrator or project lead can log time for someone else and submit their drafts for approval, so closing the month is not held up by whoever happens to be away – the owner sees a label on the row and receives an e-mail. In Team timesheets you can also select several rows at once and set their work type, project and milestone, billability or date together; the rate is recalculated for each one separately according to its owner and date.
  • New Roles and access scope can now be assigned to a whole Entra ID group. In Settings → Roles you find it with the same search as individuals, and every member then gets the role along with the customer and project scope – including colleagues who join the group later. Group members are also visible to every application administrator, not only whoever set the app up on the site.
  • New The price list supports currencies and a work type carries its billability. For each price list level you choose CZK or EUR; the „By project" option behaves as before. In Settings → Work types you can then untick Billable for a type, and choosing it in an entry unticks billability by itself – it is a default, not a lock, so you can still switch it on a particular entry.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When something cannot be loaded – your role, the price list, the list of people, a picker, data from CRM or the content of any screen – it says so instead of showing a zero, an empty list or a refusal with an untrue reason. Numbers show a question mark and lists a sentence explaining that they could not be read. The quick entry form and mobile entry are not offered at all in that situation, so an entry with a zero rate cannot arise; likewise rates and delegations are not saved over an unread list of people, and the access editor does not open over an unloaded project list.
  • Fixed Application settings can no longer be lost silently. Locked periods, approval delegations and the chosen running version live in a single record, and when that record cannot be read the app now saves nothing and says why – previously saving a subtitle or a report template could write settings without the locks and delegations. Reading is unchanged, so the app keeps working. Writes also come through reliably even with several changes in a row, and a brief outage while saving no longer produces duplicate projects, milestones, customers or assignments.
  • Improved The app’s data is protected directly by SharePoint permissions. The price list, cost rates, projects, milestones, customers, assignments and settings can be changed only by an administrator; for time entries, someone else’s entry can be edited or deleted only by a lead, a billing user or an administrator. Logging time for another person and CSV import are visible and available only to the administrator, so every row correctly shows who entered it. Key lists also keep version history, and an open entry shows who last saved it, when, and which version it is.
  • Improved The app opens faster and large lists respond instantly even after years of data. Team timesheets, Invoicing, Projects and the Usage overview no longer load the whole history on every keystroke, and the same data is not downloaded twice when opening. The list-settings reconciliation that used to run on every load is gone as well.
  • Improved Filtering and search are usable at scale. In Team timesheets you can pick any date range alongside This month / Last month / All and filter by customer; Approvals has filters for person, customer and project plus an Overdue only toggle. In the entry form the Customer choice narrows the project list, and in Invoicing you can select several projects at once as pills. Quick search under Ctrl+K no longer flashes a stale result when reopened, and the magnifier in the bottom bar works on phones.
  • Improved Service contracts are visible to ordinary users too. Prepaid hour usage is shown on the home screen, on project cards and in the mobile overview, and is calculated from the allowance stored for that month – changing the prepaid hours in a contract no longer alters earlier months retroactively. The difference against the previous month now states what it is compared with, since a month in progress is compared against a full previous one.
  • Improved Look and handling match the rest of EasyPortal 365. The corporate colour carries through the whole app including the interactive guide, the shortcut palette, the glow under the icon and outgoing e-mails, and applies even when only the primary colour is set in Workplace without a secondary one; labels on coloured buttons switch to light or dark automatically. An entry opens by clicking anywhere on the row (the pencil is no longer needed), the work description has its own line in lists, and e-mails from the app display correctly in Outlook. The full app can also be operated on a phone.
  • Improved The interactive guide and help have grown substantially. The guide now has 14 chapters instead of four – besides getting around it covers time logging, the weekly grid, projects and milestones, tasks, team timesheets, approvals, invoicing, the price list and the whole of settings, and chapters are offered according to your role. Help now holds 66 answers in 11 topics (previously 34 in five), including new sections on projects, on prices and costs, and on what to do when something does not work.
  • Improved CSV import is more careful. It does not start until it has reliably read the existing entries, so it cannot duplicate a whole month, and a work type outside the code list is replaced by the matching item – the preview shows both the original and the replacement on the row, and the message after the import summarises how many records were affected.
  • Improved Small things that add up. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments, so a screen capture can simply be dragged in; when a report cannot be sent straight from the app, you see the technical detail of what Microsoft 365 replied. CSV export has a new column order (Customer, Date, Description, Hours right at the left) and billability is a separate column. We have also unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere, and the roadmap shows only what is under review, planned and in progress – finished items appear with their version under What’s new.

Workplace

Version 1.29 App detail
  • New A new “Questions and ideas” section – employees ask, the team answers. An employee submits a question or an idea, picks an area (HR, IT, operations, management…) and decides whether only they and the team handling it should see it, or everyone; the team sees its whole area in a queue and answers in the thread. When the team answers a question that interests more people, it can publish the answer – optionally without the asker’s name, and always only the question and the official answer, never the internal conversation; the published answers thus build a company knowledge base. You can create and delete as many areas as you need: on adding one, the app creates its lists, its handler group and its security itself. A new item is e-mailed to the area’s handler team and the official answer to the asker with a link straight into the thread; follow-ups, internal notes and status changes send no mail, so the section stays quiet. Above the queue is a progress chart showing the share of unresolved items day by day – the share is the honest measure, because it falls only when things are closed faster than they arrive; below the chart are the absolute figures and a sentence that admits when the count is not going down.
  • New The site map shows the tenant’s real structure – the root site, hubs and the sites within them, including a hub nested in another; the app reads the hubs straight from SharePoint, so the structure cannot drift from reality and only the descriptions and responsible people are maintained by hand. Every site gained a content steward inherited from the hub (an inherited one is tagged), you can set one on the hub and the root site too, and removing it returns the site to inheritance so it is never left without a responsible person. The map does not change the owner but links through to that site’s permission settings and reads the owner live. A site’s detail opens a panel with 30-day traffic (a daily bar chart and tiles with the average, the strongest day and the peak number of visitors), the content, the site settings and the findings: a site outside search, unique permissions, a site unchanged for over six months or a missing steward – always with an explanation of why. Above the map are counts of hubs, sites, sites without a steward, outside a hub and unchanged for over six months, and the last three work as filters; a site you have no access to is not counted and is marked as undetermined, because claiming “this site has no steward” merely because we cannot see it would be dishonest. The map also has its own tab with search and pagination, distinguishes a site you cannot see from an address that leads nowhere, and no longer truncates silently – until now the first 200 rows were loaded and the rest disappeared without warning.
  • New A new Corporate identity section in the global settings brings together everything that describes your company: the existing Appearance and Brand (they have not gone, only moved inside) plus new document fonts, tone and language, and company details for the footer; an overview shows how much is done. Under tone you set the form of address, the tone, your terminology, what to avoid in texts and the signature block – the AI assistant receives this as binding rules and keeps to them, and whatever you leave empty is not added to the brief at all. Document profiles determine what a quotation, minutes, a policy, a presentation or an e-mail created by the assistant should look like – font sizes, heading colours, the logo, the cover page, page numbering and the footer; a profile carries only the deviations, so a change of corporate colour propagates to every profile at once, and next to the editor is a live preview using the same values as the resulting file. The Brand manager role is fully functional: whoever holds it opens the global settings and sees the Corporate identity alone, so marketing manages the logo, colours, fonts and tone without access to the rest of the settings. The app grants the necessary write permission itself on a site administrator’s first visit, and the section shows the measured state rather than letting a brand manager run into a refused save.
  • New A new “Documents to acknowledge” section – what Controlled documents needs from you is visible right on the home page: the title, category, deadline and status, with anything overdue in red; a click opens the document where acknowledgement is confirmed, and the section shows only your own assignments. Content administration gained a Document types tab where you centrally define which document types the company knows and where each is stored for which group of people. And a Sensitive terms subsection holds a company glossary of terms – project code names, say – which the Sensitive data check in the free EP365 Quick Actions app then looks for in documents in addition to the built-in detectors.
  • Improved A new home page header. The tab strip sits at the top and no longer wraps – until now a larger number of tabs broke into two rows and ate into the greeting; it is right-aligned, with the search field to its left, the date and name day below it, and on the same line to the right the row of quick actions that used to take up space at the top. The active tab is now part of the address, so a link copied from the browser or from the share icon opens exactly the tab you were on for the recipient – until now it always ended on the home page – and the Back and Forward buttons switch between tabs.
  • Improved The application data and the global configuration are protected directly by SharePoint permissions, and it is visible how. The lists in which the Workplace holds announcements, events, contacts, quick links, the site map and the site’s own settings now have their own permissions: everyone may still read them (otherwise the page would not render), only an application administrator may write, and on content lists a content editor as well. The same holds for the settings that apply organisation-wide – the AI assistant’s sources and prompts, source boundaries, content classification, sensitive terms, library templates, document types and the storage matrix, the corporate identity, the theme and the global layout of team sites – and for the corporate assets library; the Questions and ideas areas are changed only by an application administrator, because the area code list determines which group is granted access to the questions and internal notes. Kudos, reactions, poll votes and announcement read receipts are protected at list level, and SharePoint keeps version history on questions, ideas and receipts, so it is visible who changed a record after it was created. A section enabled later on a team site has its content protected just like one enabled from the start. The data lists overview also does not mark a lock that does not hold as “fine”: the procedure has two steps and the second can fail, and the security of Questions is reported as done only when both genuinely completed – the “Secure now” button takes effect every time, not just the first.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. The usage overview, Latest documents, Latest list items, Site traffic and the list of apps from the hub used to show emptiness or zeros after a failed read, so denied access looked exactly like a site without content; an error and an empty state are now mutually exclusive, a figure we do not know shows a question mark, and the text does not assert a cause the app does not know. The home page sections likewise – Announcements, Word from leadership, Did you know, Welcome aboard, Meet the team and the Life situations centre – distinguish “could not be loaded” from “there is nothing here”; the counts on My tasks and Questions and ideas show a question mark until the data loads, and read-receipt statistics and poll results show a question mark instead of zero. Important contacts and a site’s detail in the map admit a failed read instead of showing emptiness or loading forever, internal notes do not quietly vanish from the timeline, the confirmation before deleting an area states the real number of threads, and an administrator sees the members of handler teams even when not a member – unread membership is distinguished from a genuinely empty team. People search reports a failure instead of “Nobody found”, a single profile outage is not remembered for the whole time the page is open, and a list you have no permission for is not treated as missing.
  • Fixed When something is not saved, the app says so – instead of pretending it is done. This covered the places where a silent failure matters most: content classification including the “outside AI” flag and the sensitive-terms glossary, publishing a question or an idea, adding the classification column to libraries, removing a handler from an area team, confirming an announcement as read, voting in polls and saving a news item. The Theme and Brand cards in the global configuration now say when a save fails – until now the confirmation simply did not appear and there was no telling whether the change had been saved, the most common cause being a missing permission to write to the settings, which a user cannot detect. The same holds for adding, editing and deleting a global prompt, working with the AI assistant’s authoritative sources including the groups that may access them, and saving the outside-AI paths and the AI defaults. Saving a profile reported success even when Microsoft 365 does not allow the “About me” text and the skills or interests lists to be changed on that account. And clearing test data does not tick off a step that did not complete: an unfinished step is flagged and the summary says “Not completed”.
  • Fixed Neither settings nor stored records are overwritten with emptiness. When Administration was opened by a direct link it could appear before the stored settings had loaded – a save then overwrote the site’s real configuration with defaults; Administration now opens only once the settings are loaded. The global theme and the corporate identity (identity, tone of communication, company details, document profiles) cannot be overwritten with defaults over a damaged record, and every other stored part is protected the same way – news translations, announcements, links or classification values, a news body, a question’s conversation and poll votes: the editor admits the state and locks saving instead of quietly overwriting it with emptiness. When the classification code list, the sensitive-terms glossary or the central document types could not be read they appeared empty and offered the administrator the creation of a default set, risking a second one; during an outage the featured-article setting marked a valid selected article as unavailable, and the selection is now locked until loaded. Saved settings carry through reliably even across several changes in a row, because the verification always asks the server.
  • Fixed Concurrent writes and outages do not produce duplicates. A poll vote is not counted twice and an announcement read receipt stays single – an unavailable server response used to be read as “has not voted yet”. Document type management and library template deployment do not create twins, the “Create default set” button for classification decides by the code list’s actual state at the moment of the click, a new news type cannot be created until the existing code list has loaded, the list of deployed applications cannot receive a duplicate entry for the same app, and columns in the default view are not added a second time during an outage. The app does not start creating its lists when it is unsure whether they already exist, and the security of Questions is not applied until the site groups have been read reliably – previously the permission cleanup could remove access from a group that belongs there and the check still reported success. Saving also no longer jams for several minutes with a message about a missing permission: the app used to hold the verification key for writes in its own short-lived memory, and after a one-off refusal every write failed, which from outside looked like a loss of permission; SharePoint now handles the verification itself, including the retry. People and group search shows results matching what is currently typed, and the role list is always read fresh after a member is added.
  • Improved The home page loads faster. Reactions on kudos are read only for the cards actually visible, the overview of the site’s libraries and lists is determined only once per load, the phone directory responds more smoothly while typing, and the repeated setting of permissions on Questions and ideas is gone. Quick search (Ctrl+K) looks people up directly in the organisation’s directory – until now it downloaded the whole company directory on every opening and only then searched it, which on larger companies meant a long wait and pointless load; the query is now sent once you finish typing and returns only matching colleagues. Latest documents and Latest list items stack into several columns side by side on a wider screen instead of a single one stretched across the full width.
  • Fixed The corporate colour carries through to all the applications and across the whole Workplace. When the global settings specified a primary corporate colour and the secondary was left empty, the other applications adopted neither – and it was not apparent on the main site, because it derived the secondary colour itself; the others are now sent exactly what the main site renders from the same settings, and the “Inherit global theme” switch matches reality. The colour now reaches the search window, the interactive guide, the text editor, the feedback form, Help, the Roadmap, Questions and ideas, Activity, Tasks, People, the app tiles, the queue progress chart, the site map (the link to owner management, the inherited-steward tag and the hub icon in the tree), the coloured circles on life situations, checkboxes, switches and sliders (instead of the system blue) and a range of small surfaces in administration and the sections. The label on a coloured button and the text in light pills are computed from the corporate colour, so they stay legible on a dark shade – and are decided the same way as in the other applications, so the same shade does not get a dark label here and a white one elsewhere.
  • Improved E-mails, reports, privacy and versions. Outgoing messages now adopt your corporate colour – headings, the button and the coloured strips – and when the colour cannot be loaded the message goes out in the default EasyPortal 365 colours, never without colours. The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms support formatted descriptions and attachments; a capture can simply be pasted with Ctrl+V, large images are shrunk before sending, and when sending fails the mail client opens with a prepared message, you see the technical detail of the Microsoft 365 response and the text stays on the clipboard. In the English version the attachment area is now in English too and the formatting bar in the content editor switches along with the rest of the interface; the form in the support panel adapts better to a narrow width. Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts, which until now received every user’s IP address and browser details. The app starts even when the very latest version is missing from the network – it works back through older released ones – the version management card admits an unavailable pinned version and clears it with a single button, and version management works without a valid licence, because activating a pin is an infrastructure step.
  • Improved Small things that add up. The “Teams chat” button opens a chat inside Teams too: the app used to try the desktop Teams briefly first and only then open the web version, by which time the browser considered the new tab a pop-up and discarded it, so a click sometimes did nothing – the tab is now prepared at the moment of the click, inside Teams the chat opens straight in the client, and if the browser blocks the tab anyway, the app says so. Critical-priority tasks in My tasks have a label and a colour instead of the word “undefined”, and the priority filter offers the levels that actually exist in the data. The “My day” overview appears for accounts without a mailbox too. Rows in Traffic, Events, Activity, Tasks and Questions open on a click anywhere in the row, which highlights and has an arrow on the right. Formatting of the Site Pages library touches only the all-items view, so views such as “By author” stay as you set them. The names of life stages match the Life situations centre – four of the seven used to differ. For test data and for deletion you choose the scope, so you can populate everything except the site map or conversely delete only that. In the site map you pick the responsible person from the organisation instead of typing them by hand. Quick search is not overwritten by answers that arrive after the window is closed, and a question’s detail shows whether the record changed after it was created. The roadmap shows only what we are reviewing, planning and working on, and we have unified the naming: the central hub is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere.

EP365 Absence

Version 1.2 App detail
  • New You can assign an Absence role to a whole Entra ID group. In Settings → Roles you find it with the same search as individuals, and every member gets the role — including colleagues who join the group later. For approvers this means access to all employees’ requests, so choose the group carefully.
  • Improved Privacy: corporate fonts now load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts. Until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. No connection now leaves Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 while you work with the app. The look is unchanged and nothing new needs allow-listing.
  • Fixed The app no longer reports zero where it does not know. When something cannot be loaded you see a question mark instead of a number and a sentence instead of an empty list — not blankness that looks like there is nothing. The same goes for your role: if it cannot be verified, the app says so instead of claiming you have no access.
  • Fixed Absences and leave entitlements stay free of duplicates. A record can no longer appear twice in the team calendar and is reliably cleaned up after a cancelled request; editing an entitlement now takes effect instead of creating a second row that made the balance come from stale numbers. A new absence type also cannot be added while the list of types failed to load — it used to get a number clashing with the first existing type.
  • Improved The app starts faster and without background errors. A list you lack permission to read is no longer treated as missing, and when a SharePoint outage leaves it unsure about its lists or groups, it waits for the next load instead of creating things blindly. Repeated errors on every open are gone for regular users.
  • Improved Protection of absence requests is now set up the same way as for every other list. Until now a separate extra step handled it; it is now part of the shared mechanism, which retries by itself where it previously did not finish — for example when a regular employee was the first to open the app after deployment. Who sees and changes what is unchanged: an employee their own request, an approver and administrator the whole team.
  • Improved Small handling improvements: open an employee entitlement or an absence type by clicking anywhere on the row — the Edit button is no longer needed (deleting a type stays). Quick search under Ctrl+K also no longer flashes stale results after you close and reopen it.
  • Improved When a bug report or idea cannot be sent straight from the app, you now also see the technical detail of what Microsoft 365 replied — and the same detail goes into the prepared e-mail. Until now the mail client just opened with no explanation, so a missing permission looked exactly like a temporary outage.
  • Improved We have unified the naming: the central hub from which the theme and configuration are inherited is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere (previously EP365 Homepage in places — the same thing). The roadmap now shows only what is under review, planned and in progress; completed requests appear with their version under What’s new.
  • Fixed The interactive guide crashed on the very first step that was supposed to highlight something — instead of the walkthrough you got a blank screen. The fault was in how the guide recorded where to point in the app. It now runs through all six chapters from start to finish.
  • Improved The interactive guide and help have grown substantially. The guide now has eleven chapters instead of six – besides getting around, it covers requesting leave, the team calendar, approvals, entitlements, payroll data and the whole of settings, and chapters are offered according to your role. Help now holds 51 answers in eight topics (previously 22 in three), including new sections on roles and on what to do when something does not work; its search works without diacritics too.

EP365 Moje dokumenty

Version 1.4 App detail
  • Improved Privacy. Personal type sets, custom saving rules and favourite places are now genuinely private — only their owner sees and changes them. Corporate fonts also load from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts: until now every user’s browser downloaded them straight from Google, which received their IP address and browser details. No connection now leaves Microsoft and EasyPortal 365 while you work with the app.
  • Fixed The app no longer claims anything it has not determined. When something cannot be loaded — your role, settings, a picker list, the number of documents awaiting acknowledgement — it says so instead of showing a zero, an empty list or a refusal with an untrue reason. The saving wizard and the Version management card now admit it too, and when the selected version is missing on the server the app still starts and explains why.
  • Fixed Settings and permissions are written through reliably even with several changes in a row. The app verified the state with a query the browser could answer from its own memory — the state from before saving — so a successful and an unsuccessful write looked the same. The document permissions window now shows a freshly loaded state after every change, settings cannot be overwritten with defaults, and the pinned application version can now be changed by any of its administrators, not only whoever wrote the choice first.
  • Fixed Work in progress no longer disappears halfway. Windows with something running — creating and renaming a folder, moving a document, saving a type or target in My sets — can no longer be closed with Esc or a click outside.
  • Fixed Lists load in full and the header updates immediately. The type list, saving rules and the Usage overview used to be read in parts, so a longer list could arrive truncated. The library header and folder counts also refresh right after a file is uploaded or deleted.
  • Improved On phones the app is operated like every other EP365 app — the bottom bar now includes a Search button. Moving to Controlled documents after sending a document to the publishing queue also works inside the Teams app.
  • Improved Look and handling match the rest of EasyPortal 365. The table header in the document overview looks like in the other apps, a type or rule opens by clicking anywhere on the row (the pencil is no longer needed), corporate colours apply in the interactive guide too and carry over even when only the primary colour is set in Workplace without a secondary one. E-mails the app sends also display correctly in Outlook.
  • Improved We have tightened what the app lets through. A link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable — the address stays visible as text. The sensitive data check and version comparison reject a document that expands beyond a reasonable size when unpacked, instead of freezing the browser tab. The app’s helper lists also stay hidden in Site contents even when a regular user is the first to open the app after deployment.
  • Fixed Downloading and uploading give feedback. Downloading several documents no longer blocks the browser, and when you drag in more files than the app can handle at once, both the Save here window and the wizard’s first step say so instead of silently trimming the list.
  • Improved The app starts more reliably. A list you lack permission to read is no longer treated as missing, during a temporary SharePoint outage it does not create its lists blindly, and it does not switch to the newest version instead of the one you selected — it uses the last known choice.
  • Improved We have unified the naming: the central hub from which the theme and configuration are inherited is called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere (previously EP365 Homepage in places). The roadmap shows only what is under review, planned and in progress; completed requests appear with their version under What’s new. And when a bug report or idea cannot be sent straight from the app, you see the technical detail of what Microsoft 365 replied.

EP365 Quick Actions

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New Sending by e-mail now asks where you want to open the message — in the desktop mail client or in the browser; the choice is remembered. On the desktop it either opens a new e-mail with the link in your Outlook, or downloads a prepared message with the document attached (up to 15 MB) that Outlook opens as a new e-mail — with no administrator consent needed. In the browser the existing path through Outlook on the web stays: always a link, attachments up to 3 MB after consent. Nothing is sent automatically; sending is still up to you.
  • Fixed Sending to Controlled documents is more reliable. A document is attributed to whoever sent it, the action always targets the Controlled documents installation belonging to the site the document comes from, and a brief outage no longer makes it disappear from the menu for ten minutes. When publishing permissions cannot be verified, the action stays in the menu and says so — it used to vanish without explanation.
  • Fixed Work in progress no longer disappears. The Permissions dialog, the Send to Controlled documents window and the action panel no longer close on Esc or a click outside while a change is running.
  • Fixed The sensitive data check tells the truth about what it examined. Across several selected files it really goes through all documents (the limit of thirty used to be counted differently), and it starts only once it is certain whether the company term dictionary is available — it could previously run without it, so a result of nothing found merely meant the dictionary had not loaded in time. A document that expands beyond a reasonable size when unpacked is now rejected by both the check and version comparison with its own message, instead of freezing the whole browser tab.
  • Fixed Saved settings are written through reliably even with several changes in a row. The app verified the state with a query the browser could answer from its own memory — that is, with the state from before saving. It could therefore report failure for something that succeeded, or read a different settings row than the one it writes to; this affected the choice of the active application version as well. It showed most in the Permissions dialog, where the table reloaded after every change promising to show the real state.
  • Improved Quick actions put less load on SharePoint and clean up after themselves. The document menu no longer tracks mouse movement until it is opened, a folder check processes more files at once, and version comparison downloads both versions in parallel. The extension also deletes expired records from browser storage — it used to keep one per visited site that was never removed, and after hundreds of sites saved choices were quietly lost.
  • Improved We have tightened the check on addresses you can click. A link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable — the address stays visible as text, so you do not lose the information. The Remove link button in the Permissions dialog also handles sharing links that SharePoint describes with a different pair of values.
  • Improved The extension starts more reliably. A list you lack permission to read is no longer treated as missing, during a temporary SharePoint outage it does not create its lists blindly, and it does not switch to the newest version instead of the one you selected — it uses the last known choice.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.54 App detail
  • Fixed Error messages from Microsoft 365 now state the actual reason — the app no longer guesses why something failed, it shows what the server replied.
  • Fixed Word templates are size-checked from the file header before they are unpacked — an oversized or corrupt template returns a clear message instead of a frozen card.
  • Fixed Settings showed a context depth the app did not actually use — zero was displayed as ’0 messages’ while 10 were being sent.
  • Fixed When data could not be loaded, the app says so on counters and empty lists too — a question mark or dash instead of zero, and an explanation instead of ’nothing here’.
  • Improved On sites where the assistant is not deployed, the floating widget no longer reads its settings on every page transition — unnecessary calls on those sites are gone.
  • Fixed The floating widget context bar shows the current library item count even on a page where you are uploading files.
  • Fixed If the current state cannot be read while saving settings, the save now stops and says so — previously it could silently overwrite another admin’s change and still report success.
  • Fixed Sample data is no longer uploaded twice — a duplicate file could appear and the assistant then cited the same document twice.
  • Fixed Filling a column with AI no longer overwrites the Modified and Modified By fields, a new library is not created with duplicated columns, and completed guide chapters are not lost.
  • Fixed Duplicating a conversation no longer runs twice. A quick double click could previously create two copies — the lock is now immediate. And if some messages cannot be copied over, the app says so instead of presenting an incomplete copy as finished.
  • Fixed Permission groups are no longer created blindly during a temporary SharePoint outage. A failed check could previously lead to an attempt to create a group that already existed — and the role was then not assigned to it. Nothing is touched in that situation now, and everything is reconciled the next time the app opens.
  • Fixed When a picker fails to load — a person or group search, or a lookup list — the app says so instead of reporting that nothing was found. An empty list caused by an outage looks exactly like a genuinely empty result and invites creating a record that already exists.
  • Fixed The assistant no longer asks for optional columns on libraries that do not have them — a single question previously produced dozens of pointless requests and filled the browser console with errors that meant nothing.
  • Fixed The diagnostics overlay now switches itself off after twelve hours and can be dismissed with a button. Until now it stayed on for weeks after troubleshooting and appeared with no way to tell why.
  • Fixed A list you do not have permission to read is no longer treated as missing. Repeated errors during loading are gone for regular users and the app starts faster.
  • Fixed When the app does not even attempt to sign in to the AI service, diagnostics now say so. Until now this was indistinguishable from a rejected sign-in, because both ended with the same message.
  • Fixed The floating widget signs in to the AI service the same way the in-page app does. Until now it called without signing in, and when the service required it, reported a token error.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.53 App detail
  • Fixed When the company appearance settings hold an invalid colour, the app now ignores it and keeps the default theme — until now such a value turned black and the app looked broken.
  • Improved Application settings are now protected at list level as well — the application administrator and the site owner can change them, everyone else has read-only access.

EP365 Absence

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New An approver now learns about a new request by e-mail right away. The notification had its texts ready in the app, but it was never sent — an approver discovered a request only by looking into the queue, typically after being chased. The message now goes out immediately after submission, from the mailbox of the person who submitted it, so it can be replied to directly. When the notification cannot be sent, or there is nobody to send it to, the request is still saved and the app says so out loud, together with what the requester should do — until now it stayed silent in both cases. A request submitted on behalf of a colleague also states in the e-mail both who it concerns and who filed it.
  • Fixed Cancelling or rejecting an approved absence now reports the team calendar clean-up truthfully. The app used to announce success even when it deleted nothing — colleagues kept seeing an absence that will not happen and nobody found out. The result is now verified: if the entry that should have been there is missing, or cannot be removed, the screen admits it and points to where the calendar can be reconciled.
  • Fixed The requester now learns the decision — and when they do not, the approver is told. The approval or rejection message used to be sent blind: when Microsoft 365 refused it, or the request carried no address for the requester, the app said nothing and the approver walked away believing the matter was closed. A rejected request simply vanished from the requester's queue while they kept waiting. The failure is now stated right next to the decision result, including in the mobile view, which until now reported neither that nor a failed write to the team calendar.
  • Fixed Securing the requests list now completes even when the first attempt does not go all the way through. The app used to report success as soon as the list got its own permissions — including when lowering the Site Members group's rights then failed and that group kept access to every request, notes included. The verification was recorded permanently and never retried. Success is now reported only when every step goes through, and unfinished protection is completed the next time an administrator opens the app, even where it had already been ticked off. The same was fixed for creating the app's groups: a group with no permission assigned used to count as done, so an approver's queue came up empty instead of showing an error.
  • Fixed People search now admits an outage instead of claiming “nobody found”. When the directory did not answer, an administrator setting up approvers got an empty result indistinguishable from a verified “no such person in the directory” — and stopped trying. The screen now says that the search failed.
  • Fixed Application settings may now be changed only by the app's administrators. The list where Absence keeps the subtitle, the brand colour and the pinned version used to inherit the site's permissions — so anyone allowed to edit content on the site could rewrite the app's appearance, and the version the whole team runs, from outside the app. The list now has its own permissions: everyone may read it (without that the app would not start), only the EP365AbsenceAdmins group may write.
  • Fixed A pinned app version can now be changed by any of the app's administrators, not just the one who first wrote the choice. The choice lives in a record in the settings list, and that list had the “only the author may edit an item” restriction switched on — so a second administrator was refused when switching versions and the Version management card stayed on the old choice.
  • Fixed Saving settings can no longer overwrite what could not be read. All application settings live in a single record, and when that record was damaged the app used to treat it as empty when saving — so saving a subtitle wrote back settings with no brand colour, while reporting “Saved”. Nothing is saved in that situation now: the screen states that the settings cannot be read, why that blocks saving, and where to fix them.
  • Fixed The application starts reliably even when the selected version is missing on the server. A replacement used to be looked for only among the very newest version — and when precisely that one was missing, the app did not load at all. The replacement is now sought step by step among the released versions, and if none can be loaded the screen explains why and suggests clearing the pinned version under Settings → Version management, instead of a generic “reload the page”. The fact that a substitute version is running now also survives the one-hour cache, so the Version management card admits an unavailable selection on every load, not just the first one.
  • Fixed Absence and Worklog on the same page no longer override each other’s appearance. Both applications grew from the same base and shared style names and a colour block, so when placed side by side on one page the one loaded later overwrote the other’s brand colour and, on narrow screens, the behaviour of the left menu. Each application now has its own style namespace and only ever touches its own appearance.
  • Fixed The Version management card now admits when the selected app version is no longer available. It used to say the app was running the pinned version even after routine cleanup of older versions had removed it and the app had long been running the latest one — the selection stayed in place forever with no way to tell why. The card now shows which version is missing, which one is actually running, and clears the selection with a single button.
  • Fixed Sensitive absence types stay hidden in the team calendar even when the app fails to load the list of types. Until now masking simply switched off in that situation and the real name — “Sick leave” or “Doctor”, for example — was written into the shared calendar, both when a request was approved and when an administrator recalculated the calendar. The recalculation now loads the list itself, and any type it does not recognise is masked.
  • Fixed The subtitle and theme settings no longer open with default values after a failed load — saving used to write those defaults over the real ones.
  • Fixed Company colours now reach the guided tour and the shortcut palette. The tour and the shortcut palette (Ctrl+K) are drawn outside the application canvas, so colours picked in Settings or inherited from Workplace never got to them — they stayed teal and navy in the middle of an otherwise recoloured app. They now use the same palette as the rest of the application.
  • Fixed Saved settings now take effect reliably even across several changes in a row. The app looked up the state before and after a write with the same query, which the browser could answer from its own memory — that is, with the state from before the save. It could therefore report a failure for something that had worked, or create a second settings row and from then on read a different one than it writes to; the same applied to the choice of the active app version. Such a check now always asks the server. The same flaw affected the check on the requests list: permissions were set correctly, but the verification that ran afterwards claimed otherwise and the app tried to secure the list again on every load.
  • Improved Your own brand colour now reaches places that kept the default teal: labels on coloured buttons switch between light and dark automatically based on how bright your colour is, so they stay readable even on a dark shade. The light background tints that used to be hard-wired to teal now follow the brand colour too.
  • Improved Absence types, public holidays and annual entitlements are now protected directly by SharePoint permissions — only an administrator sets them. Everyone can still read them: without types and holidays a request could not be submitted or a balance calculated. Submitting and approving requests is unchanged. The app aligns the permissions itself the first time a site administrator opens it.
  • Fixed When list permission setup does not finish, the app now says so — until now only success was reported, so an unfinished step looked like nothing had happened.
  • Improved Notification e-mails from Absence — a new request awaiting approval and the outcome of a decision — are now composed so that they look the same in webmail, on a phone and in the classic desktop Outlook, which renders HTML its own way and used to break the layout. The message has a header naming the app, a colour-coded state (new request, approved, rejected) and a clear table of the absence details, with the rejection reason as a row of its own. What the e-mails say is unchanged.
  • Fixed An employee entitlement can no longer be overwritten with values the app never read. When the existing entitlement fails to load, the form says so and „Save“ stays disabled — until now it looked identical to a person with no entitlement, so saving silently replaced a real 25 days with the default twenty.
  • Fixed The company colour from Workplace now comes through even when only the main colour is set and the accent is left out, and it no longer disappears simply by opening Settings — Theme. Section headings, overview card values and primary buttons now genuinely pick the colour up as well.
  • Fixed The approval queue badge no longer shows zero when the count could not be established. A muted question mark appears instead, so an approver can tell „nothing is waiting“ from „we do not know“.
  • Fixed Rejecting and cancelling a request now admit when the absence could not be removed from the team calendar. Until now the decision went through but the calendar entry stayed and nobody was told, so colleagues saw an absence that was not happening.
  • Fixed People search in Settings — Roles and in the preview through a user’s eyes now distinguishes „nobody found“ from „search did not answer“. An administrator therefore will not conclude from an outage that the person is missing from the directory.
  • Fixed Item visibility settings on the app lists are now brought into line on sites that have been running for a while — until now they were applied only when the lists were first created.
  • Fixed Bulk operations no longer run when you cannot see the whole data set. Recalculating the team calendar and clearing the app data both work across every request — but requests are protected so that an ordinary user sees only their own, and SharePoint does not report the rest as an error, it simply omits them. Until now the operation could therefore remove colleagues’ entries from the team calendar that it had nothing to match them to, and report success. The scope is now compared against the real item count first, and nothing is deleted from a partial view — the screen states how many items out of how many you can see and which role to ask for instead.
  • Fixed Day counts and the masking of sensitive absences can no longer miss an item from a longer list. Public holidays, company days off and the absence-type list were read one page at a time, so in an organisation with a longer history the calculation could overlook a holiday (and extend the leave taken) or fail to recognise a type as sensitive — in which case its real name would reach the shared team calendar instead of the neutral “Away”. Both lists are now read in full.
  • Improved Request emails now pick up the brand colour from the app theme — until now they were always sent in EasyPortal 365 colours. The brand colour is also respected by the glow under the logo, highlights in the approvals, entitlements, holidays and absence-types overviews and the default colour in Settings. Securing the requests list is reported as done only after verifying the roles actually granted: employees must not hold a level that bypasses own-item protection, while approvers must hold it.
  • Improved Employees who received the Edit role on older sites get it swapped for Contribute on the administrator’s first visit — Edit included list management, which bypasses own-item protection. The request panel and the run-as preview cannot be closed while saving. After the package is updated in the app catalogue, the loader also distinguishes a transient error while reading the version pin from “no pin”: it does not remember the transient error for an hour and uses the last known pin instead of the newest version.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.52 App detail
  • New A new Lessons tab in Prompt Studio teaches you to use the assistant: sixteen short lessons across five paths (Basics, Documents, Company knowledge, Mail & calendar, Advanced). Each lesson asks a question in one click and explains below the answer what to notice — so the feature demonstrates itself instead of being merely described. Only lessons for what your organisation has enabled are offered. Administrators find a Sample data button in Settings that creates a library with the documents the lessons run on, and next to it a “Check the assistant can see them” button: SharePoint usually indexes new documents within an hour and the assistant cannot find them until then, so the check tells you how many samples search already knows and Lessons no longer end in a needless “not found”. For the sample PDFs, loading also spots an older version of the file in the library and suggests deleting it and loading again. The sample document Employee benefits 2026 has corrected wording and now lists the benefit names in its text, so an ordinary question (e.g. “what is our pension contribution?”) finds it — the amounts and the registration code remain only in the picture on page three. And when you ask the assistant what it can do, it lists its real abilities based on what your administrator enabled; previously it improvised.
  • New The floating assistant can now create documents. Ask it for one and a “Document draft” card appears below the answer — edit the text, then download it as Word, save it into a SharePoint library, or turn it straight into a page. The “Turn this into a document” shortcut is back on pages as well. Until now the floating panel only promised document creation: it offered the ability when asked “what can you do”, but no document ever came out of it. Documents created in the full app now show up in the floating panel too — the conversation is shared by both. Everything follows the same organisation-wide switch as the app (Settings → Documents).
  • New The AI now reads images embedded in PDF documents — tables, values and text inside pictures (such as embedded price lists or flyers) become part of the answer, including shorter scanned PDFs with no text layer. For PDFs the answer cites the page number and opening the document from a citation jumps straight to the page the answer draws from; an answer drawn from a single document now carries a citation as well. When full-text search finds no direct match, the assistant opens the most recent documents found and reads them in depth, images included — information that lives only in a picture (such as a code on a flyer) is found even though full-text search cannot see it. Knowledge preparation also stores image content in the prepared summaries, so such information is found by a direct query next time.
  • New Documents are produced in your company look — and newly also as PowerPoint. Word and the presentation are built from the same text according to the profile in the Company identity: margins, header, a footer with company details, page numbers and a cover page. The presentation additionally uses your font, sizes and heading and accent colours, and each heading becomes its own slide with the bullet points as its content; in Word the profile font and colours currently apply to the header and the cover page, while headings in the body keep the default look. Your company logo appears in the Word header as an image at a sensible size with the aspect ratio preserved — it comes from the Company identity, so there is nothing extra to set up. When the logo is missing, you lack permission to the library, or it is stored as SVG (which Word does not render reliably in a header), the header stays textual — better nothing than a broken image. With no Company identity filled in, a neutral default profile is used: the document gets a header with its title, a footer with the page number and consistent margins. Nothing is invented.
  • New The AI Assistant writes according to your company identity. If the Company identity is filled in inside Workplace — the form of address, tone, your terminology, what to avoid and the signature — the assistant receives it as binding rules for every answer, specialised assistants included. It applies in the app and in the side panel alike, so the same person gets consistently written text no matter where they asked; in the English interface the rules are passed on in English (until now the panel always received them in Czech). Whatever you leave empty in the company identity is not passed on — the assistant invents neither your terminology nor your company details. The one value that applies even when left empty is the formal form of address.
  • New Entra ID groups (security and Microsoft 365) can now be added to the Application administrators and AI users groups, not just individual people. The search in Settings → Role management offers both; the directory supplies the group members, and access restriction as well as administrator rights are evaluated through such membership too — in the app and in the floating assistant alike. If groups cannot be searched, the app says so instead of silently listing only people.
  • New Usage overview — the Costs tab now shows the monthly budget burn-down as a chart: what share of the budget remains day by day, a dotted even-pace line as a yardstick and absolute amounts in the legend. When no budget is set, the card says so and shows at least the spend so far this month.
  • Improved Conversations, meeting notes and the audit trail are now protected by SharePoint permissions, not only by application settings. Each of these lists has its own permissions: everyone sees and changes only their own records. The same applies to personal prompt templates — they are stored in their own list, visible only to their author. Shared site templates also have their own list and only the application administrator may edit them. Please note: shared templates created before this update are not migrated to the new list and need to be created again. Audit records of searches in company knowledge can now only be added, not changed or deleted, and only an administrator writes to application settings and shared document templates. The app applies the hardening itself the first time an administrator with full control of the site opens it in a browser. This also changes oversight of user conversations for administrators: only a member of the Site Owners group or a site collection administrator can open it — everyone else is told directly that they see only their own conversations.
  • Improved Security: the app now identifies itself to the AI service with the signed-in user's identity. Until now the service was protected only by a check of where the request came from, which can be forged outside a browser — so the daily question limit and the monthly budget could be bypassed by calling the service directly. Each request now carries a verified access token that the AI service checks cryptographically. It is enabled by one script in Azure plus an approval in the SharePoint admin center; until then everything works unchanged. Requires the AI function updated to version 1.7.0.
  • Improved Privacy: the app no longer loads anything from third-party servers during normal use. Brand fonts come from our own distribution network instead of Google Fonts, and the assistant image shown with every answer now ships inside the app rather than being fetched from an outside network. Until now each answer sent a user’s IP address and browser details to a third party. The only outbound connection left is on the Roadmap screen, which deliberately reads our public roadmap — none of your data is sent there. The look is unchanged.
  • Improved We tightened the checks on addresses that can be opened from the app. A link with an invalid or untrusted address is no longer rendered as clickable: inside an assistant answer the address still shows as plain text, so no information is lost, and for buttons and icons around the answer the control is simply not offered.
  • Improved The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms now take formatted text — bold, italics, bullet lists and links — and attachments. Paste a screenshot with Ctrl+V straight into the description and it shows up as an attachment with a preview. Files can also be dropped in or picked from disk, and large images are shrunk automatically. The finished report opens in your mail client with the text prefilled and the app clearly states that you send it from there — the AI Assistant deliberately has no permission to send mail on your behalf. For that very reason the attachments do not carry over into the drafted e-mail: the app lists them and asks you to attach them by hand. Reports now state the sender’s name instead of a generic “User”, and in the English version the whole form is in English, including the attachment area and the text formatting tools.
  • Improved Questions about registered lists now reliably end up at the data instead of a document search. When the assistant was supposed to answer from a price list, a register or another registered list, a small variation in how it noted that down for itself was enough for the app not to recognise it — it then searched documents instead of reading the list, and the answer came out empty or off target. The same robustness now applies to recognising questions where company documents should not be searched at all. The assistant also no longer relies on a single guess about where the answer lives: a registered list is read in the same round as the document search, so information outside the list is found as well. And when a question names a specific file (“what’s in file X”), the app offers a button below the answer that switches Company knowledge on and repeats the question — instead of the assistant telling you to upload the file.
  • Improved The floating assistant on pages and the document commands in libraries now update together with the app release — without uploading a package to the app catalog. Until now they stayed at the version of the last uploaded package, so fixes and news from recent weeks never reached them. A one-time upload of the updated package to the app catalog is required.
  • Improved The ⌘K quick search now shares the common EP365 component — on a phone it has its own Close button and more room for results, Esc closes only the topmost open layer, and the result count in the footer is always accurate.
  • Improved We unified the naming: the central hub that themes, configuration and other settings are inherited from is now called EasyPortal 365 Workplace everywhere. Some screens still called it EP365 Homepage — the same thing under an older name.
  • Improved Faster loading on sites where some columns are not yet present: conversations, messages and organisation settings are read with one request instead of up to seventeen successive attempts. Saving organisation settings also no longer loses values of columns that exist on the site.
  • Improved The prompt library in Settings and the user conversations overview in Oversight now remember how many items you want per page — just like the other lists in the app. The pagination bar also looks and behaves the same as everywhere else.
  • Improved Answers written in the side panel are now complete inside the application. They carry the processing time and the usage — just like answers created in the application itself, with which the panel shares the same conversations.
  • Improved Messages about the daily limit, missing access and read-only mode now open with the same sentence everywhere — in the floating assistant and in the app. They used to exist in three or four different wordings. What follows that sentence still differs by place, because different situations call for different advice.
  • Improved Settings now admit what they could not verify. When the members of one of the site groups could not be read, the environment check used to treat that as “nothing there” and marked the site as having no findings — even though it never looked inside the group. Such a site is now reported as “check incomplete”, and the finding names the group you should review by hand; the notice that the scope held more sites than a single check covers is shown as well. Likewise, the site and library picker for Company knowledge admits when subsites could not be listed — previously it looked as if the site had no subsites at all, and the knowledge scope then ended up narrower than the administrator intended.
  • Fixed Saved settings take effect reliably even across several changes in a row, including the choice of the active app version.
  • Fixed The “Version management” card now admits when the selected app version is no longer available and lets you clear the selection with one button; the app version in Settings gained a Current/Outdated pill.
  • Fixed The side panel assistant now says when the conversation history or a library could not be read, instead of showing them as empty.
  • Fixed The source card under a panel answer always leads to the document the assistant actually used — source numbers no longer collide between a context shortcut and Company knowledge.
  • Fixed The floating assistant sizes the room for supporting material after attaching the page or list content, so Company knowledge always fits in the request.
  • Fixed An answer still being composed in the floating assistant no longer spills into a newly started conversation.
  • Fixed Your company colour now reaches pop-up windows, headings, Prompt Studio, help and diagrams; labels on coloured buttons stay readable on lighter shades too.
  • Fixed Theme settings offer the “Inherit global theme from hub” switch again for inheriting the shared Workplace theme.
  • Fixed Members of the app roles are visible to every administrator, not only to whoever deployed the app; removing a member from a role no longer reports “Unexpected end of JSON input”.
  • Fixed Edit online in the list of found documents now works inside the Teams app and with pop-up blocking switched on.
  • Fixed The daily limit indicator in the left panel renders correctly even where an administrator turned the message limit off.
  • Fixed Reading web pages: Settings names the real cause when the feature is unavailable, transient outages are retried, and the assistant says when a link points outside the allowed sites.
  • Fixed Data lists: an address written without a scheme (starting with two slashes) is now refused as external, like any other outside your SharePoint.
  • Fixed The API load overview (in EP365 Atlas) receives accurate figures from the app even with several users working at once — concurrent writes no longer overwrite each other.
  • Improved The roadmap now shows only what is under review, planned and in progress. Completed requests no longer have a column of their own — you will find them under the relevant version in the What's new section.
  • Fixed Knowledge preparation now refuses a document that inflates beyond a workable size once unpacked, and records that as the reason — such a file used to be able to exhaust the service memory and hold up everyone else.

EP365 Absence

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New New EP365 Absence app - leave and absences right inside your Microsoft 365. An employee requests vacation, a sick day, home office or a doctor visit and immediately sees the remaining balance; the app counts working days itself and skips weekends and public holidays. A half day works for a single-day request and for the first and last day of a multi-day one — when you still work the morning or come back after lunch. A doctor visit takes a from-to time.
  • New Paperless approvals. A manager gets a queue of requests with dates, day counts and notes, and decides with one click. Rejection requires a reason, which the requester sees both in the app and by e-mail, so you can agree on another date right away.
  • New The team calendar shows who is away and when - a month grid of people by day, including holidays and weekends. Sensitive absence types (illness, sick day, doctor) appear to colleagues only as "Away": the real type is never written to the shared calendar, so nobody can get to it by a detour either.
  • New Payroll input in one click. An administrator picks a month and gets a person-by-type table with totals, downloadable as CSV for the payroll system. Only approved requests are included - if any are still pending, the app warns you before you hand the data over.
  • New HR sets the entitlements, the app keeps track. For each employee you enter the annual leave entitlement, optionally a carry-over from last year and sick days; the app then subtracts usage and shows the balance. Statutory calculations and reductions stay in your payroll system - Absence does not take them over.
  • New Your requests stay private in the data too. A regular employee can access only their own requests in SharePoint - this is not just hiding things in the app. And a request note never leaves the request itself: it does not reach the team calendar or the payroll input.
  • New Settings you tailor to your company: your own absence types (what draws from leave, what is entered in hours, what is sensitive, and its colour in the calendar — including a custom shade from your brand palette), a working calendar with public holidays at the click of a button plus company days off, and user roles. An interactive in-app tour and sample data for a dry run are included.
  • New A submitted request can be edited, not just cancelled and retyped. While it waits for a decision, the requester fixes it themselves; an already approved absence can be edited by the approver when the dates shift by agreement. The app always recalculates the day count and reconciles the team calendar. Rejected and cancelled requests stay closed.
  • New Search and filters where lists grow. In the payroll input you pick a month, a year and a specific employee, and the downloaded CSV matches exactly what you see. You can also search your own absences, the approval queue and the entitlements — diacritics-insensitive, so "dovolena" finds "Dovolená".
  • New The "Who is away" card on the dashboard shows today, the whole week or the whole month, so you can see who will be missing ahead of time. Your choice is remembered for next time.
  • New The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms take formatted text — bold, italics, bullet lists and links — and, above all, attachments. Paste a screenshot with Ctrl+V straight into the description and it shows up as an attachment with a preview. Files can also be dropped in or picked from disk. Large images are shrunk automatically so the message stays within the size limit. If sending from the app does not go through, your mail client opens with the message prefilled and the full text stays on the clipboard, so nothing is lost.

EP365 Moje dokumenty

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New Sending a document to Managed Documents now asks first. The confirmation says what will happen: the file is copied and a draft is created in the publishing queue, while the original stays where it is. For a selection it lists the documents that will go. Ticking „Finish publishing right away“ switches you to Managed Documents after sending and opens the document card, where you set who it is assigned to and by when people should acknowledge it; a bulk send opens the publishing queue. The choice is remembered. If something fails, the message stays with the action and nothing navigates away — for a batch you learn how many of the documents went through.
  • New The app now works on a phone. The side menu is replaced by a bottom bar within thumb reach (My documents, Save a document, Places and „More“ for the rest), library selection opens as a panel from the bottom, and long tables turn into cards — every value carries its own label, so it is clear what each number means. Settings and Help stack vertically on a narrow screen instead of side by side.
  • New Document types and the saving matrix can now be defined centrally for the whole company — in Workplace under Global configuration. The saving wizard offers them alongside this site’s types and your personal sets, each group on its own and labelled by origin: „Mine“, unlabelled for the site and „Central“ for company-wide. Nothing is silently overridden — even when two definitions share a name you see both and can tell them apart. For central definitions the administrator decides who they are offered to by picking accounts and groups. Site administrators get an overview of what is inherited in Settings, including where to change it. If central definitions cannot be loaded, the app says so instead of pretending there are none.
  • Improved The Report a bug and Suggest a feature forms now take formatted text — bold, italics, bullet lists and links — and, above all, attachments. Paste a screenshot with Ctrl+V straight into the description and it shows up as an attachment with a preview. Files can also be dropped in or picked from disk. Large images are shrunk automatically so the message stays within the size limit. If sending from the app does not go through, your mail client opens with the message prefilled and the full text stays on the clipboard, so nothing is lost.
  • Improved The app now carries the corporate colour consistently. The colour from the corporate identity now also reaches dialogs (Document details, Save here, working with folders, file preview), note strips and badges — until now these kept the default EP365 teal, so a foreign colour stood out in the middle of a rebranded app. Text on coloured buttons is derived from the background brightness as well: on a dark corporate colour it is now white, so the label stays readable. And the live theme preview in Settings no longer drops the inherited corporate colour back to the default EP365 blue.
  • Fixed The „Save to library“ button now says why it cannot be pressed — for example that no target has been picked yet, or that you have no write permission for it. Previously it just stayed greyed out with no explanation. In Settings, an English label next to the Save button is gone, replaced by a Czech sentence saying the setting applies to the whole organisation.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.8 App detail
  • Improved A link from the CRM now opens the event itself. Anyone who clicks “Open in Marketing” on a CRM event date lands directly on that event — including past events hidden behind the “Show past” toggle. Until now the link opened only the list of events and everyone had to find the right one themselves.
  • Improved Bug reports and feature suggestions now take formatted text and attachments. The description is written already formatted — bold, italics, bullet and numbered lists, links — and files can be attached by dragging them in, picking them from disk, or simply pasting a screenshot with Ctrl+V straight into the description. Large screenshots are shrunk automatically before sending so they fit within e-mail limits.
  • New Posts and tasks now have a single owner — switchable in one click. Both a task and a post show who is currently on the hook; the owner can be changed or taken over straight from the detail, without opening the edit form. A post keeps its author (who created it) and collaborators (previously “assignees”) alongside the owner, so responsibility is unambiguous and nobody misses a notification.
  • New Posts now carry deadlines for each stage, not just for publishing. You can plan separately when the text must be written and when each configured approval step must happen — publishing comes last. The post card shows the deadline of the stage the post is currently in and turns red once it passes; the detail lists the whole chain of deadlines together.
  • Improved A social network in the code list can be renamed. The channel name is changed under Settings → Code lists → Social networks using the “Edit” button, which previously only held its profile. Posts are linked to a channel by its internal code, so renaming breaks nothing.
  • Improved Topics, activity types and hashtag sets can now be renamed — without breaking anything. Records reference a topic and an activity type by name, so renaming rewrites the value across all posts and activities as well as in templates and publishing-plan slots, and the app reports how many records were touched. If the data cannot be rewritten, the item is not renamed at all — better nothing than orphaned references. Activity types also gained the disable and delete actions they were missing.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.51 App detail
  • Fixed Three small things in the widget. The statistics in administrator oversight underreported the number of messages in a conversation — the widget did not write it after an answer, so nothing created through it counted towards the average. When more than one source is unavailable, the widget now lists all warnings, not just the first. And changing the selected sources clears the old warning that no longer applies.
  • Fixed The widget no longer loses shortcut material, and the monthly budget applies there too. When you used a shortcut in the widget (page content, list data, access) while Company knowledge was on, the shortcut material never reached your question — the retrieved documents overwrote it. The answer was produced without it, yet the source cards below still listed it, so the answer claimed something different from what the cards showed. All materials are now appended one after another, nothing is overwritten. Second: if an administrator enables a hard stop on the exhausted monthly budget, it now applies to the widget as well — until now it could be bypassed simply by typing there. The widget explains the reason right away.
  • Fixed The floating widget is back in line with the application. The widget is a simplified version of the assistant, but it writes into the SAME conversations — and in several ways it behaved differently than you would expect. Content an administrator marks as „excluded from AI” was still used by the widget (the application excluded it). The company default instruction for the assistant did not apply in the widget. An empty response from the widget consumed one of your daily questions and saved a blank notice into the conversation, which the application then showed too. And while an answer was being written, technical markers could briefly flash in the widget. All fixed — both places now run the same code, so they cannot drift apart again.
  • Fixed The instruction „sort this by date” now works even with an object in the middle of the sentence. The application can tell you are asking about how recent documents are and sort the results accordingly. Until now it only recognised the bare form „sort by date” — as soon as you wrote „sort this by date” or „sort the documents by age”, results were sorted by relevance instead and the newest document might not have been at the top.
  • New A new „What next?” button under an answer. The assistant usually offers what to do next by itself — the suggestion pills under the text. Sometimes it skips them, typically when it has already put a chart or a diagram in the answer, leaving you with nothing to click. Now one click asks for them: the button appears exactly where the suggestions are missing and fills them in within a second. It does not count towards your daily question limit — it is plumbing, not a question.
  • Fixed Creating a SharePoint page from a document can no longer hang on a chart. Charts are embedded into the page as images, and the image conversion had no time limit — if it never finished, you would wait for the page forever. It now gives up after a while and the page is created without that one chart, which was the intended behaviour all along.
  • Fixed A bar chart with two bars now renders. When you wanted to compare two things — this year and last, Q1 and Q2 — the assistant prepared the chart correctly but the application discarded it: it required at least three values. Because for an instruction like „draw a chart” the assistant sends the chart alone with no accompanying text, an empty bubble was left behind — and the question still counted against the daily limit. Two values now pass, and an empty bubble can no longer appear: if an answer cannot be assembled, the application says so.
  • Fixed A suggested next step now actually happens. Below each answer the assistant offers what to do next — until now those were phrased as a question to you („Do you need these figures visualised?”), yet clicking one sends it exactly as written. The assistant therefore received its own question and answered with another question („Shall I create a chart?”) instead of drawing the chart. Suggestions are now phrased as an instruction („Show this as a bar chart”), so a click leads straight to the result. This also applies to suggestions already sitting in your conversations.
  • Fixed Message previews in lists no longer show formatting marks. In the „To resolve“ overview and in search results the text was taken exactly as the assistant wrote it, so asterisks and hashes showed through („…is currently **prohibited**“). The preview is now plain text — including links, code blocks and formulas. One more detail: in Version management, the manual version button read „Activating…“ even when nothing was running.
  • Fixed Message search now works over a large archive too. Once the conversation history grew past a few thousand messages, SharePoint refused the query and the search stopped returning anything — precisely when it is needed most. In that situation the last six months are now searched and the application says so, instead of silently claiming there is nothing. Related admissions were added elsewhere: when a list has more columns than can be read at once, the column picker says so, and the material the assistant assembles from mail and calendar has a cap whose limit is stated in the material itself.
  • Fixed Columns the assistant creates in a library or list finally have a readable technical name. Until now a Czech name produced something like „_x00da_tvar“ instead of „Utvar“ — it displayed correctly, but such a column was awkward to use in filters, formulas and view formatting. The column is now created under a diacritics-free technical name and the friendly name is applied right after; if the rename fails, the application says so.
  • Fixed Mathematical formulas are now TYPESET. When the assistant does the maths and writes a formula into the answer, a fraction gets a fraction bar with the numerator above the denominator, powers get superscripts and roots get an overline — the way people know them from paper. Until now the screen showed typesetting notation like „\frac{120 + 95 + 140}{3}“, because the application could not handle formulas at all. The same typeset formula appears in a downloaded document, on a created SharePoint page and in a copied answer; in Word it is a real formula you can keep editing, not a picture. In an e-mail body, which is always plain text, the formula stays linear: „(120 + 95 + 140) / 3“. Formulas inside a sentence stay linear too — a stacked fraction would disturb line spacing in a paragraph. This also applies to answers already sitting in your conversations.
  • New Answers drawn from Company knowledge now show how wide the search was and why these sources: „Read the 8 most relevant of 5,457 documents found.“ Until now you only saw the sources the answer was built from, so there was no way to tell whether the assistant had searched the whole archive and picked what mattered, or had only a handful of files available. The sentence deliberately states the reason too — the search ranks matches by relevance and the top ones are read, so the rest were not discarded as irrelevant. When everything found was read, it says so directly. The number comes straight from SharePoint rather than from the assistant’s estimate, and it stays with the message across a page refresh.
  • Fixed The floating assistant is better at remembering work in progress. Overviews and column proposals stayed with the conversation only until you closed the panel — reopening it, they were gone, even though they had been stored all along and the full application kept showing them. They now come back after closing too; anything you discard stays discarded. The preview of a proposed column is also drawn only in the library it belongs to. And when you ask about selected files, the ones that cannot yield any text or exceed the allowed size are no longer downloaded — the assistant says so instead of transferring the data for nothing.
  • Improved The application stopped rounding off the truth. When something fails to load, it now says so instead of showing an empty result — a failed read used to look exactly like „there is nothing here“, so message search, the day overview, Prompt Studio, the audit log and answer ratings silently denied data that did exist. And when a list does not fit, that is now stated: for conversations, flagged messages, message search, document version history and the roadmap. Version history also offered the oldest versions instead of the most recent ones — precisely the ones people come there for.
  • Fixed Small things that added up. Help search now looks inside answer texts, not just questions, and the result count is worded correctly. An English interface gets an English brief for „My day“ — until now the Czech day names nudged the assistant into answering in Czech. Quotes, horizontal rules and lists written with + or 1) now render in chat the same way they do in the Word export; previously they stayed as plain text. Switching to another project no longer leaves the previous one in the panel fields. Conversations finally record their message count, so the administrator overview no longer shows zero. And working with larger lists is faster.
  • Fixed We fixed several issues that only showed up during longer sessions. In the „Guided task“ the steps now build on each other — each step sees the result of the previous one, so the plan really does compound. When two administrators have the application settings open at once, one saving no longer overwrites the other’s change: only what that administrator actually changed is saved. The band placement based on the average of recent months now counts months without activity as zero — previously they dropped out of the average, which placed customers higher than their real usage warranted. And the „too many requests“ message no longer appears because of something the application was doing in the background.
  • Improved We have strengthened the security of the application settings. Site configuration — including the AI service address, the system prompt and the source boundary — may now be written by administrators only, enforced at the SharePoint permission level rather than merely hidden in the interface. The application also reads its settings in an unambiguous way, so it cannot be confused by an extra record in the list. Settings are brought in line automatically the first time an administrator opens the application; regular users are unaffected.
  • Improved Content the assistant reads from documents, SharePoint pages, e-mail, Teams and the web is now cleaned of hidden characters — invisible marks that can be smuggled into text and that nobody sees in the document. They could be misused to slip extra instructions to the assistant, or to make text display differently from how it behaves. Everyday writing is unaffected: accents, non-breaking spaces in amounts and emoji all stay exactly as they are.
  • New A new **Source boundary** — the master switch that limits SharePoint answers strictly to the locations you list. The assistant returns nothing from other sites — not even ones the user opens themselves and uses a shortcut on. It takes precedence over the search scope and over authoritative sources. Set it centrally in the EP365 Hub for the whole organization (an individual site then cannot turn it off, it may only shrink the set), or directly on a site if you have no hub. SharePoint permissions still apply — the boundary only narrows reach. Users always see that answers are limited, whether they write in the app or in the floating assistant. The boundary does not cover mail, calendar, tasks or Teams.
  • New The floating assistant can now work with library columns. The "Fill a column from content" shortcut goes through the documents and proposes what to write into a new column — the proposal appears right in the library as a "ghost" of a column that does not exist yet. You can rename it, edit the values, skip individual files or discard the proposal; the column is created and the values written only when you confirm. Filling in metadata does not change the document’s modified date, so files do not jump to the top of "Recently modified".
  • New Not sure which column would help a library? The "Suggest columns for this library" shortcut reads a sample of the documents and offers several columns with a reason and a sample value. The same offer also lists columns SharePoint already keeps itself — version, size, who and when — those are not created, only switched on in the view, and one click hides them again.
  • New Site contents gained a "Create a library or list" shortcut. Describe what you need to keep track of and the assistant proposes a name, a kind and a set of columns including types — text, longer text, number, date, yes/no, choice and person. When the description is too vague it asks first. You can adjust the proposal, add your own column and check the address the library will live at — it is built without accents or spaces, because it cannot be changed after creation.
  • New New overviews right inside the floating assistant. In a library or list it shows an overview of the content (how many items, which file types, how the content grows over time, who edited last); in site contents an overview of the whole site plus one about what gets read there. All with figures, charts and tables, and with the option to download the overview as HTML or save it as PDF — the file is self-contained, so you can pass it on straight away. Every overview states where the numbers come from and what may be missing from them.
  • Improved Cards created in the floating assistant — overviews, column proposals and the new library proposal — now stay with the conversation. You will find them after a page refresh and after switching to the full application, where you can keep working with them.
  • Improved The floating assistant now docks to the right edge — the SharePoint page moves aside by its width instead of being covered. The window is also wider and taller so tables and overviews fit, and messages start at the bottom edge where you type. On a narrow window it stays floating as before. Chart axis labels no longer overlap even with long names — when needed they tilt.
  • New The assistant notices what you have selected in a library. Pick one or more documents and the shortcuts switch to the ones that make sense for them — summarize, compare, pull out key points or list follow-up tasks. Answers come straight from the selected files, not from a search across the library. Clear the selection and the library shortcuts come back.
  • Fixed Fixed a case where the preview of a suggested column in a document library put an unnecessary load on the browser — with a suggestion open, the page could slow down or freeze. The preview now redraws efficiently and, in the worst case, switches itself off rather than getting in your way.
  • Improved The chat is markedly smoother while an answer is being written — the message history no longer re-renders with every new word. The assistant panel opens faster, and closing it properly stops an answer in progress instead of letting it run on in the background.
  • Improved The assistant opens faster. Screens most people never open — application settings, the usage overview, help, the roadmap and Prompt Studio — are now downloaded only when you actually open them, instead of loading together with the chat every time.
  • Fixed Fixed disappearing conversations for accounts without a mailbox — typically admin and service accounts. Until now such an account could not keep its conversations, personal settings, assistant memory or tour progress: everything worked until the assistant was closed and was never loaded again. The data was there all along, the app just could not find its way back to it; now it can.
  • Fixed Fixed a bug where opening a conversation could lock up the browser tab. It was enough for an assistant answer to contain a numbered list in the “1)” style or a bullet starting with “+” — the page stopped responding and the browser gradually ran out of memory. This affected both the floating assistant and the full app; such lists now render correctly.

EP365 Moje dokumenty

Version 1.2 App detail
  • New A selected library is now shown as a library: with folders you can open, a path above the list and a way back up one level. The bar above the listing — which stays visible while you scroll — holds a „Folders / All“ switch, new folder, refresh, open in SharePoint and the „Save here“ button, which now targets the folder you have open. Folders can be renamed and moved to the recycle bin (deletion asks differently, because it takes the contents with it), and selected documents can be moved to another folder — you pick the target by browsing and may create a new folder on the spot. A file of the same name is never overwritten in the target. All of it follows your permissions: what you may not do stays visible but disabled, with the reason. Search always covers the whole library and the app says so above the list. The page address remembers both the library and the open folder, so a link opens the same place for someone else.
  • New When a library is selected, the header now sums up what you are looking at: how many documents and folders it holds, when it last changed, how it keeps versions (major only, or drafts as well — and if it keeps none, it warns you), whether content needs approval or check-out, whether it has unique permissions, and what you may do in it. The „About this library“ link opens the full overview including the creation date and path. A small badge explains where the listing comes from: „from the library“ means live content read directly, „from search“ means index results. The page address also remembers the selected place — a copied link opens the same library for someone else.
  • New When you save documents through the wizard into a library you did not have open, the app switches to it and shows its contents — so you immediately see where they went. And when a library is selected, the page header describes it: name, site, path, how many documents are shown, whether the library keeps versions or requires approval, and a link to open it in SharePoint. Without a selected library the header stays as before.
  • New You can now select several documents at once — with the checkbox on a row, or the whole page from the header. A bar with the count appears above the list and the row menu offers the bulk actions too: download, copy links, sensitive-data check, send to Managed Documents and move to the recycle bin. Deletion counts only documents you may delete — the rest are skipped and the app says so up front. The confirmation lists exactly what will disappear. The selection applies to the displayed rows and is cleared when the page or filter changes.
  • Fixed Fix: the document action menu did not fit on screen when it had many items and its bottom part stayed hidden. The menu is now positioned by its real height and, when space is tight, scrolls on its own.
  • New A document can now be removed straight from the overview — the row menu gained „Move to recycle bin“. It appears only where you have the permission in the library (verified up front), asks for confirmation, and the document goes to the site recycle bin, from where it can be restored. Nothing is deleted permanently.
  • New When saving to a library, the app now also offers the library's own columns. Required ones are filled in right away (without them the file is not saved, so documents never stay incomplete), optional ones live under the expandable „More library details“ — fill them in now or leave them empty.
  • New When you select a specific library in the Places panel, the app reads it directly — a document you just saved appears in the list immediately, with no wait for search. A strip above the list always says where the data comes from; as soon as you start searching, it switches to search, because only search looks inside documents. For very large libraries direct reading is skipped and the app says so.
  • Fixed Fix: a recent place reached by clicking a document sometimes remembered the address of the library view instead of the library itself, so picking it found nothing in the overview. The path is now normalised both when stored and for places saved earlier. The label of a recent place no longer repeats itself either — instead of „Demo · Shared Documents · Shared Documents“ you see the name once.
  • New Save a document now offers two routes. Besides saving by your organisation's rules, you can pick the library yourself — from favourites, recent places, by browsing sites or by pasting a link, including a specific folder (you can create a new one right there). Before saving, the app verifies you may write to the library, warns about a file of the same name and lets you choose whether to create a new version, rename it or skip it. You also fill in the fields the library requires and learn upfront when content needs approval or check-out. Several files can be saved at once.
  • New The My Documents overview gained a „Save here“ button — with a library selected in the Places panel you can save files into it without leaving the list. Files can also be dropped anywhere in the app. Until search indexes them, they appear in the „Just saved“ strip above the list, so you never face an empty result right after saving.
  • New Administrators get a new Settings → Saving section: decide who is offered saving to a place of their own choice, optionally limit the offer to libraries within the app's scope and enable an optional question about the document type. The usage overview then lists „rule candidates“ — pairs of type and library people keep using that the matrix does not know yet; one click opens the rule editor with the target pre-filled.
  • New A usage overview for administrators — how many documents went through the guided upload in the selected period, how many were handed over for publication, how many people saved them, and which types and libraries prevail. It also shows where the target came from: the organisation matrix, a personal set, or a favourite place — a prevalence of personal targets suggests the matrix deserves an update.
  • New Acknowledgement status right in the overview — documents awaiting your confirmation in Managed Documents now carry a badge reading „to acknowledge by…“, „overdue“ or „acknowledged“ with the date. Above the list you will find the total number of pending acknowledgements, including documents not shown here, and a link straight to Managed Documents.
  • New My Documents in Microsoft Teams — add the app as a team tab or a personal app and use it on mobile. On first run it asks where your documents live (or finds the site in the Workplace registry) and remembers the choice. On narrow screens the left panel collapses to icons and the table hides columns that are available in the details.
  • Improved Sending by e-mail now asks where you want the message to open — on your computer, or in the browser. „On this computer“ uses the mail program Windows has set as default (both new and classic Outlook): a link opens a new e-mail there instantly. An attachment is downloaded as a ready-to-send message with the document included — the browser is not allowed to launch it, so you open it from your downloads (the app explains how to have it open automatically next time). This route needs no special permission and handles larger files. The choice is remembered.
  • New The overview now shows which documents are checked out — with the same mark by the icon that SharePoint uses. Teal means „you hold it“, amber „someone else does“; hovering tells you exactly who. Check-out is now handled straight from the app: the ⋯ row menu offers Check out, Check in (with a version comment and a choice of major version or draft) and Discard check-out. While the app does not know the check-out state, the actions stay disabled — nothing is guessed.
  • New A document can be sent by e-mail straight from the overview — as an attachment (a draft is created in Outlook, you add recipients and text and send it yourself) or as a link. The link always works; the attachment needs a one-off permission approval by an administrator and the app says plainly when it is unavailable.
  • New You can now drag a whole folder into the app — subfolders included. The app walks through its contents and recreates the same structure in the target; the queue shows where each file will go, and folders are created in the library only when you save. It handles 300 files at once and says so when you drop more.
  • New For a selected library you can add up to three of its own columns to the listing — with a button in the bar above the list. Values are shown when the library is read directly, and columns with a fixed set of values can filter the listing right away; the choice is remembered per library. Document details now show all the library's own fields — including people, links and managed metadata, read live from the file itself.
  • Improved The „By the rules“ route now also guards required fields of the target library that the rule itself does not fill in: the wizard asks for them in the summary and will not save without them — so the document never stays incomplete in the library. Fields the form cannot fill (people, managed metadata) are admitted up front with advice on where to complete them.
  • Improved When saving into a folder, the write permission is now checked on the folder itself — a folder with unique permissions gets a truthful answer instead of the library's. After saving through the wizard, the overview opens in the target library directly in the folder you saved to, and Recent places remember the library, not the individual folder.
  • Improved The folder picker in the save dialog and the library header now admit when there are more folders than the app loads at once: the count reads „200+“ and the picker advises how to reach the remaining folders.
  • Improved For a selected library, the current-sort label moved from the filter row to the action bar next to the view switch — among the filters it ended up orphaned on its own line once the custom-column filters arrived.
  • Improved The save wizard got a new wide-screen layout: the left side holds the progress with a running summary — the file being uploaded, the decisions made (where, type, audience) and a “what happens next” hint — and clicking a completed step takes you back to it. The working area on the right stretched out, and the “Where should it go?” crossroads is now two large cards detailing both routes. On a narrow screen the progress folds into a row above the content.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.14 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & info the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the Media Center step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and it offers itself on your first visit.
  • Fixed Esc now closes only the quick search. A panel opened underneath stays open until you close it yourself.
  • Fixed Settings — Roles: group members are now visible to every application administrator, not just to the person who first set the application up on the site. Another administrator saw an empty list for groups they are not a member of themselves, even though there were people in them — SharePoint denied them the membership read. The application aligns the group visibility setting itself on the first administrator visit.
  • Fixed When the list of members of a role cannot be read, the application now says so instead of claiming the group is empty. A denied read (SharePoint refuses the data) used to look exactly like a group with nobody in it, so it was easy to believe someone had wiped the role.
  • Improved The media centre opens noticeably faster. Switching between views no longer re-downloads the whole library, opening a large gallery no longer floods the browser with thumbnails, and bulk ZIP download runs in parallel instead of file by file.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.10 App detail
  • Improved API load now covers the whole EP365 family, not just Atlas: each application measures its own calls on the site where it runs, and a full scan collects those measurements. The overview then shows which application on which site hits the limits. An application appears in the list after its next update and the next full scan.
  • New New “API load” screen (admins only): it shows when and why applications hit SharePoint limits. When calls get throttled the culprit is usually elsewhere — tenant quotas are shared by every application and user. Atlas collects its own telemetry (how many calls were throttled and how long they waited), shows the weekly pattern as a map, and tells you whether the app exhausted its own allowance or something else in the tenant is squeezing it. It also suggests the calmest window for backups, migrations and full scans.
  • New Finding who overloads the tenant: Atlas correlates trouble windows with the audit log and builds a ranking of the applications and accounts most active at that time — including how much of their activity falls inside those windows. It also produces a report you can send to the vendor of the offending application. This is correlation, not proof, and the app says so.
  • New Alerts on repeated overload: when the number of throttled calls exceeds your daily threshold, an event appears among the watchdogs. If it repeats several days a week, Atlas raises a finding that feeds into the score. The threshold is configurable in Settings — Notifications.
  • New Recording interventions and proving they helped: you can annotate the load data with what you changed and when (for example “backup moved to night hours”). Atlas then compares the week before and after and shows how much the situation improved.
  • New New “Targeted audit” screen (admins only): it examines one specific place — a site, library or list — without waiting for a full tenant scan. You paste the address, choose what interests you (permissions and inheritance, sharing links, settings, content) and get a downloadable report with the object's score, findings and recommendations. For a library you also see what a full scan does not cover: which items have their own permissions and what sharing links lead out of them.
  • Improved The app now honours SharePoint's “retry later” instruction: when a read is throttled, Atlas waits the recommended time and tries again instead of failing outright. Scans and overviews therefore get through even when the tenant is busy.
  • Improved Version management can now activate a version that is not on the released list yet — so, in agreement with your vendor, you can try a test rollout before it goes out to everyone.
  • Improved A clearer left menu: items are now ordered by what you are actually doing — Overview and Findings on top (work to do), then Tenant state (how things look), Investigation (who did what, how one place is doing, why calls get throttled) and History and outputs. The previous Monitoring / Data pair told nobody where to look. Tenant settings is now called SharePoint configuration so it is not confused with the settings of the application itself.
  • Improved Upcoming Microsoft 365 changes are now clickable: the title opens the message straight in the Message Center and a Roadmap pill leads to the specific item in Microsoft plans whenever the message names one. The card also explains that the list is filled at every scan from Microsoft Graph.
  • Fixed The list of applications active during throttling windows no longer shows the same application twice — Microsoft gives the same client name to different registrations, and Atlas now merges them into a single row.
  • Fixed The repeated throttling finding is now closed by a quick scan too. Previously a quick scan could open it but not close it, so it lingered until the next full scan.
  • New The targeted audit now also covers activity: for the place you checked it shows who worked with it over the last 30 days — a ranking of accounts, the most frequent operations, how much was downloaded, whether it was shared and what was deleted, plus a searchable, paged list of individual events. The data comes from the audit log, which Microsoft processes in the background, so the audit does not wait for it: one click starts the query and you come back to the result once it finishes, even on another day. Activity is also included in the downloaded report.
  • Improved Help and the interactive guide now cover the two administrator screens that were missing from them: the targeted audit (what it is for, what „without full control“ means, why activity takes longer and what you can do with the report) and API load (what throttling is, whose quota ran out, how to find the culprit, how to prove a fix worked and what is not measured). Guide chapters are also ordered the same way as the left menu.
  • New A new administrator screen, Index health: what search sees and what it misses. It shows when each place was last crawled, what failed, what is excluded from the index and how long it takes before a new document can be found. Content that is not indexed does not exist for users — neither search nor Copilot will surface it. The data comes straight from SharePoint’s own crawl records and loads on demand, because it is a heavy read. It needs a one-off grant of access to those records in the admin center, which the screen explains and links to — an admin role alone is not enough.
  • New Index health now also feeds findings and the site detail. A full scan reads how content stands in the index and raises four situations: content that cannot be crawled, content excluded from search, an index lagging behind changes, and sites the index does not know at all. Each site also shows when it was last crawled.
  • Improved Index health now tells object kinds apart exactly as SharePoint reports them — items, lists, sites, views and folders — instead of guessing from the address, which also corrects the „excluded from index“ figure. You can newly see what the sample consists of, how much content is pending removal from the index, whether a crawl error came from reading content or permissions, and the content database in the site detail — handy when raising a request with Microsoft.
  • Fixed Whether content is excluded from search is now read from the site and library settings rather than from the crawl log, which flags almost every record regardless of the actual setting — so ordinary document libraries were being counted as excluded. The finding now points at libraries that hold content but are switched off from search; application data lists, which are excluded on purpose, are left alone. The card also works without access to the crawl log.
  • New Targeted audit now includes a “Crawl history” section: for the audited site or library it shows when search last looked at it — separately for content and for permissions — how long it takes before a new file becomes findable, and what failed to be crawled. If there is no record at all for 30 days, that is a finding in itself: neither search nor AI will find that content.
  • Improved Checking sharing links is considerably faster. Atlas was asking twice per file; it now remembers how SharePoint responds and asks once. On a library with a hundred shared files this cuts that part of the audit to roughly a third.
  • Improved The “Created by” column for sharing links now appears only when SharePoint actually returns the author. It used to stay empty and look like a bug; instead there is now a note explaining that the author can be traced in Activity, from the audit log. The same applies to the downloaded report.
  • Improved API load now also sees calls to Microsoft Graph. Only SharePoint traffic was measured before, so the Graph column stayed empty even though most tenant information is gathered through it.
  • Improved The app now clears out API load data older than 90 days by itself, so the list does not grow indefinitely. The dashboards look back a month at most, so nothing changes in them.
  • Fixed The address of the audited list or library was assembled incorrectly in Targeted audit — the site path appeared twice. It showed up in the saved audit history, in the downloaded report, and lately in crawl history reporting “no records” for places that had them.
  • Improved Index health now remembers data once loaded, so returning to the screen no longer re-fetches it. The cache lasts an hour and is kept only in your browser under your account; “Load fresh data” overwrites it at any time.
  • Improved Table headers now look the same across every EP365 app — one font, size and spacing. The sort direction is carried by the arrow next to the column name alone, so it is obvious what the list is sorted by.
  • Fixed Settings — Roles: group members are now visible to every application administrator, not just to the person who first set the application up on the site. Another administrator saw an empty list for groups they are not a member of themselves, even though there were people in them — SharePoint denied them the membership read. The application aligns the group visibility setting itself on the first administrator visit.
  • Fixed When the list of members of a role cannot be read, the application now says so instead of claiming the group is empty. A denied read (SharePoint refuses the data) used to look exactly like a group with nobody in it, so it was easy to believe someone had wiped the role.
  • Fixed Audit log: when Microsoft rejects a query, the application now explains why. The message “user does not have any permissions” does not mean missing app consent — it is the signed-in account being refused the right to search the audit log. The app now says how to verify it and how to grant the right; Help explains why most administrators get audit access without configuring anything, and what to do when one particular account is the exception.
  • Fixed If the application's data cannot be loaded (findings, snapshots, watchdogs, settings), the app now says so and stops presenting empty screens as a result — “no scan yet” no longer appears on a tenant with a hundred scans. Saving settings is blocked meanwhile so that a failed read cannot overwrite the configuration with an empty value; previously this could wipe pillar weights, rule thresholds and granted exceptions.
  • Improved Atlas data is now protected at SharePoint level as well: the lists with findings, snapshots, patrol events, saved audits and settings may be changed only by the application administrator and site owners. Evidence that can be edited is not evidence. Other users still read it unchanged.
  • Fixed The list of site collection administrators is now built from the full list of site users instead of a server-side filter, which is occasionally unreliable — unacceptable for a security report. The scan also makes one call less per site. Targeted audit got the same treatment.

EP365 Moje dokumenty

Version 1.1 App detail
  • Improved Your personal document types, storage targets and favourite places are now protected at the data level too — the lists holding them have adjusted permissions so nobody can reach another person’s records even outside the app. Previously the app merely did not display them.
  • New The guided upload now also offers your favourite places — pick a favourite library in one click, or expand a favourite site to see its libraries. Handy when you save somewhere your organisation has no rule for.

EP365 Moje dokumenty

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New First release of My Documents. It gives you a personal overview of every document you can access in Microsoft 365 — across sites and libraries, with search in names and content, filters, sorting and a places panel holding your favourite and recently used libraries. Every document offers a preview, save as PDF, print, download, a link, a path to its library and insights about it (activity, versions, who has access, a sensitive-data check). The guided upload then files a new document where your organisation’s rules say it belongs: you say what it is and who it is for, and the app resolves the library, verifies your write permission up front and fills in metadata; directives are handed over to Managed Documents for publication. Everyone can add personal document types and storage targets, and administrators decide who is offered which. In-app help with over fifty answers and an interactive tour are included.

EP365 Quick Actions

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New First release of EP365 Quick Actions — free actions in the SharePoint context menu that SharePoint itself lacks. In libraries and lists, in SharePoint and in libraries shown in Microsoft Teams, tenant-wide with a single package. Actions: copy a direct link, save as PDF, print, merge a selection into one PDF, send by e-mail (link always, attachment after a permission approval), compare two document versions, manage permissions including checking a specific user’s access and restoring inheritance with an impact preview (documents and folders), document overview (views, search status, classification), finding file copies across the tenant, and a sensitive data check right in the browser (personal identification numbers, bank accounts, IBANs, payment cards, phones, passwords and keys, bulk e-mail lists, GDPR topics and a company term dictionary — nothing is sent anywhere, findings are masked). With the Managed Documents app, documents can also be sent to the publication queue.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.14 App detail
  • New Draft and rejected documents in the Publication queue now open straight into editing — via the “Finish” button on a draft or by clicking the row. Fill in the details and recipients and submit for approval, all in one panel.
  • New Groundwork for the new free EP365 Quick Actions app — documents can be sent for managed publication straight from any SharePoint library, finishing the publication in the app in two clicks.
  • Improved Quick search (Ctrl+K) now groups results under named headings — Actions, Views, Documents — and shows the keyboard shortcuts along the bottom.
  • Fixed Esc now closes only the quick search. A panel opened underneath stays open until you close it yourself.
  • Fixed Settings — Roles: group members are now visible to every application administrator, not just to the person who first set the application up on the site. Another administrator saw an empty list for groups they are not a member of themselves, even though there were people in them — SharePoint denied them the membership read. The application aligns the group visibility setting itself on the first administrator visit.
  • Fixed When the list of members of a role cannot be read, the application now says so instead of claiming the group is empty. A denied read (SharePoint refuses the data) used to look exactly like a group with nobody in it, so it was easy to believe someone had wiped the role.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.7 App detail
  • Fixed The restriction on which folders AI may search now holds reliably. When an administrator chose to search only selected SharePoint locations but left the list of locations empty, the search actually covered everything — the exact opposite of the setting. In that case it is now limited to the current site. We have also hardened the query text so the configured restriction cannot be bypassed.
  • Fixed Quick search (Ctrl+K) opened too low in Microsoft Teams — the dialog no longer sits below the dimmed backdrop.
  • Fixed Esc now closes only the quick search. A panel opened underneath stays open until you close it yourself.
  • Fixed Details inherited from Homepage — company name, support contact and logo — sometimes failed to load at all. Now everything available is picked up.
  • Fixed The page header no longer shows buttons that did nothing on that particular screen.
  • Fixed Settings — Roles: group members are now visible to every application administrator, not just to the person who first set the application up on the site. Another administrator saw an empty list for groups they are not a member of themselves, even though there were people in them — SharePoint denied them the membership read. The application aligns the group visibility setting itself on the first administrator visit.
  • Fixed When the list of members of a role cannot be read, the application now says so instead of claiming the group is empty. A denied read (SharePoint refuses the data) used to look exactly like a group with nobody in it, so it was easy to believe someone had wiped the role.

Workplace

Version 1.28 App detail
  • Fixed The restriction on which folders AI may search now holds reliably. When an administrator chose to search only selected SharePoint locations but left the list of locations empty, the search actually covered everything — the exact opposite of the setting. In that case it is now limited to the current site. We have also hardened the query text so the configured restriction cannot be bypassed.
  • Fixed Esc now closes only the quick search. A panel opened underneath stays open until you close it yourself.
  • Improved Paging below lists now picks up your brand colour from the appearance settings — until now it always stayed the default blue.
  • Fixed Settings — Roles: group members are now visible to every application administrator, not just to the person who first set the application up on the site. Another administrator saw an empty list for groups they are not a member of themselves, even though there were people in them — SharePoint denied them the membership read. The application aligns the group visibility setting itself on the first administrator visit.
  • Fixed When the list of members of a role cannot be read, the application now says so instead of claiming the group is empty. A denied read (SharePoint refuses the data) used to look exactly like a group with nobody in it, so it was easy to believe someone had wiped the role.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.17 App detail
  • New Full-screen view. An icon in the header expands the Centre across the whole window and hides the surrounding page — handy for managing content and longer guides.
  • Improved Richer look for situations. Twelve colours instead of five plus your own shade, and fifty icons instead of twenty — situations are now distinguishable at a glance. The author avatar colour is picked from colour tiles, not from codes in a dropdown.
  • New Guides can be assigned to a situation straight from its editor — add an existing one from the list or remove it with the cross, without opening individual guides.
  • Improved Checklist steps can be formatted. Bold text, lists and links now work in a step description — the same editor as the guide body.
  • New You can reach an owner directly in Teams. The owner card now has a chat button next to e-mail and phone.
  • New A guide can be assigned to a specific approver. The editor offers only people who can actually approve; the notification then goes to that person and the queue shows who the guide belongs to. Anyone with the role can still approve, so one person being away never blocks publishing.
  • Improved Rewritten help and an extended app tour. Help answers 41 specific questions across seven topics including where to edit what; the tour has eight role-based chapters — from getting around to settings and operations.
  • Improved Search results are paged by 10, 15 or 20, and the article status in the overview fits on one line.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.16 App detail
  • Fixed The app no longer loses saved changes when left open for a long time. After roughly half an hour without a page refresh SharePoint began refusing writes and some were lost without any notice — this affected saved guides, checked-off steps and member management. The app now refreshes its own validation before every write.
  • Fixed Checked-off checklist steps now stay with their step even when an administrator reorders the guide. Progress used to be tied to position, so inserting a step in the middle shifted the ticks onto different steps. Steps now carry their own identity; older guides get it the next time they are saved.
  • Fixed Bug reports and feature suggestions are now e-mailed to our support and turned into a ticket. They previously went through a web form whose response the app could not see — it reported “sent” even when the report never arrived. If sending from the app fails, we offer to open the message in your mail client.
  • Fixed Version management now works even without an active licence. Read-only mode used to block it, so when the running version had a problem, not even the version fixing it could be activated.
  • Fixed Clearing app data now also removes read statistics and in-progress checklist state. They used to survive article deletion as dead records pointing at content that no longer exists. Sample data is also seeded with step identities, so progress in the sample checklists survives step reordering right from the start.
  • Fixed AI knowledge files are now updated immediately after a bulk content change. Clearing or restoring data used to leave files of deleted articles in the library while new articles were missing — for up to six hours, so the AI assistant could answer from content no longer in the Centre. The update now runs right after the action and reports its result in the settings.
  • Fixed The „Was this useful?“ rating now counts one vote per person. Until now the app only remembered your vote until the page reloaded, so the count could be inflated by clicking repeatedly. Your vote is stored with your account — you can change it or withdraw it by clicking the same button, and it loads on another computer too.
  • Fixed The „Skip to main content“ link on the SharePoint page works again. The app was cancelling it across the whole page, which mattered most for keyboard and screen-reader users.
  • Improved New Recalculate ratings from votes action in Settings. Guide rating totals are realigned with the individual votes, which are the source of truth — useful when a number does not look credible. Read counts are left untouched.
  • Fixed Help now explains how guide ratings work — one vote per person, with the option to change or withdraw it.
  • Improved Permissions on the Centre libraries are now clearer. Administrators and approvers get only the level that actually works on a locked library; until now an extra one was added that looked like a granted permission but changed nothing.
  • Improved Sample data now shows what used to stay hidden. It adds articles written in the block editor (headings, callouts), a scheduled article, an archived one, approval stamps with a note and guide ratings — so the demo covers the whole content lifecycle including Usage.
  • Improved Sample articles now include an image. Test data adds an opening illustration in the app colours to four guides, so you can see at a glance how an article with an image looks. The illustration is drawn in your own environment and stored in the Centre library — nothing is downloaded from elsewhere.

Workplace

Version 1.27 App detail
  • New The AI Assistant global configuration shows a new "AI usage across the company" card — the monthly number of AI actions and token consumption for the whole organization, the same numbers as in the overview inside the AI Assistant. A link from the card opens the application page, where you can compare the measured number of actions against the pricing tiers.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.50 App detail
  • New Tasks from the chat can now also be created in Microsoft Planner, not just in your To Do. Below the task card you choose the target — "My To Do" for personal items, or a Planner plan and bucket for team tasks, optionally assigned to a specific person. The choice stays with the card after a page reload.
  • New You can now download any table in an answer as an Excel file — a "Download .xlsx" button appeared below the table and numbers are saved as numbers, so you can calculate with them right away. Chart cards offer the same via "Data (.xlsx)". The file is created in your browser; the data never leaves it.
  • New The assistant can now answer from your SharePoint lists too — price lists, registers and records. An administrator picks which lists in Settings (just paste the address; the app suggests the description and columns), and the assistant then reads the whole table — so it handles questions like "compare the package prices" or "until when is the contract with… valid". The list appears as a source below the answer. SharePoint permissions apply here too: anyone without access to a list gets no answer from it.
  • New You can organize conversations into projects. A project is a folder of conversations on one topic — a customer proposal or a hiring round, say — with shared instructions for the assistant ("the customer is a manufacturing company, we write formally, prices exclude VAT") and pinned materials. The instructions apply to every conversation in the project and restrict nothing: charts, cards and search keep working. Projects live in the left panel; move a conversation from its menu. Deleting a project does not delete the conversations — they move back among the others.
  • New Administrators get a new "Data & AI" tab in the Usage overview — it shows which company sources the assistant actually reads: the most used documents and lists, where it draws from, the share of verified (authoritative) sources and how many hits were filtered out by the "excluded from AI" classification. Only aggregates are shown, no names, questions or answers — this is oversight of data, not of people. It complements the Environment check: that tells you what the assistant can reach, this tab what it actually reads. Requires an update of the AI function.
  • New A new Task guide. When you give a compound task ("find the materials on this customer, summarize where we stand and prepare an e-mail"), the assistant does not answer straight away — it first shows a plan of steps. You untick the ones you don't want and only then run the guide; the steps run one after another and each result appears in the conversation, so it is clear what the answer is built on. You can stop it at any time, and one failed step does not stop the rest. The guide can find, read, summarize and chart your materials — and also prepare an e-mail draft, a document draft or tasks. All such steps only ever produce a proposal: sending, saving and creating is confirmed by you with a single click.
  • Improved Creating a project now happens in one place: the ＋ button opens a panel where you set the name, pick a colour, write the instructions for the assistant and pin materials — and only then save. The colour palette grew to 24 shades, and you can also set your own colour, either from the colour picker or by typing a HEX code with a live preview.
  • Improved A round of fixes and improvements based on deployment feedback. The assistant now reads modern SharePoint pages straight from their content, so answers from them are more accurate. A Teams conversation no longer disappears just because its last message was a system notice (such as a meeting recording). If the AI service hiccups, the request is retried automatically and any error now explains what happened and what to do. An account without a mailbox gets a plain-language explanation instead of a technical code, previews of OneDrive files offer opening in a new tab instead of a blank panel, and the floating widget no longer vanishes after leaving the app page. Document creation can now be switched on or off for the whole organisation (Settings → Documents), and the Environment check tells you why the widget might not be showing.
  • Fixed We polished this series based on live testing: the answer now always shows the card of the list or web page the assistant used (it could previously get lost among documents); the Task guide admits a step that did not run and can be resumed after stopping; the "find materials" step reliably turns on Company knowledge; if you have no access to a registered list, the assistant says so instead of "I found nothing"; and the Excel export keeps codes with a leading zero and long numbers as text.
  • New A new “Ask AI” button in document libraries. Tick some files, click it, and the assistant opens right on top of them. It can summarise them, compare them with each other, pull out the key points or tell you what tasks follow from them. It only reads what you select, under your own account, so it never reaches anything you cannot access. It processes five files at a time — if you tick more, you are told before you send and again in the answer itself.
  • New The floating assistant now knows where you are in SharePoint and offers shortcuts that make sense there. In a library it summarises what is inside, tells you what changed in the last month, and shows admins who has access. In a list it summarises the data, turns it into a chart or lists it as a table. On a site page it summarises the page, explains it in simpler terms or turns it into a document. In site contents it tells you what the site holds, where most of the content is and what has not changed in a long time. A shortcut only pre-fills the question — you send it and can edit it first. When the assistant does not recognise the place, no shortcuts are offered.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.15 App detail
  • New News in the situations you follow — the home screen now tells you when a new guide appears in a situation you follow. The card shows what is new since your last visit and the cross dismisses it. The notice is tied to your account, so it does not reappear on another computer.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.14 App detail
  • Fixed Guide ratings and read counts now work for everyone. The “Was this guide helpful?” buttons and the read counter were only ever recorded for administrators — everyone else had their vote silently dropped even though the app said thank you. They are now stored for all users, so Usage shows real numbers. If a vote still fails to save, the app says so instead of thanking you falsely.
  • Improved Search now ignores diacritics — “skoleni” finds “Školení”. This applies to search, quick search (Ctrl+K) and the content management filters, so queries that do have an answer are no longer logged as “searches with no results”.
  • Fixed Saved guides and checked-off steps no longer get lost. Opening a guide and saving it in quick succession (or ticking several checklist steps) could overwrite the latest change and lose it after a page refresh. Changes are now stored in order and always against the current state.
  • Fixed Editing a situation or a guarantor in content management no longer overwrites a different record. With the editor open, clicking another item in the list next to it kept the original values in the form and saving wrote them onto the newly selected record.
  • Improved Your own situations now appear on the timeline. The home screen used to show only situations from the default set; the ones you created yourself were missing without any notice. They are now placed according to their order within the phase.
  • Improved The phase filter and labels in the situations list now show phase names (“Beginnings”, “Everyday”) instead of internal codes. The “Recently added” section on the home screen sorts guides by creation date rather than by the latest minor edit.
  • Fixed Turning off knowledge publishing for AI now offers to delete the files already created. Until now they stayed in the library and the AI assistant kept reading them even after publishing was switched off.
  • Fixed Deleting a situation now also clears its assignment from guides and guarantors, so no guide stays attached to a situation that no longer exists. Creating a situation also warns when its identifier would clash with another one.
  • Improved Importing articles from CSV now handles cells containing line breaks, so an export from the article list can be imported straight back. Sample data are also no longer created when the app cannot verify that the lists are empty — you get an error instead of a silent failure.
  • Fixed We tightened the permissions of the app libraries — AI knowledge files and guide images can now be created and modified only by administrators and content approvers, while everyone else can still read them. Previously anyone with edit rights on the site could place a file into the knowledge library and thus influence the material the AI assistant answers from. The setting is applied automatically the first time an administrator opens the app. SVG images can no longer be inserted into guides.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.49 App detail
  • Improved The "AI usage" tab has a new layout: three views side by side — by day (browse by week), by month of a selected year (browse by year) and by year. Clicking a month or year switches the related views. Report export to HTML and PDF has also been added.
  • New The "AI usage" tab now clearly shows your current licensing band (based on the average of the last three completed months) — you can see at a glance where your company stands. During the pilot period it shows "Measuring".
  • Improved The "AI usage" tab header now links to the public pricing and bands on the EasyPortal 365 website — administrators can view licensing details in one click.
  • New You can now paste a link to a web page (from allowed addresses) straight into the chat and the Assistant reads it and answers from it — previously this was only possible via the Prompts button. The page also appears as a source card.
  • Fixed Sharing an answer by e-mail and to Microsoft Teams is more reliable across environments — e-mail now opens as a draft in Outlook (working even where the computer has no default mail app), and sharing to Teams works in the Teams desktop app too.
  • Fixed The floating Assistant stays visible after leaving the full-application page too — we resolved a case where it occasionally disappeared after moving to another page.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.48 App detail
  • New The usage overview has a new "AI usage" tab — a monthly and yearly view of the assistant's actual work (AI actions), a breakdown by feature, a daily chart and an estimate of your own Azure OpenAI costs. Only counts and token consumption are measured, never message content or user identities.
  • Fixed When you asked for a chart while composing an email, a raw technical tag could end up in the draft body. The assistant no longer inserts charts into emails — it summarizes the numbers as a plain list — and if a tag slips through anyway, the draft is cleaned automatically.

EP365 HelpDesk

Version 1.2 App detail
  • New Multiple support mailboxes in one app (queues) — in Settings — E-mail you can now define any number of shared mailboxes, for example support for different brands or products. Each ticket remembers its queue and all replies, confirmations and reminders are sent from its address; mail from all mailboxes is collected together.
  • New Custom e-mail branding per queue — name, badge tag, footer link and signature. Customers of different brands receive mail in “their” look, even though support is handled by one team in one app.
  • New Manual tickets with queue selection and clearer unassigned mail — for messages from unknown senders you can see which mailbox they arrived in, and tickets created from them keep the right queue.

EP365 E-shop

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New First release of EP365 E-shop — an internal store for Microsoft 365: product catalogue with variants (sizes, colours), a per-user cart, and orders with approval and issue steps.
  • New Stock with an audit trail — every receipt, order deduction, cancellation and correction is written to the movements journal; minimum-stock watch.
  • New Private orders — regular users see only their own orders and cart, enforced by SharePoint itself; administrators see everything.
  • New E-mail notifications — new orders go to administrators, decisions (approved, issued, rejected with a reason) go to the requester.
  • New Microsoft Teams support — add the app as a personal app or tab; the data site is discovered automatically via EP365 Homepage.
  • New Star ratings for products, a hidden-prices mode for supply rooms, single-step fulfilment for small teams, and demo data for a quick trial.
  • Improved Settings — Version and information now show the licence state with a "Re-check" button (instant refresh without waiting for the cache).
  • Fixed Headers of all screens now share the subtle background grid (previously missing on data views).
  • New Interactive in-app guide — walks you through ordering and administration. Start it from Help; it also offers itself on the Overview at first visit.
  • Improved Help is now a full guide: step-by-step instructions, an explanation of every order state, an admin section, and expandable FAQs.
  • Improved The overview screen now offers quick entries to the catalogue, cart and orders, plus the standard action icons (refresh, share, help).
  • Fixed A product detail with sizes showed "Sold out" until a size was picked — it now shows the product's total stock.
  • Fixed The highlighted part of headings sits on its own line, and the sidebar shows the Administration group again.
  • Fixed The app version can be activated even without an active licence — previously not even a fix version could be deployed.

EP365 HelpDesk

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the HelpDesk step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and it offers itself on your first visit.
  • Fixed Attachment links with a space in the file name now open correctly — previously they ended with a “page not found” error.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.4 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New You can now create a new user directly in the app through a five-step wizard. Enter the name and sign-in details (the app pre-fills them from first and last name and suggests a strong password), add job title, department and manager, then pick groups and licences. The final step summarises exactly what will happen before anything is written. The password is shown at the end of the wizard — Microsoft Entra will not reveal it later.
  • New The same wizard edits an existing account — via the "Edit" button in the user detail. Only the fields you actually changed are written, so editing never overwrites anything you didn't touch. Adding to groups and changing licences are included. Accounts synchronised from on-premises Active Directory don't offer editing, since synchronisation would overwrite it.
  • New Settings has a new "Data lists" section. It shows which lists on this site the app stores data in, how many items they hold, and above all whether their visibility and permissions match what the app requires. It is a check, not an administration screen — nothing here can be changed or deleted. If something doesn't match, the app says what and why: the usual cause is that the app was first opened on the site by an ordinary member, whom SharePoint refused the settings change. Open it as a site administrator and it corrects itself.
  • Improved The user wizard now matches the account detail in size — it no longer covers the SharePoint top bar and is the same width, so nothing jumps when you move between them. The left side also shows a running overview of everything entered, including the chosen groups and licences; when editing an account you therefore have its current state at hand.
  • New Once the account exists, everything can be handed over right away. One button copies the name, sign-in details and placement as plain text — paste it into Teams, a ticket or a note. You can also e-mail the information to any address; if you filled in an additional e-mail for the employee, it's offered in one click. Whether to include the initial password is up to you — a checkbox states what the message will contain, and the app warns when you send a password without requiring a change at first sign-in. The e-mail goes from your mailbox, so replies come back to you.
  • Improved The user list refreshes itself after an account is created, so the new person appears in the overview straight away — no manual reload needed.
  • New The wizard now also records the hire date, city, mobile phone and an additional e-mail address. You fill them in at the Placement step and they go straight into Microsoft Entra — so the hire date is on the employee record from day one, not just in a HR spreadsheet. All four appear in the account detail and can be changed any time via "Edit". The additional e-mail may only be written by certain admin roles; if that fails, the rest of the wizard still completes and the app tells you which step didn't go through.
  • New The Groups step now lets you pick by classification — choose a department in the organisational structure or a location in the geography, and the app offers the groups that belong there. You don't need to know the right group's name, only where the new person is joining. Picking a department also covers groups classified beneath it. Search by name remains alongside. Until groups are classified in the taxonomy, the app says so instead of showing an empty list.
  • Improved The "New user" button sits in the page header, the same as "New group" does under Groups — the screen's primary action is always in the same place. The Licences step also links to the Microsoft 365 admin center, where subscriptions are purchased and cancelled.
  • Improved Each licence shows how many seats remain, and exhausted ones can't be selected. The app also checks the user's country — Microsoft won't assign a licence without it, so you're warned before the attempt fails. Every write step reports its own result: if the account is created but the licence isn't assigned, you see exactly that instead of one generic error.
  • Fixed The quick-action icons are drawn in page headers again — refresh, copy link, help, report a bug and suggest a feature. Only empty circles were left of them. The full-screen toggle is back as well.
  • Improved Page titles are now consistent: the highlighted sentence always sits on its own line and carries the same weight everywhere, including the greeting on the Overview. The Group requests and Reports screens use the same heading size as other overviews rather than the larger settings-page size. In Settings, the list of data lists wraps inside its card instead of overflowing it.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.3 App detail
  • New The user list now shows who has multi-factor authentication (MFA) set up. There is a new "MFA" column, a "No MFA" tile, and a filter that isolates those accounts in one click. The account detail also lists the specific methods — Authenticator, SMS, security key and so on. For accounts the Microsoft report doesn't cover (typically blocked ones) the app says "not stated" rather than passing them off as accounts without MFA.
  • New Multi-factor authentication can be enabled, enforced, or disabled for an individual account straight from the app. Disabling it lowers security, so it always takes a separate confirmation, and every change is written to the audit log. The app also shows how your organisation enforces MFA — through security defaults, Conditional Access, or this older per-user switch. When Conditional Access is in play, the app warns that "disabled" here does not mean the user has no MFA. Changing the setting requires the Authentication Policy Administrator or Global Administrator role.
  • Improved Rows in the user list are shorter — the e-mail address moved next to the name instead of below it, so more accounts fit on one screen.
  • Improved Microsoft provides the registered-methods overview only to organisations with an Entra ID P1 or P2 licence. If yours doesn't have one, the app says so in a single line and hides the "MFA" column entirely, instead of showing a dash on every account. Enforcing MFA for an individual account still works — that does not depend on the licence. The switch stays hidden until the app knows its current value: changing a security setting blind makes no sense. The account detail now always shows how your organisation enforces MFA — previously that line was missing for organisations without the licence, even though a warning referred to it.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.6 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New Import historie příspěvků – v Nastavení přibyl průvodce, který do aplikace dostane příspěvky, jež už máte zveřejněné. Aplikace díky tomu zná vaši historii: AI z ní bere tón a témata (a neopakuje, co už vyšlo) a graf výkonu má skutečná čísla.
  • New Průvodce importem vás vede krok za krokem a u každé sítě rovnou řekne, kde export vzít – včetně přesného postupu pro osobní profil na LinkedInu, firemní stránku i Meta Business Suite. Texty se dají též prostě vložit ze schránky.
  • New Před založením uvidíte náhled: které sloupce se použijí, co se založí a co se přeskočí. Duplicity aplikace pozná sama (stejná síť, den i začátek textu), takže opakovaný import nic nezdvojí. Importované příspěvky mají štítek „import“ a stav Publikováno, takže nezasahují do plánu ani do fronty ke schválení.
  • Improved Nápověda v aplikaci vyrostla z 13 na 25 odpovědí a přibyla celá kapitola „Správa a data“. Nově odpovídá i na to, co je zlom a proč se část textu podbarvuje, jak dát každé síti jiný obrázek, jak psát s AI, kde leží data aplikace a jak si ověřit, co uvidí konkrétní kolega.
  • Improved Interaktivní průvodce aplikací je podrobnější – místo pěti kapitol jich je osm a u každé předem vidíte, komu je určena, co se v ní naučíte a jakou má osnovu. Nově jsou samostatné kapitoly Psaní příspěvku (základ, kanály, limity, vizuály a AI), Schvalování a publikace a pro správce Data, import a kontrola práv.
  • New Kalendář ukáže i stav schvalování – u příspěvku ve schvalování svítí odznak s krokem (např. „1/2“), u vráceného „vráceno“. Co čeká právě na vás, má navíc zvýrazněný rámeček s vykřičníkem. Najetím myší se dozvíte název kroku, kdo schvaluje a u vráceného i důvod – bez otevírání detailu.
  • Improved Kalendář ukáže u příspěvku podstatně víc – kromě času a názvu i stav, téma s barvou, kampaň, odznak schvalování, kanály (včetně značky, že některý má vlastní text), zda má vizuály, iniciály autora a u publikovaných počet zobrazení. Na hutnější měsíc stačí přepnout přepínačem „Karty: Stručné“ – volba se pamatuje.
  • Improved Najetí myší na příspěvek v kalendáři vypíše celý přehled: stav, krok schvalování i s tím, kdo schvaluje, téma, kampaň, kanály, autora, vizuály, výsledky a začátek textu.
  • New Okno příspěvku je při úpravě nově přes celou výšku obrazovky a dělí se na tři zóny: vlevo AI asistent, uprostřed psaní, vpravo plán, vizuály a konverzace. Okno samo neroluje – posuvník mají jen text, návrhy AI a zprávy.
  • New Konverzace je nově i při úpravě příspěvku – komentáře a @zmínky kolegy jsou přímo vedle textu, takže se při zapracování připomínek nemusí odbíhat do detailu.
  • Improved AI asistent už nepřekrývá psací plochu – stojí trvale vedle textu. Návrhy chodí jako karty, které lze přímo upravit a vložit tlačítkem „Použít“; při generování je váš text celou dobu vidět. Zóna jde sbalit a bez AI Asistenta se vůbec nezobrazuje.
  • Improved AI asistent v editoru: větší pole pro zadání i pro návrh textu a AI nově navrhne i interní název příspěvku – vloží se ale jen do prázdného pole, ručně zadaný název se nikdy nepřepíše.
  • New Detail příspěvku (čtení) má stejné rozložení jako editor: celá výška, uprostřed obsah per kanál se záložkami a náhledem sítě, vpravo plán, lidé, historie a konverzace – na tomtéž místě jako při úpravě, takže při přepnutí nic neskáče.
  • New Levá zóna detailu je publikační pult řízený stavem: u konceptu „Odeslat ke schválení“, ve schvalování kroky s tlačítky Schválit/Vrátit, u schváleného řádky kanálů (Text · UTM · Otevřít), u publikovaného odkazy na posty a pole pro výsledky. Nikdy nenabízí akce, které zrovna nedávají smysl.
  • Improved Záložky Přílohy a Historie v detailu zanikly – přílohy jsou přímo pod textem a historie schvalování je sbalená v pravém panelu. Nic už není schované na druhé záložce.
  • New Úkoly mají checklist – dílčí kroky k odškrtávání přímo v detailu i při úpravě. Postup (např. 2/5) je vidět i na kartě úkolu v kanbanu.
  • New Kroky plánu příprav u události jsou nově plnohodnotné úkoly – při použití šablony (i u vlastního kroku) se každý krok založí jako úkol s vazbou na akci: má termín, přiřazení, konverzaci i synchronizaci do Outlooku a dá se otevřít přímo z Praktického asistenta. Starší plány povýšíte tlačítkem „Vytvořit úkoly z kroků“.
  • New V detailu aktivity jdou úkoly rovnou zakládat (Enter v poli) a přiřazovat existující bez vazby – úkol se otevře přímo nad detailem, bez odcházení do sekce Úkoly.
  • Improved Termín publikace příspěvku nejde nastavit do minulosti – platí v okně příspěvku (včetně vlastních časů kanálů) i při přetahování v kalendáři. Už uložená historická data (např. z importu) zůstávají beze změny editovatelná.
  • Improved Pole popisu úkolu je menší a pole zadání AI větší – výšky sedly tomu, co se do nich reálně píše.
  • New Zkopírování textu je teď přímo pod příspěvkem – tlačítko „Zkopírovat text“ u zvoleného kanálu. Tlačítka v publikačním sloupci mají nově celé popisky (Zkopírovat text · Odkaz s UTM · Otevřít síť) místo zkratek.
  • New Vizuály jdou stáhnout do počítače – u každé přílohy je ikona stažení, u více příloh tlačítko „Stáhnout vše“. Stáhnout jde i z pole Vizuály při úpravě.
  • Improved Nápověda vyrostla na 37 odpovědí v 11 tématech – přibyly celé kapitoly o publikaci a výsledcích, o úkolech a checklistech a o řešení potíží (co dělat, když se něco neuloží nebo kolega vidí něco jiného).
  • Fixed Uložení po delší době s otevřenou stránkou už neskončí na chybu oprávnění – aplikace si bezpečnostní token obnovuje sama a při odmítnutí zápis zopakuje.
  • Fixed Plán příprav už nelze omylem přepsat – když se ho nepodaří načíst, aplikace to řekne a úpravy zamkne, místo aby se tvářila, že akce žádný plán nemá.
  • Improved Import zpracuje najednou nejvýš 300 příspěvků a zbytek nabídne dokončit dalším spuštěním – velký soubor tak SharePoint nezahltí.
  • Fixed Hledání v nápovědě si poradí s diakritikou a s víc slovy najednou – „stáhnout obrázky“ najde odpověď, i když v ní slova nestojí vedle sebe. Dřív vrátilo prázdno.
  • Fixed Graf výkonu se kreslí ve skutečné šířce karty – popisky už nejsou vodorovně roztažené a hodnota u nejdelšího sloupce se vejde celá.
  • Fixed Počty se skloňují správně – místo „1 příspěvků“ a „2 běžících“ je „1 příspěvek“ a „2 běžící“. Platí v nadpisech všech seznamů, na Přehledu i v Nastavení.
  • Improved Náhledy komentářů v Přehledu a v Reportu aktivit ukazují čistý text – formátovací značky zmizely a ořez končí slovem, ne půlkou slabiky.
  • Improved Podklady od AI jsou nově výpis dokumentů, ne řádek odkazů – u každého vidíte typ souboru, web a datum změny a kliknutím se otevře náhled přímo v aplikaci. Ikona ↗ vedle otevře dokument online v nové záložce. Náhled respektuje vaše oprávnění; formát, který SharePoint vložit neumí, to rovnou přizná.
  • Improved Dvousloupcová pole ve formulářích drží přesnou polovinu šířky – termín publikace už si nebral místo tématu a kampaně.
  • Improved Pole pro zadání AI je o něco nižší, takže se návrhy objeví výš a méně se roluje.
  • New Kampaně mají tabulkové zobrazení – přepínač Dlaždice / Tabulka vpravo nad seznamem, volba se pamatuje. Tabulka ukazuje období, plnění, vlastníka i stav a řadí se podle konce kampaně od nejpozdějšího, takže nahoře je to živé a nadcházející. Klikem na hlavičku sloupce se dá řadit i jinak.
  • New U kampaní přibylo hledání (název, popis i vlastník) a filtry Vlastník a Období – právě probíhá, teprve začne, už skončila. Filtry se sčítají se stávajícími pilulkami stavu.
  • Improved Seznam příspěvků v tabulce se řadí podle termínu publikace od nejnovějšího – dřív byly nahoře nejstarší záznamy, což u importované historie znamenalo roky staré příspěvky.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.13 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the left menu shrinks on narrower windows and below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the app step by step, right inside it. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role (employee, publisher, approver, manager, administrator). Start it from Help — administrators also from Settings — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users see a card on the home screen offering to take the guided tour. Completed chapters are remembered with your account — even when you sign in from another computer.
  • Improved The guide has a new Reports and audit chapter — walking through the compliance dashboard and the central report for auditors. A chapter dedicated to document bundles was added too.
  • Improved The guide now covers the whole app — every screen has its own chapter: library and archive, publication queue, document management, document bundles, categories and distribution groups, support and feedback. Administrators also get a detailed walkthrough of all ten Settings sections and the Usage overview. An employee sees 4 chapters, an administrator 13 — each only what is relevant.
  • Improved Document sets with a shared deadline are now consistently called “document bundles” — they are not only for onboarding, but also for periodic training, recertifications and project rounds. Bulk top-up of documents for new group members is now under the “Bulk re-distribution” button.
  • Improved The guide's explanations are more detailed — steps now spell out concretely what you see on screen and why, with practical tips. The Orientation chapter also introduces your role in the panel footer, Document confirmation shows the preview and details separately, and Publishing a document has a dedicated step about recipients.
  • Fixed Links to files with a space in the name or folder now open correctly — previously they ended with a “page not found” error.

EP365 Site Manager

Version 1.4 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the page header now wraps instead of letting action buttons run off the edge, and the left menu shrinks on narrower windows — below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the Site Manager step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and it offers itself on your first visit.
  • Fixed Links to sites and files with a space in the address now open correctly — previously they ended with a “page not found” error.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.5 App detail
  • New Napsat příspěvek s pomocí AI – v editoru příspěvku stačí popsat, o čem má být, a EP365 AI Asistent připraví návrh textu i hashtagy. Návrh si nejdřív přečtete a teprve kliknutím ho vložíte do formuláře; rozepsaný text se nikdy nepřepíše sám.
  • New AI zná souvislosti – volitelně dostane už zveřejněné příspěvky (drží tón a neopakuje témata) a hledá i ve firemních dokumentech na SharePointu. Prohledává je pod vaším účtem, takže se nedostane k ničemu, na co sami nemáte právo, a použité podklady vypíše.
  • New Vlastní prompty pro tvorbu textů – v Nastavení → AI a prompty popíšete firemní tón a pravidla pro každou sociální síť zvlášť (délka, oslovení, čeho se vyhnout). Zadání od uživatele má vždy přednost.
  • Improved Vazba na AI Asistenta je volitelná: když ho na intranetu nemáte, aplikace se chová přesně jako dřív a nikde nic nenabízí. Stav propojení a jeho případný důvod nedostupnosti najde správce v Nastavení → AI a prompty.
  • Fixed Pruh nad obsahem (náhled očima uživatele, upozornění na licenci nebo provisioning) se místy zobrazoval odříznutý – přes jeho spodní okraj se překrývala hlavička stránky.
  • Fixed Přepínač celé obrazovky chyběl na úvodním Přehledu; nově je i tam, ve stejné pětici ikon jako na ostatních obrazovkách.
  • Improved Náhled očima uživatele se spouští z Nastavení → Role uživatelů, stejně jako v ostatních aplikacích EP365. Během náhledu jde ukončit jedním klikem odkudkoli.
  • Improved Přehlednější okno příspěvku – text je teď hlavní plocha, název a kanály jsou na jednom řádku nahoře, šablony i AI se nabízejí z lišty nad textem (nezabírají místo) a počítadlo znaků ukazuje jen kanál, který právě píšete. Vlastní text pro jednotlivé kanály se přepíná záložkami a méně častá pole (událost z CRM, štítky, přiřazení) jsou pod rozbalovátkem.
  • Improved Panel „Napsat s pomocí AI“ se otevře na místě psací plochy, takže se nic neposune; rozepsaný text zůstane zachovaný a po vložení návrhu se panel sám zavře. U textu od AI zůstane malý štítek – dalším kliknutím na AI ho lze nechat upravit (zkrátit, změnit tón).
  • New Text na míru každé síti – nad psací plochou je pás kanálů: vlevo společný text, za ním každý zvolený kanál se svým stavem (převzato / vlastní / přes limit). Kliknutím na kanál napsíte jeho vlastní podobu, vlastní hashtagy i vlastní čas publikace; bez toho se použije společný text.
  • New Tlačítko „Přizpůsobit kanálům“ – AI vezme společný text a vyrobí z něj podobu pro každý kanál naráz, podle jeho limitu, zlomu, doporučené délky i počtu hashtagů. Návrhy se ukážou vedle sebe, můžete je přepsat a vybrat, které použít; nevybrané kanály zůstanou na společném textu.
  • New Profil kanálu v číselníku – u každé sítě si v Nastavení → Číselníky nastavíte tvrdý limit, zlom („…více“), doporučenou délku a počet hashtagů. Podle nich aplikace hlídá délku a řídí se jimi i AI. Hodnoty jsou orientační – klidně si je upravte podle vlastních výsledků.
  • Improved Délku hlídá každý kanál sám – u společného textu vidíte počítadla všech zvolených kanálů zároveň (zeleně se vejde, červeně přesahuje) místo jednoho počítadla pro jedinou síť.
  • Improved U delších sítí (LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram) je část textu za zlomem „…více“ podbarvená přímo v psacím poli – hned vidíte, kam čtenář dohlédne, aniž byste museli číst tentýž text dvakrát.
  • Improved Hashtagy lze nastavit pro každý kanál zvlášť (deset na Instagram, dva na LinkedIn); prázdné pole znamená, že se použijí společné.
  • Fixed Počítání znaků pro síť X bylo nepřesné – každý odkaz se tam počítá jako 23 znaků bez ohledu na svou skutečnou délku, takže u dlouhých odkazů aplikace hlásila překročení limitu, i když se příspěvek pohodlně vejde.
  • New Vizuály přetažením – obrázky se do příspěvku přidávají přetažením myší (nebo klikem) přímo v jeho okně. U nového příspěvku počkají ve frontě a nahrají se hned po uložení.
  • New Vizuály pro každý kanál zvlášť – nahrané obrázky jsou společná zásoba příspěvku a na záložce kanálu si kliknutím označíte, které z nich půjdou právě tam (jiný formát na Instagram než na LinkedIn). Nic neoznačeného = půjdou všechny.
  • Improved První záložka se jmenuje „Základ“ – je to hlavní myšlenka příspěvku, ze které kanály vycházejí. Na záložce kanálu si můžete základ jedním kliknutím vložit a upravit, nebo ho nechat přepsat AI. Když mají vlastní text všechny kanály, aplikace řekne, že se základ už nikam nepublikuje.
  • Improved Psací plocha je vyšší – delší příspěvek je vidět bez rolování.
  • Fixed Text od AI se občas vložil i s technickým obalem odpovědi (začínal „{body:“). Odpověď se teď přečte, i když ji model zašle roztříštěnou nebo useknutou; když přečíst nejde, aplikace to řekne a text nechá být.
  • Improved Testovací data pokrývají celou aplikaci – 5 kampaní, 20 příspěvků ve všech stavech workflow, 10 aktivit všech typů, 11 úkolů s různými prioritami a termíny, diskuse se zmínkami, plán akce s checklistem i ukázkové nastavení (schvalování, publikační plán, segmenty, prompty pro AI). Součástí jsou vlastní texty a vizuály pro jednotlivé kanály i publikované příspěvky s výsledky, takže je z čeho kreslit graf. Plí se jen prázdné seznamy, reálný obsah se nepřepíše.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.9 App detail
  • Fixed The "Revert settings" button in the Scan comparison executive summary only led to the tenant settings list, which was confusing — renamed to "Tenant settings". Reverting a specific change is done by clicking the change row in the Tenant settings card right in the comparison.
  • Improved Sample data now covers every screen: three snapshots (trends, Comparison and the quota forecast), sites with libraries and lists in the detail, applications with app-only access including secrets, OneDrive sites, recent audit activity, team channel sites, an external admin and configured AI boundaries. You can try the whole app without real data — and the data reset cleans it all up again.
  • Improved The score pillars on the Overview are clickable: Security, Governance, Storage and Adoption open Findings pre-filtered to that pillar — exactly the findings that pushed the number down. AI readiness opens its own detail with the dimension breakdown. Findings gained a new Pillar filter to match.
  • Improved Reports and export with live previews: every card shows a miniature of the real output — HTML reports as a scaled-down report, CSV exports as the first rows of data, AI readiness as its dimensions. The pairs of buttons that did the same thing were replaced by one clear action per output type (Open report / Download CSV / Open view).
  • Improved Help rewritten from the ground up: over 60 answers in 17 topics cover every screen in detail — from score calculation through the site detail, watchdogs and audit queries up to version management — plus a new Troubleshooting section (missing permissions, slow scans, numbers not matching the admin center).
  • Improved The interactive guide grew substantially: twelve chapters in four groups (Getting started · Monitoring · Data and outputs · For admins) with a „what we'll cover“ outline for each chapter. It newly walks you through the Overview, sites and the site detail, Teams and sharing, tenant settings with AI readiness, audit with watchdogs, and app administration.
  • Improved The overview is more compact — score history and changes since the last scan no longer occupy separate cards; they sit right inside the Tenant health card next to the pillars. Watchdogs on the home screen shrank to the three most important events, and findings to resolve show their severity right in the row.
  • Improved The site detail opens as a wide panel over the list — just like the team detail, so you keep your context and filters. Facts about permissions, sharing, storage and structure are laid out in two columns with no scrolling; libraries, findings and named people lists have their own tabs. Links to a specific site keep working unchanged.
  • Improved The team detail is wider and clearer — team identity and the paired site on the left, team settings on the right. One click takes you from the team to the full site detail.
  • Improved Scan comparison: findings by severity and the sharing overview are shown as cards with the new value and a colour-coded change — replacing the earlier rows where the numbers were hard to read.
  • Improved Watchdogs in the Audit log gained search and paging — in a longer event history you find a specific account or event type instantly.
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version and information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the page header now wraps instead of letting action buttons run off the edge, and the left menu shrinks on narrower windows — below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New New “Applications and access” screen (admins only): it shows the applications that read SharePoint content without a signed-in user — site permissions and sharing settings don't apply to them. For each one you see exactly what it may do (from read access up to full control of every site), when it was granted, and — if it's still in the audit log — who approved it. Read with existing permissions; no new admin consent required.
  • New Watching application secrets and certificates: Atlas tracks the validity of credentials for registered applications and warns you when expiry is near (or has already passed). An expired secret takes an integration down at once and without warning — this gives you time to rotate it first. The values themselves are never shown or stored; Microsoft doesn't hand them out anyway.
  • New Four new rules under Permissions: applications with full control of every site, applications writing to content without a user, expired secrets (a dead registration still holding its permissions), and secrets about to expire. Thresholds are adjustable in Settings → Score and rules.
  • New AI boundaries: AI readiness has a new card telling you whether the organization has content classification set up at all — that is, a way to mark a document as “this one doesn't belong in AI answers”. Without it the assistant works with everything the user may read, and the only thing holding content back are permissions designed for people, not machines. Atlas also reports the case where classification exists but none of its values actually excludes content from AI.
  • New When storage runs out: Storage now estimates how long the tenant quota will last at the current growth rate — and warns when it comes out under a year. The estimate is computed from scan history, so it appears after several regular scans; until there's data for it, Atlas says so instead of inventing a number. Next to it is a “Where to clean up” card quantifying the space held by long-inactive sites.
  • New Bulk actions on findings: in Findings you switch on selection mode, tick the findings and mark them all at once as acknowledged, in progress or resolved. It saves clicking through dozens of details after a completed clean-up. Exceptions with a justification are still granted one by one — there the context matters.
  • New Guests from domains outside the allow list: if the tenant has an allow list for external sharing, Atlas finds guests from domains that aren't on it. The domain restriction only applies to new invitations — accounts invited earlier keep their access, while the organization believes it only shares with the listed partners.
  • Improved Microsoft 365 service health has its own card in Tenant settings — including when everything is fine. An ongoing incident at Microsoft skews the scan numbers too (missing sites, empty reports), so it's better to know about it before you start looking for the fault on your side.
  • Improved The application overview now shows the origin of each registration: applications from a foreign tenant (vendors) carry a “Third party” tag, Microsoft's carry “Microsoft”, and your own have none. Microsoft applications also no longer produce findings — an admin can't do anything about them and they would only drown out what matters.
  • Improved The audit watches now spot bulk downloads: downloading is ordinary work, so an incident is raised by volume — when a single account downloads more files in one window than the configured threshold (200 by default; zero turns the watch off). If the account is external, or the activity happens at night or over the weekend, Atlas highlights that separately — the classic picture of data walking out the door.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.17 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the page header now wraps instead of letting action buttons run off the edge, and the left menu shrinks on narrower windows — below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New Saved segments — a filter you set up in Contacts, Companies or Deals can now be named and saved ("Hot leads from webinars", "Customers with no activity"). The segment is then one click away above the list, can be shared with the team or kept private, and you can send a colleague a link to it. On deals it applies across all three views — kanban, list and forecast.
  • New Bulk edits for contacts — tick any rows in the contact list (or the whole selection) and set source, preferred channel, owner, or the do-not-bulk-email flag in one step.
  • New Campaign straight from a segment — the "Send campaign" button above the contact list passes the selected recipients into the campaign wizard with everyone pre-selected. The segment name is recorded in the campaign history, so it stays clear who was contacted.
  • New CSV export carries the segment name — the downloaded file is named after the selection instead of always the same.
  • Improved Segments are also managed in Settings → Segments: rename, toggle sharing and delete in one place.
  • Improved The change audit now searches, pages and exports — in Settings → Change audit you can look up a record by company, contact, field or the person who made the change, results are paged fifteen at a time, and whatever you see can be downloaded as CSV.
  • Fixed Bulk edit now rejects a value that does not belong to the selected field — previously, in a rare case, a value from a different list could be saved.
  • New Choice list maintenance — Settings → Choice lists has a new "Check for duplicates" button. If a value is offered twice in the lists (a leftover from older list seeding), the app shows you what is affected and removes the copies; the original value and all records stay untouched. Values that differ in label or colour are left for you to decide.
  • Fixed Theme inheritance from the hub is clearer — Settings → App theme now states why the theme is not inherited (missing hub address in the web part properties, or the hub does not publish a global theme) instead of silently hiding the switch. A failure in one settings read no longer takes down the hub theme load with it.
  • Improved Lists now open consistently — every row ends with a „›" chevron hinting that the row can be opened. Applies to Contacts, Companies, Deals, Products, Subscriptions, Contracts, Tasks, Events, Webinars, Templates and Campaigns; the whole row stays clickable.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.2 App detail
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the page header now wraps instead of letting action buttons run off the edge, and the left menu shrinks on narrower windows — below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • Fixed Fixed how external guests are identified within a group. Recertification and bulk remediation both offer a "guests only" scope, but a malformed query to Microsoft Entra ID meant it never loaded — the app reported a temporary outage instead. Guests now load reliably, so you can again remove only external accounts and leave internal members untouched.
  • New A recertification round can now be split among managers. When starting a round you choose who confirms access: the group steward as before, or each member's manager. In the latter case every group is split into per-manager reviews, so each manager only assesses their own people instead of members they don't know. Anyone without a manager in Entra ID stays with the group steward. The review list shows how many members each split review covers.
  • Improved Opening a detail from a list now works the same everywhere: click anywhere on the row, and a "›" chevron on the right hints that the row can be opened. Previously some lists required hitting an exact spot — notably Groups, where clicking outside the text did nothing. The textual "Open →" and "Compare →" links were replaced by one consistent chevron.
  • New For dynamic groups you can now see in advance who a rule will include. In the rule editor, click "Who will this rule include?" and the app tells you how many users match, plus shows the first ten names. Previously a rule was saved blind and you waited for Entra ID to evaluate it. If nobody matches, the app says so — usually a typo or an attribute nobody has filled in.
  • New Department policy can now also enforce a group naming convention. Enter a pattern (for example "FIN-*") and groups that don't match it appear among violations as "Name outside convention". The asterisk stands for any text and letter case doesn't matter.
  • Improved The account detail now shows the user's manager when one is set in Entra ID. And for external guests where Entra records a sponsor, the app offers that name for one-click adoption — no more typing the internal sponsor from memory.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.13 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the left menu shrinks on narrower windows and below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the Life Situations Centre step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users are offered a tour invitation on the home screen.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.4 App detail
  • New Náhled očima uživatele – správce si pustí aplikaci tak, jak ji vidí konkrétní kolega, a hned vidí, jestli má práva nastavená správně. Náhled je jen pro čtení a u seznamu příspěvků navíc ověří přímo v SharePointu, jestli na něj člověk vůbec má právo čtení a zápisu.
  • New Celá obrazovka – ikonou v hlavičce roztáhnete aplikaci přes celé okno, druhým klikem se vrátíte zpět. Funguje i v Microsoft Teams.
  • New Odkaz s UTM parametry pro každou síť – u příspěvku s propagovaným odkazem zkopírujete hotovou adresu s utm_source, utm_medium a utm_campaign, takže v analytice poznáte, odkud návštěva přišla. Kampaň se odvodí ze zařazení příspěvku, nic se neopisuje ručně.
  • New Šablony příspěvků – opakující se typy („tip týdne“, „citát“, „novinka“) s předvyplněnými sítěmi, tématem, hashtagy a kostrou textu. Při zakládání příspěvku je nabídneme jedním klikem; doplní jen prázdná pole, rozepsaný text nikdy nepřepíšou.
  • New Použít příspěvek znovu – tlačítkem Duplikovat vznikne kopie s novým termínem (za měsíc, 3 měsíce, půl roku nebo vlastní datum) pro obsah, který má smysl opakovat.
  • New Přetažení v kalendáři – příspěvek přesunete na jiný den myší a tím rovnou změníte termín publikace. Původní čas se zachová; u sítě s vlastním termínem se přesune jen ta síť.
  • New Výsledky publikace a graf výkonu – u publikovaného příspěvku zapíšete zobrazení, kliky a reakce ze statistik sítě (CTR se dopočítá) a v Přehledu využití pak porovnáte výkon podle sítě, tématu i kampaně.
  • New Uložené segmenty – nastavené filtry příspěvků si pojmenujete a příště je vyvoláte jedním klikem. Segment lze mít osobní, nebo sdílený pro celý tým; ruční změna filtru ho sama odznačí.
  • New Hromadné akce v seznamu příspěvků – zaškrtnutím řádků zařadíte více příspěvků do kampaně nebo jim přidáte štítek. Když se část záznamů nepovede uložit, aplikace to řekne i s jejich názvy.
  • Improved Upozornění v přehledu „Můj den“ na EP365 intranetu – vedle vlastních úkolů po termínu nově hlásí i to, že něco čeká na schválení nebo že příspěvek jde ven do dvou dnů a není schválený.
  • Improved Datové seznamy aplikace jsou skryté v Obsahu webu – uživatel je nepotřebuje a jen zavazely. Jejich soupis, počty položek, odkazy a kontrolu nastavených oprávnění najde správce v Nastavení → Datové seznamy.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New Marketing je nově i v Microsoft Teams – jako osobní aplikace nebo záložka v kanálu, na počítači i v mobilu. Publikační kalendář, schvalování i úkoly tak máte po ruce, aniž byste otevírali SharePoint.
  • Improved V Teams si aplikace sama najde váš marketingový web podle EP365 Homepage; když ho nenajde, jednou zadáte adresu a příště naskočí rovnou. Web lze kdykoli přepnout tlačítkem „Změnit“ v horní liště.
  • Improved Zobrazení v Teams je přizpůsobené – obsah nelepí na okraje, panely začínají hned pod lištou Teams a v tmavém režimu telefonu zůstává aplikace čitelná.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.2 App detail
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the left menu shrinks on narrower windows and below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through EP365 Marketing step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and it offers itself on your first visit.
  • Fixed Sdílený obsah vidí celý tým – aplikace po aktualizaci srovná oprávnění seznamů tak, aby členové marketingu viděli a upravovali příspěvky, kampaně, aktivity, úkoly i konverzace kolegů, ne jen své vlastní. Dřív mohl uživatel bez správcovských práv vidět nástěnku prázdnou.
  • Fixed Označit příspěvek jako publikovaný (a aktivitu jako hotovou) jde nově až po schválení – přetažením karty na nástěnce už schvalovací kolečko nelze obejít.
  • Fixed Nastavení se neuloží, pokud se ho předtím nepodařilo načíst. Dřív mohl výpadek spojení způsobit, že se uložením přepsala konfigurace celého týmu.
  • Fixed Číselníky (sítě, témata, typy aktivit) se už nezaloží podruhé, když je výpadek spojení nedovolí načíst – z nabídek tím zmizely zdvojené volby.
  • Improved Hlášení chyb a návrhy funkcí chodí e-mailem přímo naší podpoře. Aplikace nově pozná, když se odeslání nepovede, a nabídne odeslání z vaší poštovní schránky – dřív mohla hlásit „odesláno“ i v případě, že se podnět ztratil.
  • Fixed Kalendář příspěvků: tlačítko dalšího měsíce na konci měsíce nepřeskočí měsíc následující.
  • Fixed Přehled: kliknutí na dlaždici „Nepřečtené zmínky“ se projeví okamžitě.
  • Improved Rychlejší načtení aplikace – kontrola nastavení webu a rolí se spouští jen tehdy, když je opravdu potřeba.

EP365 Produktový katalog

Version 1.2 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • Fixed Product files and documentation now reach SharePoint search — until now the catalogue libraries were excluded from the index, so neither company search nor the AI Assistant could find them. The catalogue can therefore serve as a source for the AI Assistant in company knowledge mode. Access is unchanged: search and AI only ever surface what a given person is allowed to see, so technical documentation stays with the team.
  • Improved The user preview is now admin-only — it resolves another person's role, assignments and real permissions, which is an administrator matter. Content editors no longer see the button.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the page header no longer breaks apart — action buttons wrap below the heading instead of running off the edge. On narrower windows the left menu shrinks and below 780 px collapses to icons, product and group details move the right column below the content, and padding is reduced, leaving more room for the content.
  • Improved Hero and gallery: reorder images by dragging a tile. The arrows in the tile corner remain — handy on touch screens.
  • Improved The user preview now also verifies write access: if the rules would show the user an Edit button but SharePoint would refuse the save, the app flags the discrepancy and what to fix.
  • New See the catalogue through someone else's eyes — the eye icon in the bottom left now lets you pick whose view to use: a general reader, or a specific colleague. For a specific person we resolve their role, assignments and group membership and switch the catalogue to what they would see, so you can verify their permissions are set correctly. For the protected technical documentation library we additionally verify their real permissions directly in SharePoint. Writing is disabled while previewing.
  • Fixed General materials: files marked as internal are no longer shown to readers — the product page hid them, but the General overview did not.
  • Fixed Product documentation: a long intro quote no longer collapses into a single block of text — its paragraphs stay separated and readable.
  • Improved Gallery viewing: a tall image now fits the window — previously it overflowed the bottom edge and hid under the thumbnail strip. Added a full-screen button, image download and an actual-size toggle (or just click the image), so you can read fine print in screenshots. The thumbnail strip scrolls to the item you are viewing.
  • Improved Updating in CRM now shows the differences first — before writing you see a “currently in CRM → will be” table with every field that will be overwritten (name, SKU, description, category, billing, price, unit, VAT). If nothing differs, the app says so upfront. The form is now prefilled with what is actually in CRM — previously it offered the first item of the picklist, so it was easy to overwrite the category or billing type by accident.
  • New Duplicate a product — the product page now has a “Duplicate” button that creates a copy with all sections, variants, prices and specifications. The copy starts as a draft, so it will not reach your colleagues before you finish it. Images and files are not copied — they belong to the original product.
  • New Completeness check — the “Completeness” button in the catalog shows what is still missing: products without a price, description, image, SKU, range assignment or launch dates. A summary at the top shows what is missing most often; clicking a product opens its editor.
  • New Bulk edits in the table — in the catalog's table view, tick products and change their status, assign them to a range or move them to the top or bottom of the catalog in one click. Selected products can also be compared side by side — parameters, prices and variants in a single table.
  • New Preview as a reader — administrators and editors can switch to see the catalog exactly as an ordinary employee does: without drafts, hidden prices and internal materials. Useful before you open the catalog to colleagues.

EP365 Worklog

Version 1.2 App detail
  • Fixed Changing the app version no longer requires an active licence. An administrator could previously get stuck: a licence problem in the running version, but no way to activate the newer version that fixes it. Choosing a version is app administration, not a data write.
  • Improved The last helper list disappeared from Site contents — the shared installation-status list is now hidden as well, keeping the site tidy. This does not affect access permissions.
  • New The Overview card switches between a people view and a project view — both show hours, the billable share and the change against the previous month, so you can see not only who but also which project is growing or going quiet. Clicking a project opens the project, clicking a person opens their entries. The Team detail button expands the whole team into a single table: hours, billable and non-billable, what is still unsent or awaiting approval, the number of entries and the change against the previous month — with a team total at the bottom. Team detail is available on mobile too, where the table turns into readable cards, and it can be downloaded as CSV or Word including the total row — the Word document uses the same header, logo and theme as the monthly customer report. The summary can also be emailed straight away — the table goes in the message body from your own address, to one or more recipients. The Overview has a new Who logged what card — for the current month it lists people ranked by hours, with the number of entries, how many of those hours are billable, and how many are still unsent or awaiting approval. The billable share also shows on the bar next to each name. Each person also lists the projects they worked on: clicking the name opens their entries, clicking a project takes you straight to that project (to its entries on mobile). Toggles in the card header pick the period (this or last month) and the ranking (all logged hours or billable only), and your choices are remembered. Each person also shows the difference against the previous month in both hours and percent, so you can see who is logging more and who less; someone with nothing logged last month is marked as new instead. The card can be narrowed to a customer or a single project — the numbers and the comparison then cover only that selection, and picking a customer narrows the project list. It shows the busiest few people and expands to the whole team with one click. The card is on desktop and mobile; administrators and billing users see the whole team, project leads see their own projects.
  • New Team timesheets are on mobile too — a new Team tab in the bottom bar shows entries grouped by day, with search and a per-person filter. Administrators, project leads and billing users see it; editing entries stays in the full app.
  • New New Team timesheets section — every logged hour in one place, including drafts, rejected and non-billable entries that Approvals and Billing never show. Filter by person, project, state and period, search work descriptions, and download the filtered selection as CSV. An administrator sees everything and can fix or delete an entry right there, a project lead sees their projects, and a team member sees their own entries — including older months that My timesheet no longer shows.
  • Improved Quick entry in My timesheet remembers your last choice — the project and work type you used last time are pre-filled for the next entry. The milestone follows the month of the reported day, so August work no longer lands under a July milestone; if a service contract has no milestone for that month yet, you can create it from the form with one click. Works on mobile too.
  • Improved Billing & reports now shows the date and the work description on every row — you can see what was done on a given day without opening the entry. Search now covers descriptions too.
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New Preview through a user's eyes: an administrator clicks the eye icon at the bottom left and sees Worklog exactly as a given colleague does — including their projects and time entries. The typical case of a collaborator with no assignments can be tried in one click. On top of that we check in SharePoint whether saving a time entry would actually go through for them — usually the answer to why something does not work despite having the right role. Nothing is saved or sent while in preview.
  • Fixed The „My projects“ card on the overview now respects assignments — a collaborator no longer sees projects they cannot reach elsewhere in the app (they were derived from their older time entries). When hours have been logged but the projects are no longer assigned, the card says so instead of the previous „nothing logged yet“.
  • Improved The SharePoint lists where Worklog stores its data no longer show up in Site contents — they are hidden to keep the site tidy. Administrators find them listed with links in Settings → Version & info, so the data is always one click away. Access permissions are unaffected.
  • Fixed Narrow windows and mobile: the page header now wraps instead of letting action buttons run off the edge, and the left menu shrinks on narrower windows — below 780 px only icons remain, leaving more room for the content.
  • New Customers can now be linked to companies in EP365 CRM — a linked customer has its name and registration number managed by CRM, and Worklog keeps them up to date. Existing customers are offered for linking by their registration number. Without CRM nothing changes: you keep your customers in Worklog.
  • New Settings → CRM link now has a Synchronisation section: it shows what changed in CRM for customers and service contracts, and you confirm the changes. Nothing is overwritten automatically.
  • Improved A contract allowance change applies from the current period onwards — already closed months keep their own allowance, so invoiced history is never recalculated.
  • New Administrators see a notice on the overview when CRM has changes waiting to be taken over.
  • New A customer you do not have in Worklog yet can now be created straight from the synchronisation — the section lists companies that exist in CRM but are missing here, you tick those you will report on, and they are created already linked. The list has search; the rest of your CRM companies are not copied over.
  • Fixed The Synchronisation section did not show up in Settings → CRM link at all — fixed.
  • Improved You can now see which customers are linked to CRM — they carry a CRM badge in the customer list, and Settings → CRM link shows the full list.

Workplace

Version 1.26 App detail
  • New The application is now called Workplace. The name “Homepage” described the product back when it was a single page — today it is the foundation of your whole workplace: an intranet and team-site homepage, document library templates, content classification and shared settings for the other EP365 applications. Your data, content and settings are unaffected by the rename.
  • Improved The management screen is now called “Application management” (previously “Homepage management”) — it manages more than just the home page.
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Application management — Version the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.

Workplace

Version 1.25 App detail
  • New A library blueprint can now be created from a library you already have. Select it, press “Create blueprint from selected”, and EP365 reads out its own columns, their formatting, views and versioning settings — the library itself is not changed. Handy when you have set one library up exactly the way you want it everywhere.
  • New Bulk update of outdated libraries — when you change a blueprint, libraries running an older version of it are marked outdated and one button brings them up to date. Each library gets its own blueprint, not the one currently selected.
  • New A custom icon and colour for each vocabulary value (Document type, Status, Area). Leave a field empty and the look is derived from the value name as before; the “Auto” button returns to automatic derivation at any time.

EP365 Worklog

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through Worklog step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users are offered a tour invitation on the overview.
  • New An entry can be copied into a new one — the copy icon in the row prefills the quick entry (project, milestone, work type, hours and description) with today's date; just adjust and save. Works on desktop and mobile.
  • New The app can be maximised to full screen — the toggle in the top right stretches Worklog across the whole window, handy for wide timesheet and billing tables. Click again to return.
  • Improved My timesheet sits right below Overview in the menu — your most frequent daily activity is now within reach.
  • Improved Logging an entry is smoother and more complete — hours have half-hour arrows (or up/down keys), the description spans several lines and every field is now required, so no entry stays half-filled.
  • Improved The timesheet document (Word) picks up the app theme — accent and primary colours flow into the header, tables and totals. It also newly includes a summary of hours by work type, with percentage shares.
  • New You can submit just the entries you pick — tick individual rows (or all at once in the header) and send them; with no selection all drafts are submitted as before.
  • Improved Rate card entries now have an effective-from date — a price change stores a new version and previously logged entries keep the original rate.
  • Improved The “entry has been waiting too long” warning is now measured from the moment of submission, not the last row change — queue age is finally accurate.
  • Improved The “Copy link” action now works in Microsoft Teams too — links point to the app page in SharePoint, so you can send them to a colleague.
  • Improved In Teams the app now tells a network glitch apart from “the app is not deployed here” — instead of a misleading message you get actionable advice.
  • Improved Administrators see in Settings whether the app runs the current version; an outdated build shows a notice.
  • Fixed Active project counts differed between the Overview and the Usage overview — both now show the same number.
  • Improved Internal cleanup — the page header, pagination, table sorting, ⌘K search and preference storage now come from shared EasyPortal 365 components. Nothing changes for you, but fixes and improvements now land across all apps at once.
  • Improved The timesheet document is now structured by project — each project shows its hour breakdown followed by a summary per work type, and the document ends with an overall summary across all projects. A single-project report stays simple, without duplicated summaries.
  • Improved Help now explains what the timesheet document looks like and, more importantly, when hours turn into revenue in EP365 CRM — neither approval nor the invoiced flag sends anything there; the month close does.
  • Improved The timesheet document now uses 2 cm left and right page margins — tables get more width and the document is ready for printing and filing.
  • Fixed The ⌘K search and table headers rendered in the system serif font instead of the brand one after an internal change — fixed, everything is back to the app's consistent look.

Workplace

Version 1.24 App detail
  • New Document library blueprints — in Global settings you now describe what a document library should look like: Document type, Status, Area, Owner and Review date columns, their colour formatting, four views (All, By type, To review and a tile Gallery with cards) and versioning with drafts. You then apply the blueprint to the libraries of selected sites with one button.
  • New Your own blueprints — the shipped “Team library” blueprint is a ready-made model; the “Duplicate” button creates your own copy where you adjust column names and vocabulary values (different document types for production, different for sales). Colours and icons are matched to the values automatically.
  • New Apply overview — for each library you see at a glance whether it has the blueprint and whether it is current or outdated (after the blueprint changes). Applying is additive: custom columns and views the team created in the library stay untouched.
  • Improved The “Content classification” section moved under a new “Content governance” area in Global settings, joined by Library blueprints. Choosing target sites and libraries now works the same way for both.
  • Improved Settings and Global settings now keep their address — after a page refresh (F5) you stay in the same section and a link to a specific section can be shared with a colleague. The browser Back button works too: it closes the screen you opened.
  • Fixed Broad reliability improvement for saving — every change (poll votes, announcement confirmations, kudos, saving a news post, settings, blueprints, publishing a layout from a team site…) is now verified with a fresh SharePoint security token. This removes the random “insufficient permissions” failures after the page has been open for a while and when writing from a team site to the hub.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.16 App detail
  • New Timeline on contacts and companies — a new tab that merges everything chronologically in one place: activities, e-mails, deals, tasks, event and webinar attendance, and record changes. Items are colour-coded by type, can be filtered, and a click opens the detail. On a contact you see the whole communication history; on a company the activity across its contacts.

Workplace

Version 1.23 App detail
  • Improved Classification replication is now per library. For a found site you expand its document libraries and see at a glance whether each already has the “Classification” column. You then add the column to the selected libraries with one button — or remove it from them again.
  • New Content classification — in Global settings you now manage a scale of classification levels (e.g. Public, Internal, Confidential) with colours and translations into your content languages. One value can be marked as excluded from AI — documents with it are then left out of the AI Assistant’s Company knowledge.
  • New Paths excluded from AI — an administrator can list sites or libraries the AI Assistant does not search at all. It is not a security boundary (SharePoint permissions govern access), only what is kept out of the AI’s source material.
  • New Classification can be replicated with one click as a “Classification” column into the document libraries of selected (or all) sites — users can then classify documents directly. Sites are found automatically (only those the administrator can access) and a specific site can be added manually. Replication runs where the administrator has permissions and clearly reports the rest.
  • Fixed Reliability improvements — the phone directory lists organizations with more than 200 users, the video section accepts YouTube Shorts and live links, re-replicating the classification column now also adds newly added vocabulary values, and the app’s role groups are created more reliably.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.47 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — License & versions the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New Content classification — documents marked as excluded from AI (or stored in reserved paths) are no longer included in Company knowledge sources. Classification and exceptions are managed centrally by an administrator in the EP365 Homepage app; the assistant respects them in every answer.
  • Improved A discreet counter now appears under the answer when the assistant skipped some found documents due to classification — so you can see something was left out. It is not a security boundary, only what the assistant uses as source material.
  • Fixed Reliability improvements — diagrams in answers recover after a transient loading error, documents with an apostrophe or special character in their name attach and compare correctly, deleting a conversation removes even very long histories, and meeting times in sources display in your time zone.
  • Fixed The floating assistant bubble no longer appears twice — it used to also show up inside SharePoint dialog windows (for example "New → Document library" in Site contents).
  • Fixed Answers now always stay in their own conversation. If you switched to another conversation (or started a new one) while an answer was being written, it could appear there — and with Company knowledge enabled it could even overwrite that conversation's history.
  • Fixed "Try again" can no longer lose an answer: the original is deleted only after the new one is successfully created, and a second answer can no longer start while regeneration is running.
  • Fixed Questions containing words such as "inventory", "general" or "people" are no longer routed the wrong way — the assistant searches Company knowledge as expected instead of listing the newest documents.
  • Fixed Application settings are protected against being overwritten: if the org-wide settings fail to load (a transient SharePoint error), saving is blocked with an explanation instead of writing defaults over your configuration. The same protection applies to the assistant's personal memory. The app page URL for the floating widget can now also be cleared.
  • Fixed Long conversations (over 500 messages) now display in full when you return to them, the daily message limit is counted against your local day, and the usage overview compares 30-day periods correctly.
  • Fixed Smaller reliability improvements: tables now export correctly to Word and HTML, a diagram with a syntax error no longer leaves leftovers on the page, links in exports stay intact, reading an answer aloud stops on the first click, and the Roadmap shows release notes even when GitHub is temporarily unavailable.
  • Fixed Security maintenance (code review): source material from follow-up questions about a document or person now gets the same protective frame as other sources (text from a document cannot inject instructions into the assistant), the found-documents dialog validates source addresses and offers previews only for documents, and extracting large Office files enforces a hard cap before content is materialized in memory.
  • Fixed The floating Assistant now stays visible when moving between pages — we resolved cases where the bubble disappeared after clicking through the site and only returned after a hard page refresh.
  • Fixed The usage overview now correctly identifies accounts without a mailbox (typically a service or administrator account) — it shows their sign-in name instead of a question mark.
  • Fixed Sending an answer to Microsoft Teams now works for longer answers too — it could previously fail on the sign-in page. Longer text is inserted into Teams shortened, and the full answer is also copied to your clipboard so you can paste it into the message.
  • Fixed Sharing an answer via e-mail is fixed — the button previously did nothing for longer answers. It now opens a new e-mail; for very long answers a shortened version is inserted and the full text is copied to your clipboard.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.8 App detail
  • New Per-team Microsoft Teams settings: the “Settings” button on a team row in the Teams overview opens a detail that — besides the paired site (activity, storage, guests, owners) — shows the team's own settings: whether it's archived and whether guests or members may create and delete channels. Risky combinations (guests may delete channels) are highlighted. Loaded on demand; requires the new TeamSettings.Read.All permission — a one-time admin consent on update.
  • New Site recycle bin size: the site detail (Activity and storage tab) now has a “Check recycle bin size” button — on demand it calculates how much space deleted files hold in the site's recycle bin (first and second stage). The figure is live at click time and isn't stored; emptying the bins frees the space immediately.
  • New Custom sensitive queries: on top of the curated catalog of sensitive content (passwords, keys, personal data), you can add your own search queries specific to your company in Settings → Score and rules — for example internal project names or contract numbers. The scan returns only counts (no paths or names) and the query is safely wrapped so it can't escape its scope.
  • Improved The settings drift alert now also reports new guests: if external (guest) users have been added to the tenant since the last scan, the Overview alert says so — even when no settings otherwise changed. A quick nudge to review new external access.
  • New Full screen: a new icon in the top-right corner of every page expands Atlas across the whole browser window — more room for the wide tables of sites, findings and the audit log, and less scrolling. Click again to return to the SharePoint page. The choice persists as you move between screens.
  • Improved Charts now respect the company theme: the colours in the findings-by-area donut and the storage trend follow your chosen accent and primary colour (your own or inherited from EP365 Homepage) — instead of hard-coded teal and navy. Status colours (red, amber, green) stay as they are because they carry meaning.
  • Improved Opening a detail is consistent across the overviews and across EP365: click anywhere on a row (Sites, Storage, Teams, Findings) and the detail opens. The row highlights on hover and shows a “›” arrow on the right, so it is obvious at a glance that it does something — no hunting for a small button at the end of the row.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.7 App detail
  • Improved Small improvements: the score simulator in Findings now starts from the same number as the Overview (it previously differed by a few points due to a different calculation). When creating a To-Do task, a clearer message is shown if the account has no Microsoft To-Do (typically an admin account without a mailbox) — instead of a confusing “not found”.
  • New Tasks from findings to Microsoft Planner: the finding detail now has a “Create task” button — it creates a task in Microsoft Planner (delegate to colleagues via a shared plan, with a bucket and optional assignment to a specific person), or in your personal Microsoft To-Do as a reminder. The task carries the finding name, a description with impact and steps, and a link back to Atlas. Pick the default plan in Settings → Tasks. Created from your own account. This feature requires the new Tasks.ReadWrite permission — a one-time admin consent on update.
  • New Score simulator: in Findings you can now turn on Simulation mode, tick the findings you want to resolve, and Atlas instantly recalculates how the health score and each pillar would change — with no scan and no writes. A “Fastest path” card ranks findings by point impact, so you see where to start. The same calculation now also drives the target score in AI readiness.
  • New Configurable thresholds and scoring profiles: for rules with a threshold (how many files shared out, how many libraries without versioning, at what quota fill to warn…) you can now set your own value in Settings → Score and rules. Three profiles were added — Standard, Strict and Relaxed — which set thresholds and severities at once to match the strictness your organization needs. The thresholds used are saved with each scan, so historical assessments stay reproducible.
  • New Email the owners: findings at the site level (inactive sites, a single owner, an approaching quota…) now have a button that emails the owners of the affected sites with a request to act. You pick the sites, tweak a ready-made template (the site name and recommended action fill in automatically), and the email goes from your own mailbox. No blind bulk sending — you confirm each site and see the result.
  • New Evidence package for auditors: one click in Reports builds a complete governance record — scan metadata, score and pillars, all findings with their status and history, granted exceptions with justification, the change since the previous scan, and CSV attachments (findings, sites, guests). For printing, saving to PDF or archiving. Everything is generated in your browser; no data leaves the tenant.
  • New Timeline: a new screen shows the story of your tenant over time — scans, newly found and resolved findings, and security events from the audit watches on a single vertical axis. Filter by period and event type; click a day to expand the specific findings. Ideal for quickly showing how governance is evolving.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.6 App detail
  • New Microsoft Teams governance: a new Teams screen shows every team from Microsoft 365 paired with its SharePoint site — with owners, visibility (public/private), activity, storage and guests. Three new checks flag teams without an owner (nobody governs access), public teams (visible to the whole company) and inactive teams (archival candidates). A foundation for cleanup before AI rollout and for controlling Teams sprawl.
  • New Microsoft change radar: Tenant settings now shows Message Center announcements touching SharePoint, OneDrive and Teams — especially planned changes (plan for change) with an action deadline. You see in one place what's coming in Microsoft 365 and what may require your action, without going to the admin center.
  • New New check: Microsoft 365 groups without an expiration policy — without it, abandoned groups, teams and sites pile up endlessly (sprawl). The finding recommends enabling expiration with steps.
  • Improved The “nordika” sample data now also includes Microsoft Teams teams and Message Center announcements — after creating test data you'll see the Teams screen and the change radar populated.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.15 App detail
  • New Custom user roles — besides the built-in roles (Administrator, User, Guest) you can now create your own roles in Settings → Permissions to fit your company's needs. For each role you set whether it may only create and edit records or has full administrator rights, and which screens it sees. You then add members to a role in Settings → User roles, just like the built-in ones.
  • New SharePoint access level for custom roles — when creating a role you choose how its members may work with the data directly in SharePoint: read only, contribute, or full control. The role's SharePoint group is created automatically. Deleting a custom role removes the group again.
  • New Finer role permissions — for each role you can now toggle separately whether it may delete records, export to CSV, see the change history (audit) or manage roles and membership. Previously only editing and app administration were distinguished; the new permissions apply consistently across every screen.
  • Fixed Fix: deleting a custom role now reliably removes its SharePoint group as well.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.14 App detail
  • New Field- and role-level permissions — in Settings → Permissions an administrator sets which sensitive fields (purchase price, margin, deal value and custom fields) a given role cannot see or can only read. Hiding also covers the invoicing basis, the generated document and the CSV export.
  • New Read-only roles and screen limits — per role you can turn record creation and editing on or off and choose which screens the role sees. Help and support stay available to everyone.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.1 App detail
  • New The app now sees nested groups — cases where a group contains another group, so its people have access without being listed directly. In the group detail, switch to "Include nested" and the list expands to actual users; those gained through nesting carry a purple tag and a lock, since they can only be removed where they are direct members.
  • Improved A user's access scope and the overview of guests with broad access now account for nested membership as well. Previously such access slipped through — a guest hidden in a nested group never showed up in risks, even though they could reach the data.
  • New For both groups and users you can now see which enterprise applications they grant access to. In the group detail you can tell — before adding a member — what you'd be opening up for them; on a user you see the applications assigned to them personally. When a group grants no application access, the app says so explicitly.
  • New The account detail now also shows applications the user consented to themselves — those they clicked "Accept" for at sign-in, granting access to their data without IT knowing. Apps reaching mail, files, chats, or the calendar are highlighted with an "N× sensitive" tag; hover to see the exact permissions. A classic shadow-IT signal and a good candidate for review.
  • Improved Assigned applications now show whether a specific role was granted (solid outline = controlled access) or only default access without a role (dashed). The help also notes that assigning applications to whole groups requires an Entra ID P1 licence — on lower plans only individual users can be assigned.
  • Improved Access risks now factor in applications: a group that grants access to enterprise apps and at the same time has external guests or is public gets a "Grants access to N apps" tag and is rated high risk. An application assignment alone isn't a risk — it becomes one only through the group's openness. The app count is also included in the risk CSV export.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 2.0 App detail
  • New Recertification can now be done member by member. Instead of one bulk decision, you review the group's member list and choose for each person whether to keep or remove their access. Decisions are saved to the review and flagged members are removed from Entra ID — the rest stay unchanged. Ideal for sensitive groups; it's a capability otherwise reserved for paid access reviews.
  • New You can now grant an exception to a department policy violation — when the deviation is knowingly accepted. You enter a reason, the exception lasts 180 days, and the violation then counts as met, so it no longer lowers the department's compliance percentage. All granted exceptions appear in a clear registry with expiration and CSV export; once expired, the exception automatically reverts to a violation.
  • New Recertification can now run on its own. When a department requires periodic recertification in Taxonomy, the app starts a review round automatically — as soon as the last recertification is overdue and the group has no open review. It picks a reviewer from the group's owner, the department steward, or the app administrator and sends the emails. You enable it in Settings → Governance robot (off by default, so you turn it on deliberately). A new "Reassign" action also lets you hand an open review to a different reviewer at any time.
  • New With one click you can now generate an audit package — a printable page that summarizes your governance status: key indicators, compliance percentage by department, the exceptions registry, the latest recertification decisions, and a trend chart over time. Save it as a PDF and you have complete evidence for an audit or compliance (e.g. NIS2, ISO 27001). Find it in Reports under the "Audit package" button.
  • Improved Assigning a reviewer, owner, or steward now works even for accounts without an email address set — their sign-in name is used instead. Previously such a person stayed assigned but received no email notification and couldn't find their review among "theirs."
  • Fixed Adding and removing an app administrator (Settings → User roles) no longer stops working after a long session. If you left the app open for more than half an hour, it used to report a missing-permission error even though you had the rights — a page refresh was the workaround. The app now refreshes its own validation token.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.9 App detail
  • New A new "Privileges" section shows who holds Entra ID administrator roles in your tenant — global admins, guests with a role, and dormant privileged access (accounts with no sign-in for over 90 days). Clear indicators flag too many global admins and risky accounts. Data is read live, nothing is stored; the list exports to CSV as audit evidence.
  • New Access risks gained a "Fix all" button — a wizard reviews risky groups and proposes fixes in bulk: assign an owner, switch public groups to private, and remove guests. Safe actions are preselected; irreversible guest removal you confirm manually. You see an exact summary before running and download a log afterward.
  • New The user detail now offers "Offboarding" — in a single flow you sign a departing employee out of all sessions, block their account, and remove them from all groups. You see the impact before running, confirm in two steps, and get a log of every step.
  • New Group cleanup can now act in bulk. Select empty and older groups with checkboxes and archive them at once. For detected duplicates, merge members and records (owners, tags, notes) into a chosen group in one flow and archive the other — or optionally delete it for good.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.8 App detail
  • New A self-service "Group requests" section was added — anyone can request a new group (name, purpose, type, sensitivity, department) and track their request's status. Administrators see all requests in one place: approve (the group is created from a pre-filled form) or reject with a reason. The requester is notified of the decision by email.
  • Improved Removing members or guests after recertification is more resilient — if guest detection briefly fails, the app still lets you safely remove members as a whole instead of blocking the entire action.
  • New You can now act on risky groups right where you see them — no need to open the detail. Assign an owner to an ownerless group (with the department steward suggested), switch a public group to private in one click, or remove a specific guest straight from the list. The same applies in the steward's "My area" view.
  • New Recertification can now close the loop. When you mark access "to be removed," you're offered removal of members or just guests right away — with a preview of exactly who is affected and a confirmation. The outcome is recorded on the review.
  • Improved Governance runs more reliably in the background. The daily snapshot for trends and the weekly department digests are now taken automatically whenever an administrator opens the app — no longer dependent on someone opening a particular report. Settings gained a "Governance robot" card showing when they last ran, with a manual run button.
  • New Saved group-filter views can now be shared with the whole team. When saving, you choose whether the view is personal (only you see it) or shared (everyone sees it). Your existing personal views are migrated automatically.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.5 App detail
  • Improved Section cards now always show — even when there's currently nothing in them, they tell you so (“no files out, ideal state”, etc.) instead of hiding. This covers Files shared out (Sharing), Users' OneDrive (Storage) and Tenant structure (Sites). You always see the full picture, including the good news — an empty card is proof it's being checked and it's fine.
  • Improved The “nordika” sample data now also includes files shared out, sensitive content and content freshness figures — after creating test data you can see how the 1.5 card and findings look when populated.
  • New Files shared out: Atlas now shows the actual files reachable outside the organization — via anonymous “Anyone with the link” links and visible to guests. Find them by name with a link in Sharing & guests; two new findings (anonymous files as critical, external as a warning) feed the score. Governance moves from the site level down to individual files — exactly what matters when rolling out AI.
  • New Sensitive content check (DLP-lite): Atlas scans the tenant for potentially sensitive files — passwords and credentials, private keys and certificates, personal data (national IDs, IBAN) and payroll/financial documents. It flags how many there are and, critically, which are also shared out. For safety Atlas deliberately does not store the paths of sensitive files — it shows counts and categories; you find the specific files via search. No Purview DLP licence required.
  • New Content freshness: a new view of how alive your tenant's content is — how many documents changed in the last month and how many are older than two years. Low content liveness shows up as an adoption finding. AI answers from stale content with the same confidence as from valid content, so this matters before an AI rollout.
  • New Sites hidden from search: Atlas now flags sites excluded from the search index (NoCrawl) — invisible to search and to the AI assistant. Sometimes that's intentional (archive, sensitive site), sometimes a mistake that hides valid content; the finding lets you review it.
  • New Versioning hygiene: Atlas finds libraries with unlimited version history (every version is a full copy of the file — needlessly bloating storage) and flags when intelligent version trimming isn't enabled at the tenant level. Both come with a ready PowerShell command to fix it.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.4 App detail
  • Improved Rescanning a single site now shows progress in phases (site basics, users, owners, libraries, subsites, permissions) with a progress bar — you can see where the scan currently is.
  • Improved Inheriting the theme from the global configuration moved from General settings into the Theme section — everything about the app's appearance is now in one place.
  • Fixed Settings drift watch: the alert about a tenant settings change now reliably appears after you change something in the admin center and refresh. Previously a cache could briefly skip it.
  • Fixed Fix library from the app: the “Enable versioning” button on a finding now works reliably. We removed the cause of an occasional SharePoint technical error on write.
  • New Settings drift watch: Atlas now notices when tenant settings change outside the app — in the admin center, via PowerShell, or by another admin. Right on the Overview you'll see which settings changed since the last scan, which of them raise risk, and you can revert a risky change back to the safer value in one click.
  • New Audit watchtower: on each open (at most once an hour) Atlas checks the Microsoft Purview audit in the background and flags risky events that happened in the meantime — anonymous links created, permission changes, site collection admins added, and mass file deletions. Turn watches on in Settings → Notifications; find the events on the Overview and in the Audit log.
  • New Investigation playbooks: the Audit log now has a set of ready-made one-click queries — User activity, Who touched content, External sharing over a period, Permission changes, Mass deletion and Admin activity. A playbook pre-fills the query builder, which you can still fine-tune. You can name and save your own queries for later.
  • New Audit CSV export: audit query results can now be downloaded as CSV (time, user, operation, site, object, detail) with one button for further processing. Everything is generated in your browser.
  • New Incident email alert: when a watch finds a serious event (admin added, mass deletion), it offers to send a clear email alert. The signed-in admin sends it from their own mailbox.
  • New Rescan a single site: the site detail now has a Rescan this site button. After a fix (enabling versioning, restoring inheritance, cleaning up permissions) Atlas re-evaluates that site's findings and score immediately, without waiting for a full scan. The result is written into the latest snapshot.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.7 App detail
  • New The user detail now shows the reach of their access by department — how many parts of the organization their group memberships span. Access risks also flags guests with access across many departments (classic permission sprawl) worth reviewing.
  • Improved The governance trend can now switch from the overall summary to a per-department view — a separate score curve for each area, so you see which is improving and which isn't.
  • New Area stewards now receive a weekly automatic email summarizing their department — number of groups, average score, policy violations and more. Governance runs even without opening the app.
  • Improved Governance layer refinements and stability: policy-violation alerts show only the current state (resolved ones disappear), the governance trend is more resilient to brief outages, and saving classifications and group/user metadata is more reliable.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.6 App detail
  • New You can now create an Entra group from a taxonomy node in one click — with a pre-filled name, already classified into that department. Map a scheme's levels to Entra attributes (e.g. Department → department) and the group is created as dynamic with the correct membership rule.
  • New The Governance report now shows org-structure completeness — departments with no group at all, and dynamic groups whose rule references a value with no matching taxonomy node. You immediately see what to add.
  • New Governance is now tracked over time — the app saves a daily snapshot of metrics and the report shows a trend of average score and compliance %. You can tell whether things are improving.
  • Improved Department policy violations now also surface in the home portal's Attention Panel — visible without even opening the app.

Workplace

Version 1.22 App detail
  • Improved The interactive app guide is significantly more thorough. It now walks you step by step through all of Homepage management and Global settings — each section separately (tabs, layout, appearance, roles, theme, brand, AI…) — and a new “My day and personal overview” chapter was added. The guide switches to each place itself and explains it.
  • Improved The guide’s chapter hub has a clearer new look: on the left, chapters grouped by role (For everyone / editors / administrators); on the right, a preview of the selected chapter with a “What we’ll cover” outline and a Start button.
  • New On a team site the header now makes it immediately clear where you are — the site name, a “Team site” tag and your role (Administrator / Editor / Member) appear above the greeting. It is not shown on the main intranet (hub).
  • Improved EP365 global settings are now available only where Homepage acts as the hub. On a team site connected to the hub they are hidden — an administrator manages only the local home page there and inherits the global theme and configuration from the hub.
  • New The “Document libraries” and “Site lists” sections: a new “Show internal name (from URL)” option — the technical name from the address (e.g. “EP365HomeEvents”) appears under each item’s title. Off by default, so the listing stays clean; applies to both lists and libraries.
  • New Upcoming events: you can now add a formatted Note to an event (bold, lists, links). It appears in the event detail when clicked and can also be filled in your other content languages.
  • New The “Document libraries” and “Site lists” sections: when you enable the app’s internal lists (EP365), you can now tick which specific ones appear — instead of all of them. An empty selection shows all internal ones.
  • Improved In the “Document libraries” and “Site lists” sections the search-and-sort bar now appears from five tiles up, so it stays consistent for libraries and lists side by side.
  • New The theme now supports a light hero — a light header band with dark text and your brand colour in the name (instead of the dark band). Turn it on with the “Light hero” switch in the theme editor; it also works as a global theme across the ecosystem.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the intranet step by step, right on the page. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role (user, content editor, administrator). Start it from Help — administrators also from Management → About — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users are offered a tour invitation on the home page. Completed chapters are remembered (in this browser).

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.46 App detail
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the assistant step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role (user, administrator). Start it from Help — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users are offered a tour invitation on the start screen. Completed chapters are remembered with your account — even when you sign in from another computer.
  • Fixed The floating AI Assistant (the bubble in the page corner) now shows reliably — we fixed cases where it vanished after deployment or a settings change and only returned after a hard page refresh.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through EP365 Atlas step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and it offers itself on your first visit.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.13 App detail
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the CRM step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users are offered a tour invitation on the home screen.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.5 App detail
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through Identity Manager step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and re-run it any time.
  • New For unclassified groups the app now suggests where they belong in the taxonomy — based on the group name, its owners' department, and the dynamic membership rule. Accept a suggestion with one click in the group detail, or in bulk for a whole selection via the „Suggest classification“ button.
  • New Departments in the taxonomy can now have stewards — area managers responsible for their department and its whole subtree. A steward gets a dedicated „My area“ section showing only their groups, their risks and policy violations. Inherited responsibility is explicit: a steward of a parent department also manages the departments beneath it.
  • Improved Bulk recertification now resolves the reviewer more smartly — when a group has no recorded owner, the steward of its department steps in as the reviewer. Groups that gain a responsible person this way are no longer skipped.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.4 App detail
  • New You can now give a department in the taxonomy its own rules — a minimum number of owners, how often its groups must be recertified, whether external guests are allowed, and a minimum sensitivity level. Rules are inherited automatically by all sub-departments, so you set them once at the top. Each department also shows the effective policy after inheritance.
  • New Access risks now flag groups that break their department's rule — for example fewer owners than required, past their recertification deadline, guests where they aren't allowed, or a lower classification than the department demands. Every finding has a clear explanation and can be exported to CSV.
  • Improved The Governance by taxonomy overview has a new compliance column — for each department you immediately see what share of its groups meet the configured rules.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New New Governance by taxonomy overview — groups broken down by department and location, with average health, and counts of ownerless, guest-bearing, sensitive and un-recertified groups. Click a row to open the slice; export it all to CSV.
  • New Filtering by classification now includes descendant nodes — pick a department and you also see its teams and sub-units (previously the exact level only).
  • New Selected groups can be sent to recertification in bulk — one step starts a round and their owners get a summary request by email. Ideal after filtering to a specific department.
  • New Quick search (⌘K) now also finds taxonomy slices — type a department name and jump straight to its groups.
  • Improved The dashboard shows taxonomy coverage (how many managed groups are classified) and the org-map tiles now open the corresponding group slice directly.
  • Fixed Fixed saving of recertification — starting a round and deciding a review now save reliably (same root cause as group classification).

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.2 App detail
  • Fixed Fixed saving of group classification — taxonomy assignment (org structure, geography), sensitivity and tags now save reliably and persist after reopening the group.
  • New Any screen can be expanded to full screen — one click in the top-right corner gives you more room for tables, details and editors.
  • New The user detail now lets you manage group membership — add the user to a group or remove them right here, without opening each group separately.
  • Improved Bug reports and feature requests are now sent by email to our support — straight from the app, on your behalf.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • Improved The app colour theme is now organisation-wide — an admin sets it once and it applies to all users.
  • New Access risks can be exported to CSV — open the list of findings in Excel.
  • Improved Dashboard tiles and quick entries act as filters — a click opens the group list with the filter pre-applied.
  • Improved Sample data now also covers recertification and guest classification — try the governance features without manual setup.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 Produktový katalog

Version 1.1 App detail
  • Improved File preview now opens inside the app — a large dialog instead of a new browser tab. Images, PDFs, Office documents and HTML flyers can be viewed without leaving the catalog; download and open-in-SharePoint remain at hand in the preview header.
  • New New General section — a place for materials that apply across the whole portfolio: price list, terms and conditions, presentations. Upload them once and they also appear on every product page, so customers find them where they decide. Each material has a level: public is visible to every catalog reader, internal only to editors and administrators — and it is protected in SharePoint itself, not merely hidden in the app. Markdown (.md) documents render right away and open in the reader.
  • New Assign an existing product to a range — the group detail now has an “Assign existing” button: pick products from a searchable list and move them into the range in one click. Previously this was only possible by editing each product separately. Products already in another range are flagged as moving — a product always belongs to exactly one range.
  • Improved Create a product straight from the catalog — the “Add product” button now also sits in the All products header and in the empty catalog, not just in the left rail.
  • Improved Safer default permissions — the catalog editors group is now granted Contribute instead of Edit. Editors still fully manage products, images and files, but can no longer alter the structure of the underlying lists. On sites already deployed the change applies itself the next time an administrator opens the catalog.
  • New The catalog now speaks up on your start page — it reports to the “My day” overview in EP365 Homepage what needs attention: products left in draft, launches coming within 14 days and products retiring within 30 days. The card shows a count only and links straight into the catalog.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through the Product Catalog step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role. Start it from Help — and it offers itself on your first visit.
  • Improved Documentation reads more comfortably — the reader is noticeably wider and shows a chapter outline on the left; click a chapter to jump straight to that part.
  • Improved Full-screen mode now lives in the page header — the button sits among the quick icons on every screen, just like in other EP365 apps.
  • Fixed The ⌘K search rendered in the system serif font instead of the brand one — fixed, the palette is back to the app's consistent look.

EP365 Vozový park

Version 1.8 App detail
  • New Updates without package uploads: new app versions are now deployed directly from the app. In Settings — Version & information the administrator sees released versions, activates a newer one with a single click, and can just as easily roll back to the previous one if anything goes wrong. The package in the app catalog is uploaded only once, at installation.
  • New Interactive app guide — walk through Fleet step by step, right in the app. The guide highlights an element, explains it and shows where to click; short chapters match your role (driver, dispatcher, administrator). Start it from Help — and re-run it any time.
  • New New users are offered a tour invitation on the home screen.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.45 App detail
  • Fixed Floating widget: the "Open full app" button now always points to the real application page — previously it could lead to a non-existent page (404).
  • Fixed A message you started typing in the widget is now kept when you collapse and reopen it.
  • Fixed Knowledge preparation: the "Processing status" card now shows the real last run (time and number of processed documents) even after it runs in the background.
  • Improved The enriched-libraries setting now warns when an address doesn't look like a library.
  • Improved Help: a new detailed section explaining all the ready-made assistants and tasks in Prompt Studio — what each is for and when to use it.
  • Improved Charts are interactive — hovering a bar, point or slice shows the exact value in a tooltip.
  • Fixed Diagrams: longer labels inside boxes are no longer clipped.
  • Improved Document comparison now ends with a clear table of the concrete differences (Area · value in document 1 · value in document 2).
  • New Diagrams in answers — when you ask about a process, structure or a sequence of steps (or ask for one directly), the assistant adds a flowchart, tree or sequence to its answer. It is drawn right in your browser in the app's colors; if it can't be rendered, at least its source is shown.
  • Improved For document comparison it is now clear which file is 1 and which is 2 — the comparison goes from 1 to 2 (what changed in 2 vs 1) and you can swap the direction with one button. The assistant tells the documents apart by file name and does not decide which is “newer”, since that cannot be told from the content.
  • Improved You can now drag a file in or upload it from your computer everywhere documents are handled — right on a task card in Prompt Studio, in a message attachment, in the document picker and when uploading Word templates.
  • Improved When picking documents (including for comparison) you can now drag files in or upload them straight from your computer — not just pick from SharePoint.
  • Fixed Prompt Studio: a saved copy of a task or assistant that is identical to a built-in gallery one no longer appears twice in the list.
  • New Document comparison — in Prompt Studio (Analyze → “Compare documents”) you pick two documents and the assistant clearly lists the differences: what was added, removed and changed. Great for contracts and policies.
  • New You can also compare two versions of the same document — for a selected file choose “Compare versions” and the assistant compares two versions from the SharePoint history. Both texts are processed right in your browser and are not sent anywhere.
  • New Assistant memory — a new section in Settings. Save lasting facts about yourself here (how you sign off, how to address clients, your role, preferred style) and the assistant keeps them in mind across all your conversations. Only you see and manage them.
  • New When something lasting comes up in a conversation, the assistant offers a “Remember this?” card right under its answer — it is saved only after you confirm, never silently. You can then edit or delete any entry anytime.

EP365 Produktový katalog

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New First release of the Product Catalog — one place with up-to-date information about your products: a catalog with tiles and a table, product groups and a full page for every product.
  • New The product page shows everything in one place — overview, key features, a gallery with a full-screen viewer, specifications, variants and pricing, downloadable files, links and FAQs. Empty sections hide automatically.
  • New A structured editor for content editors — sections in the left rail, rich text, image uploads (with automatic removal of hidden metadata) and files, and a gallery with a hero image picker.
  • New Roles and managed access — readers, content editors and administrators. Editors and readers can be scoped to specific groups or products; a group can be restricted to selected people or Entra ID groups.
  • New Multilingual content — Czech is the default and additional languages are enabled in Settings; translations switch via language tabs in the editor and readers see content in their language.
  • New Optional EP365 CRM link — create or update the product in the CRM business catalog with one click (name, code, category, price, VAT). Both apps also work standalone.
  • New Load products from EP365 CRM — if you already manage products in CRM, the catalog takes them over with one click: existing ones are linked by SKU or name, missing ones are created with prices and description from CRM. Nothing is written to CRM during the load.
  • New Easy referencing — every screen and product has its own link, the detail offers a Reference this content card (catalog link, product website and ready-made Markdown) and the browser Back button works.
  • New ⌘K search across products, groups and screens — diacritics-insensitive.
  • New Data import from CSV or JSON with preview and confirmation — repeatable thanks to SKU matching; a sample template is included.
  • New A usage overview for administrators, sample data to try things out, theme and support inheritance from EP365 Homepage, and Microsoft Teams availability.
  • New Documentation right on the product page — an uploaded document (Markdown .md) renders beautifully in the detail, with headings, tables and lists and a full-page reader. The catalog becomes the one place where everything about a product truly lives.
  • New Functional description separated from technical documentation — for each document you set the level: the functional description is visible to every reader with product access, while technical documentation is seen only by editors and administrators.
  • Improved Technical documentation is now protected directly at the SharePoint level — setting the Technical level restricts the document to the team only, so a reader cannot reach it even via a direct link. Sensitive materials no longer leak from the catalog.
  • Improved The CRM link now works both ways — a product created or updated in CRM from the catalog carries a link back, so from EP365 CRM you can open its catalog page with a single click.
  • New Specification templates per category — set up parameter groups for a category in Settings and a new product of that category prefills them with one click. Saves time for product ranges with the same structure.
  • New Document versions — add a version to each document (e.g. 1.2 or 2026-07) shown on the product and in the reader. A clear overview of which revision is current.
  • New Edit right on the product page — every section (overview, features, specifications, variants and pricing, links, FAQ) and the header has a pencil for editors that opens editing of just that part. A quick fix to text or price without opening the full editor; translations of text sections are preserved.
  • Improved Newer-version notice — Settings now shows the administrator whether the catalog is running the current version. When a newer one is available, a badge appears next to the version and a subtle banner at the top of Settings prompts an update.
  • New Full-screen mode — open the catalog across the whole browser window with a single button, and switch back the same way. More room for tiles and product pages.
  • Improved A clearer image viewer — a thumbnail strip now sits under the photo and one button switches to a grid of all images. Jump to any shot quickly, not just one by one with arrows.
  • Improved Reorder images both ways — in the gallery editor move a shot left or right with the arrows to set the order in which they are browsed on a product.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.12 App detail
  • Improved Publication queue: a document awaiting approval now clearly shows it is waiting for the approver — instead of confusing confirmation stats. The publisher can remind the approver or withdraw the document to edit it.
  • Improved The category editor is more compact — the icon and colour sit side by side, the icon picker uses a tidy scrollable list, and you can now pick a custom colour beyond the palette. The layout adapts to width.
  • New Document bundles — group several documents into one set with a shared deadline and a single completion overview. Ideal for annual training, a safety round or onboarding a new colleague: assign the whole set at once and track who has finished it (e.g. 7 of 8).
  • New Scheduled release — prepare and approve a document now, but it becomes available to recipients only on the chosen day. Perfect for policies effective from a set date — set it and forget it.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.11 App detail
  • New The app can now be maximised to full screen — one click on the header icon hides the surroundings and gives you maximum room to work with documents and their previews. Click again to return.
  • Fixed Refined the layout of the two-column category editor (more balanced) and the icon placement on the home screen.
  • Improved The category editor is clearer (two columns), report header heights are unified, and the stats on the home screen render correctly. Maximise to full screen is now also on the home screen.
  • Improved The app's forms and panels got a visual refresh — adding a document now uses a clear two-column editor, and empty states, buttons and sections are unified across the app.
  • Improved In the approval flow the document preview gets more room — it fills the free space of the panel while the approval buttons and progress stay within reach in a fixed bottom bar.
  • Fixed The app is now ready for multi-user teams — end users now see all published documents to acknowledge and managers and publishers see the whole team's confirmations (previously each person could see only their own records). An approver can also correctly approve a document from another publisher.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New Notification e-mails can now match your organisation's branding — logo, name, accent colour, footer and reply-to address, with a live preview and inheritance from the EP365 global configuration.
  • Improved All e-mails sent by the app (confirmation requests, publications, reminders, rejections) use a unified branded template.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

Workplace

Version 1.21 App detail
  • New Articles: a new AI assistant. From your instruction — and optionally an attached document or image, company knowledge and continuity with existing articles — it drafts an article (title, lead, body) and translates it into your other content languages. Review the draft and apply it in one click. Requires an EP365 AI Assistant licence; without it the editor works as before.
  • New The AI assistant for articles now shows the sources it drew on — a list of company documents with links and an authoritative-source marker, so it's clear where the facts come from. The article editor has three clear zones side by side: assistant, writing and settings.
  • Improved The per-section editors are now noticeably wider and clearer — content on the left, settings and metadata on the right. On narrow screens the layout stacks automatically. Articles in particular get much more room to write.

Workplace

Version 1.20 App detail
  • Improved The “My day” overview now reliably shows items awaiting your action from other EP365 apps too — unsubmitted timesheets, overdue tasks, sites nearing expiry, findings to resolve and more — all in one place on the landing page.
  • Improved Homepage management moved from a floating button into the top-right icon row — the gear is now to the left of Global settings (administrators only). The floating button is gone; management can also be opened via the command palette (⌘K).
  • Improved The "From the world" section (Industry news): when there are no editorial picks but RSS feeds are configured, the RSS news now fills the whole section in two columns — instead of an empty editorial-picks block beside it.
  • New Announcement read statistics now also show WHO hasn't confirmed yet — next to the readers list there is a "not read" list (the site audience minus those who already confirmed). An administrator can easily see who to nudge.
  • Improved Voting in polls (Question of the day, Pulse) is now private — the app no longer stores who voted what alongside the shared result. Results are kept only as anonymous counts and your own choice is stored separately, just for you. Existing polls migrate automatically.
  • Improved The AI Assistant summary in "My day" is clearer — items are grouped by source (meetings, e-mails, Teams, tasks) into tiles side by side, each with a count, and the most important thing (customer-facing or overdue) stands out. A short daily Priority is shown at the bottom (a statement, not a call to action).
  • Improved Homepage administration (Global settings) now opens as a clear full-page screen with a side section rail instead of a narrow panel — more room and easier orientation.
  • New In settings (the Version section) an administrator can see at a glance whether the app runs the latest version or is behind — a Current/Outdated badge appears next to the version.
  • Fixed Global settings robustness — if the configuration or theme fails to load due to a brief network glitch, the app blocks saving so it cannot accidentally overwrite your company settings with defaults.
  • New New "My day" page — a complete overview of your day in one place. Yesterday on the left (meetings, replies you sent, leftovers — e-mails awaiting a reply), today on the right with a timeline and a draggable "now" marker (the next meeting with a countdown, a join button, To Do tasks). Work in progress from other EP365 apps is woven in as well (for example overdue tickets, sales follow-ups, documents to approve). With an active AI Assistant licence you also get a "Summarize my day" button that condenses everything into a short overview including a suggestion of what to start with; without the licence the page keeps working as a clear listing.
  • Fixed The app overview (launchpad and My day) no longer shows the same app twice — a concurrent sign-in could create a duplicate record; an app is now recorded only once and the overview always shows its latest version.
  • Fixed The "Manage" button for key contacts is now shown only to app administrators — content editors who lack permission to edit contacts no longer see it.
  • New The headline can now be picked manually — in the Greeting + Headline section settings (gear → Settings) you choose which article appears as the large one in the header. The default stays Automatic, i.e. the newest article. The News section will not repeat the selected headline; if the article stops being valid or a reader cannot see it due to targeting, the newest one is shown to them.
  • New Quick actions as square tiles — in the section settings (gear → Settings) switch Tile style to Square: icon on top, name below, and more of them fit in a row. The compact style (icon next to the text) stays the default. Both the tile size and the gap between tiles are configurable in pixels — for a square the size is also its height, so it controls how tall the row is.
  • New Minimum row height — each row in Layout can now have a minimum height in pixels (0 = automatic, based on content). Section cards stretch to that height, content may exceed it, and it is not applied on mobile.
  • New Icons for teams and departments — HR, Production, Quality, Sales, Purchasing, Marketing, Management, IT and Facility. The icon picker is now the same everywhere and supports search: just type part of the name. You will find it in Quick actions, Tabs and Key contacts, which previously only ever showed a phone icon.
  • New Theme from your logo — upload the company logo in Global settings and the app instantly offers several colour theme variants to apply in one click.
  • Improved The chosen theme (accent colour) now applies consistently across the whole app — active tabs, badges, avatars, section headings and banners all match your colour.
  • New Severity level colours for Announcements (Information, Warning, Critical) are derived from the theme and can be overridden in the section settings.
  • Improved The People directory offers 10 / 15 / 20 per-page options in the tile view.
  • Fixed Security hardening of the news reader — the banner image address is now strictly validated before display, unified with the rest of the app.
  • Improved Faster loading — the home screen now appears immediately and background steps (list formatting) no longer delay the first render, especially after an update and in Microsoft Teams.
  • New The Homepage is now available in Microsoft Teams too — as a personal app in the left rail or a channel tab. Add it in Teams via Apps → Built for your org.
  • New User roles — the app now distinguishes an Application administrator (full management) from a Content editor (section content editing only). Membership is managed in Homepage management → Roles tab.
  • New Application administrators get a quick icon in the header that opens the EP365 Global settings.
  • New Managing AI Chat shared prompts — global prompts can now have a layer (task or assistant), a category and a description. Users then see them in the AI Assistant's Prompt Studio.
  • New AI Chat authoritative sources can now optionally be bound to Entra ID groups in Global configuration — the source then applies only to members of the selected groups; SharePoint permissions always apply.
  • Improved Changes to the global configuration propagate to connected apps without a page refresh — apps pick them up when you return to the tab (config version stamp).
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New Command palette ⌘K — instant search across intranet content and a quick jump to tabs or administration.
  • New The feedback form now has a tips panel with guidance for writing useful bug reports and suggestions.
  • New The list of announcement readers can be exported to CSV.
  • Improved Help is organised into topics and searchable; lists share unified pagination and remember your page-size choice.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.
  • Fixed Clearing all app data is now protected by a confirmation checkbox; an internal review brought stricter link safety and unified typography.
  • Fixed The Global settings icon and the whole global configuration (apps, My day) now appear for admins on a site that is itself the hub — even when the hub URL field is left empty. The app recognises such a site as its own hub.
  • Fixed Display in Microsoft Teams, especially on mobile — the homepage now respects the web part padding, no longer overflows to the right, and stays light and legible in the phone's dark mode.
  • Fixed Fix: on a slow connection (e.g. mobile data in Teams) the Apps section sometimes failed to load — the list now loads reliably (after app registration, on returning to the tab, and via a retry).
  • Improved Quick links and actions: a much larger icon set to choose from — including icons evoking EP365 apps (Fleet, CRM, HelpDesk, Worklog, Marketing, Identity…) and many general ones (lock, target, tag, gift, chart and more).
  • Fixed An announcement with a validity date (Valid until) now stays on the homepage for the whole last valid day — previously it could disappear early in the morning. Dates in section editing are saved without an off-by-one-day shift.
  • Fixed A broad code review (security and reliability): News works on Czech-based sites too, safer and more robust handling of editor content, more reliable list provisioning, protection of the article body against being overwritten on slow loads, and clear error reporting when settings fail to save.
  • Improved Follow-up improvements from the review: protection against overwriting settings during concurrent editing (another tab / another admin), role detection through nested Entra ID groups, unified poll behavior (percentages only after voting), an "Add to Outlook" button in the events timeline too, kudos likes now reflect the current server count, the Visits section documents its 90-day window, and the hero no longer jumps while targeted content loads.
  • New Announcement scheduling — an announcement can have a Valid from date; the banner then appears only from that day (and still respects Valid until). Scheduled announcements are flagged in the admin overview.
  • New Kudos reactions — a kudos can be recognised with several reactions (like, great, insightful, love it, impressive) instead of a single like; each reaction shows its count.
  • New Pulse survey types — a survey can be single choice, multiple choices (checkboxes) or a scale with an average rating. The type is chosen when editing the survey.
  • Improved The Question of the day shows the number of voting colleagues even before you vote, so you can see how many people have already taken part.
  • Improved Usage overview now also shows content engagement — kudos reactions, announcement read confirmations and the site audience size.
  • Improved The company theme now reaches sub-pages and details too — headings, names, figures and buttons on My activities, Apps, Directory, Tasks and Visits, page eyebrows and the weather pill now match your colour (previously they stayed blue).
  • New Hidden accounts in the Directory — admins can define accounts that should not appear in the People list (e.g. service and technical accounts). Just enter a part of the UPN or e-mail the account contains (e.g. .GA@ or @vendor.com); the panel lists exactly which accounts will be hidden. Accounts with sign-in blocked (shared mailboxes, former employees) are now hidden automatically.
  • Improved Search in the People list now also looks in the sign-in name (UPN), not just name, e-mail, department and location.
  • Improved The in-app help was significantly expanded — a new Roles and permissions chapter (the difference between an Application administrator and a Content editor, how a role is obtained and why adding someone to a group alone is not enough without site permissions), a description of hidden accounts and search by sign-in name in the Directory, saved layouts and inheriting the theme from the hub; the list of admin tabs was corrected too.
  • New Global configuration → Default AI settings now includes Allowed web addresses — a single list defining where the AI Assistant may reach when asked to read a web page from a given address. Sites can inherit it instead of keeping their own list.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.44 App detail
  • Fixed When you create a SharePoint page from a conversation, the charts from the answers now come along — inserted as images. When downloading to Word, Markdown or HTML, or saving to a library, a table of values is added for each chart.
  • Fixed A document draft (the card below an answer) no longer disappears when you return to the conversation — it stays, including its content and the note that you already created a page from it or saved it to a library.
  • Fixed A chart downloaded as an image now uses the correct typeface (previously the PNG showed a serif font instead of the brand font).
  • Improved Shared company templates (documents and prompts) are now managed exclusively by an administrator — regular users still use them but can no longer edit them. Document templates are now protected directly by SharePoint permissions, not just in the interface.
  • Fixed Security and reliability maintenance (code review): Company knowledge now searches strictly within the configured scope (previously a query variant joined by "or" could bypass it); deleting a conversation is all-or-nothing (messages are never left orphaned); settings no longer lose in-progress edits on a screen refresh; attachments and company documents are treated strictly as data, not as instructions; and large complex Office files no longer overwhelm the app.
  • Improved The environment check is more honest — when it cannot review everything (too many libraries on a site, only typos in the addresses, missing permissions), it says so instead of falsely reporting "clean". Charts are no longer drawn from negative numbers, where a zero-based axis would produce a misleading picture.
  • New Visual answers — when the answer rests on numbers from your material (an attached table, company documents, calendar, statistics), the assistant adds a chart to the text on its own: bar for comparison, line for trends over time, donut for shares of a whole. You can also ask for one ("draw it for me").
  • New The chart card shows where the data comes from, one button switches it to a table of values, and you can download the chart as an image (PNG). Everything is created right in your browser in the app's colors — no data is sent anywhere.
  • Improved The assistant draws strictly from values that are really in the material — it never invents numbers. Charts work in the full app as well as the floating widget and stay saved in the conversation.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.43 App detail
  • New Environment check — a new Settings section for administrators. One click reviews the permissions of the sites in the Company knowledge scope and flags content accessible to the whole organization (the Everyone / Everyone except external users groups) — before the AI starts finding and quoting it. The check only reads, nothing is changed.
  • New The Environment check now also takes your own list of sites to review (an "Also check these sites" field with a site and library picker) — useful with the "whole tenant" scope, which cannot be enumerated. The list is saved and the check covers up to 100 sites at once.
  • Improved The check result stays readable even with dozens of sites — sites with findings are shown in full, clean sites collapse into a compact list with a Show more button.
  • New Document templates — an administrator uploads company Word templates (.docx) with {field} merge fields in a new Settings section. Users then run the "Fill a company template" task in Prompt Studio: the AI drafts the field values from the conversation and your instructions, and you review and adjust them right on the card.
  • New Download the filled template as Word (.docx) in one click, or save it to the site's document library. The document is created right in your browser — neither the template nor its content leaves your organization and nothing is sent anywhere.
  • New Meeting templates — the "Meeting minutes" task now offers an optional output into a company template (such as Meeting minutes): pick a meeting and a template and the name, date, time, location and attendees are filled straight from the invitation. The AI drafts only the content — the minutes and tasks from your notes. Without picking a template a general minutes card is created as before. Switch the template kind in Settings → Document templates.
  • Improved Templates now handle bulleted lists too — write them as a {#ukoly_seznam}{polozka}{/ukoly_seznam} section and the template itself keeps the formatting (bullets, style). Attendees are filled into the list from the invitation, tasks are drafted by the AI, and you edit them line by line on the card.
  • New The check covers the app's site, every site from a custom scope and the global authoritative sources, including libraries with unique permissions. For each site you see the outcome (No findings / Broad access / Check incomplete), the specific findings with a recommendation and a link straight into the site's permissions.
  • Improved The audit description in Settings now matches reality — the audit logs searches in all sources (Company knowledge, e-mails, calendar, To Do tasks and Teams), not only in Company knowledge.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.12 App detail
  • New CRM now flags overdue tasks and follow-ups right in the “My day” overview on the EP365 intranet — you see them on the landing page among the things awaiting your action.
  • Improved E-mails sent from CRM (reports, notifications, follow-ups) now share a unified corporate look based on the EP365 Design System — a branded header, a clear footer and colour accents by message type.
  • New Contact category — for each contact you set the type of relationship: supplier, customer, partner or other. A company then derives its own category automatically as the union of its contacts' categories, so it can be a supplier and a customer at the same time.
  • New Attendance history on the contact — the contact's Events and webinars tab shows which events and webinars they attended, when, and with what outcome (attended / no-show / registered).
  • New Company attendance overview — a new Attendance tab on the company card summarises who from its contacts attended which event or webinar, giving you the whole company's activity in one place.
  • New Company products overview — a new Products tab shows what the company has: subscriptions, service contracts and won deals, including monthly amounts and statuses.
  • New Filter contacts by state — the business line filter gained a state filter that pairs with the line. You can filter, for example, people who registered for a webinar and did not show up, or who registered for Visionity.
  • Improved Sales matrix — a Visionity no-show now maps to a lower funnel stage than attendance (registering without attending is weaker interest). As always, you can adjust the mapping in Settings → Sales matrix.
  • Improved Reporting a bug or suggesting a feature now goes straight by email from your mailbox to our support — it becomes a ticket and you get the reply by email. More reliable than the previous form; if the email cannot be sent, a pre-filled message opens in your mail client.
  • Fixed A major reliability wave after a deep application review: bulk recalculations (score, MRR, company statuses) and import now stop safely on connection issues instead of silently writing wrong values; import no longer creates duplicates and preserves the do-not-engage flag; the app handles thousands of records correctly.
  • Fixed Contact category now shows correctly in the detail after saving; renaming a company propagates to its contacts, deals, contracts and subscriptions; post-event follow-up respects the no-bulk-email setting; minor date and amount fixes (renewal dates, VAT in invoicing basis, importing amounts with thousands separators).
  • Improved The Users role now has more precisely scoped permissions — working with records (creating, editing, attachments) is unchanged, while managing list structure is reserved for administrators. On existing sites the change applies automatically on the next administrator visit.
  • New Email from a contact can do more: add CC recipients, attach files (up to 3 MB total) and append your saved signature — created right in the email box and remembered for next time. The signature can also be appended to a campaign with a single checkbox.
  • New Webinar registration now flows into the contact's business lines automatically — the attendee gets a "webinar / registered" engagement, and marking attendance or no-show updates the state (and the derived funnel stage and customer status per the sales matrix). Manually set other lines remain untouched.
  • New Search and filters in Deals — in the deals pipeline you can now quickly find a specific deal by full text (name, company or owner) and narrow the list by stage or owner. The filters apply across all views — Kanban, List and Forecast — and also carry over to the CSV export.
  • New Full-screen mode — a button in the page header (in the icon strip next to refresh and share) expands CRM across the whole browser window, giving you more room for contacts, deals and the kanban. Click again to return to the normal view.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.42 App detail
  • New A new "My week" overview — alongside the daily view you now also see a weekly one: on the left a look back at last week (how many meetings took place, what you replied to, what still awaits a reply), on the right the outlook for this week day by day with tasks that have a deadline. On Monday the overview greets you right away; otherwise it is one click away in the switcher.
  • New The "Summarize my week" button retells your week as a short written note — a look back, an outlook and where to start this week. As with the day, AI only steps in on click; otherwise the overview is built straight from data, outside the daily limit.
  • Improved The "Summarize my day" and "Summarize my week" notes are now clear and structured — Yesterday/Today headings, bullets with concrete meeting names, times and the senders of waiting emails, and a closing recommendation on where to start.
  • New Below the "Summarize my day" note you now get "What to do now" buttons — one click prepares a draft reply to a waiting email in Outlook, joins your nearest online meeting, or triages your inbox. Nothing is sent without your confirmation.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.41 App detail
  • Improved The timeline in the "My day" overview shows the whole day with a current-time marker. Grab the marker and slide it across the day — the closer to the end of the day you move it, the more the schedule narrows to only what still lies ahead. Step between days with the arrows.
  • Improved The "Getting started" guide moved among the overview tabs, so it no longer takes up extra space — and once closed it disappears as before.
  • Improved The "My day" overview now shows even when it cannot be loaded — instead of disappearing, the panel gently explains why (for example an account without a Microsoft 365 license, which has no mailbox or calendar). The rest of the app keeps working.
  • New The start screen now greets you with a "My day" overview — on the left what happened yesterday (meetings, Teams activity and e-mails still awaiting your reply), on the right today's schedule on a timeline with a NOW marker, the nearest meeting with a countdown and a Join button, and tasks due today you can tick off right away. All without AI and outside the daily limit — data is read straight from Microsoft 365, solely under your sign-in.
  • New The "Summarize my day" button retells the day as a short written note — what is left unresolved, what lies ahead and where to start. Only here does AI step in.
  • Improved When you return to the app during the day (and on mobile) the overview collapses into a one-line strip so it does not get in the way of writing — the arrow expands it back at any time.
  • Improved Recent conversations and favorites moved into tabs next to the overview — together with a quick assistant picker they are one click away.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.40 App detail
  • Improved Bug reports and feature requests are now sent by email to our support — straight from the app.
  • Fixed Questions about e-mails, calendar, tasks and Teams now actually find what you are looking for. Previously the question was sent to search exactly as you typed it, so it searched for the whole sentence literally and usually found nothing — the assistant then replied that it had no access to the data, even though it did. The question is now translated into a search query first.
  • Improved Time-based questions now work the way you mean them — "what did I last discuss in Teams", "what arrived last week" or "what's new" list the most recent items instead of searching for those words inside messages.
  • Fixed When the assistant finds nothing in your sources, it now says so plainly — previously it claimed it had no access to your data even though it had searched it. You can now tell the difference between "there is nothing there" and a genuine permissions problem.
  • Fixed Teams chats in sources are now named after the person you are talking TO — previously they carried the name of whoever wrote the last message, so your own conversations appeared as "Chat with [your name]". As a result the assistant could not answer "what did I discuss with a colleague" even when it had the message right in front of it. This also applies when searching by name — ask "what did I discuss with Megan" and the assistant answers.
  • Improved System notices from Teams (such as "a meeting recording was made") no longer end up in the material — they carry no content to answer from.
  • Improved When a question has nothing to do with your data (a text translation, say), the assistant no longer searches your sources needlessly and answers faster.
  • Improved The audit log now also records searches in e-mails, calendar, tasks and Teams — until now it covered Company knowledge only. Administrators therefore get a complete record of what was searched. It is enabled in Application settings.
  • New A new Sources picker next to the message field — you decide where the assistant may draw material from in a given conversation: Company knowledge (SharePoint), E-mails, Calendar, To Do tasks and Teams conversations. Enable several at once, or use Select all.
  • Improved Enabled sources are always visible as icons next to the message field — you can tell at a glance what the assistant works with, and the row stays tidy. Click an icon to turn the source off; names and descriptions are in the Sources picker.
  • Improved The source choice is now remembered per conversation and survives closing the browser — previously it applied to the whole site and only for the session.
  • Improved Tasks and assistants from the Company knowledge scenario turn the source on by themselves — and you see it immediately on the chip.
  • New The assistant can answer from several sources at once — ask "what have we agreed with the client?" and it joins the SharePoint contract, the e-mail confirmation and the Teams agreement. Source cards with citation numbers below the answer show what came from where.
  • New Searching your e-mails, calendar, To Do tasks and Teams conversations. Always under your sign-in and only your data — for Teams only chats and channels you are a member of.
  • Improved A failure of one source does not spoil the answer — the assistant composes it from the others and only notes which source did not contribute.
  • Fixed When a source rejects a search, the notice now includes the actual Microsoft 365 response — it used to always claim a missing admin consent even when the cause was different (an old sign-in token, for example).
  • Fixed A notice about a source that rejected a search no longer lingers — it clears when you send the next message and when you switch conversations. It used to stay visible even in a new conversation that had nothing to do with that source.
  • Fixed Searching Teams conversations now works — it requires two Microsoft permissions at once (Chat.Read and ChannelMessage.Read.All); the app previously requested only one and Microsoft rejected the search. An administrator approves both in the SharePoint admin center.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.39 App detail
  • New The AI Assistant can read a public web page — paste its address and it will summarize it, analyse it, or write a post that follows up on it. You will find this in Prompt Studio, in tasks that work with a page.
  • New We also handle sites that only load in the browser and normally cannot be read. The first such source is TED — the EU public procurement journal: paste an ordinary notice address and the assistant will pull out the title, buyer, subject, tender deadline and CPV codes.
  • New A new Settings → Web pages section for administrators: it shows where the assistant may reach on the internet, lets you narrow the list of addresses for this site (or inherit it from the global configuration), and lists the sources the assistant knows, including their status.
  • Improved The assistant treats the content of a foreign page as source material, never as instructions — so text from the internet cannot override what you asked for.
  • Improved Page reading is off by default and an administrator enables it in your AI service by specifying the allowed addresses. Until it is enabled, page reading tasks are not offered at all.
  • Improved Web page summaries are clearer — the key facts (subject, who is behind it, deadlines, amounts and codes) come in a table first, followed by bullet points.
  • New Below an answer based on a web page there is a source card with the address the assistant drew from — click it to open the page in a new tab.
  • New A Save as a document button below the answer — turn the page summary into a document you can download or save to SharePoint in one click.
  • Improved The Help section has a new chapter on reading web pages — including how TED works and why an administrator decides about the allowed addresses.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.11 App detail
  • Fixed Fixed user role management — adding and removing users in the Administrators and Users roles now works reliably even when the app has been open for a while. Previously it could report a permissions error after a while even though you had the necessary rights.
  • New Open in catalogue — for a product linked to the EP365 Product Catalogue, open its full page (description, gallery, documentation) with one click. Set the catalogue address in Settings → General.
  • New A contact is no longer limited to a single business line — lines now accumulate. They attended Visionity, registered for a webinar and did not show up, then had an intro consultation and completed the Vitality Test: each line keeps its own state, and you see them together on the contact, including how long it has been in that state.
  • New A contact's funnel stage is the furthest reached across all lines. Accumulating lines can therefore never hurt — a webinar no-show will not drag down a contact who is also in Diagnostics. The detail shows the per-line breakdown, the list shows the resulting stage.
  • New Customer status now supports combinations. The relationship axis (non-customer / customer / active customer) is still exclusive, but you can now add a "do not contact" flag — for example someone you worked with in the past but should no longer approach. Such a contact is excluded from campaigns and is highlighted with a red banner. The flag can also be set for a whole company.
  • New The business line filter in Contacts can select several lines at once and switch how they combine: "or" finds people from the webinar or from Visionity, "and" only those who attended the webinar and also completed the Vitality Test.
  • Improved The sales matrix gained the missing states. Acquisition: contacted, communication in progress, not responding (replacing the previous placeholder). Visionity: registering, no-show. Webinar: no-show — so that a registration without attendance can be recorded. The funnel mapping is a proposal; you can adjust it any time in Settings → Sales matrix.
  • Improved Contact import handles multiple lines at once — separate them with a semicolon in the business line and state columns, in matching order ("webinar;Diagnostics" and "attended;quote"). Files with a single line keep working unchanged.
  • Improved Contacts from earlier versions convert themselves on first save. For a bulk conversion there is a "Convert" button in Settings → Sales matrix; running it once is enough and repeating it does no harm.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.12 App detail
  • New Outdated version notice — Settings now show whether the app runs the current version. When a newer one is released, administrators see a notice and the latest version number instead of having to find out on their own. Administrators only — the update is performed by a SharePoint administrator by uploading the new package.
  • New Block content editor — you now build life situations from blocks: text, headings, images (with direct upload), videos, highlighted tips and dividers. Blocks can be freely reordered and combined; existing articles open unchanged.
  • New Images and videos in articles — images are stored in a library on the app site, video files play right inside the article, and links to video platforms show as a tidy play card.
  • New Knowledge for the AI assistant — approved articles can be published as Markdown files into the LC_Knowledge library, where the EP365 AI Assistant (Company knowledge) can find and cite them. Only approved content is exported, files update automatically on every change, and Settings offer bulk publishing plus connection guidance.
  • Improved Content management is now a full workspace: pick a situation and a panel with its content — guides, guarantors, statuses — opens right beside it, ready to edit. Panels dock side by side instead of stacking over each other, and lists gained search, so they scale to large content sets.
  • Improved Editing now happens where you read — administrators get an Edit button on situation and guide details, plus a pencil on each guide in the list. No more detours through Content management to find the item.
  • Improved Content management now picks up where you are — opening it from a situation shows that situation's content right away instead of an empty list. The Manage content button is also available directly on the situation detail.
  • Improved The guide editor is now split into two columns — you write content on the left (title, excerpt, blocks, steps) and set filing and publishing on the right (situations, department, role, type, status, tags, author, scheduling). No more single long column; on narrow screens the columns stack.
  • Improved While editing a guide you now see the content of its situation right beside the editor — the other guides, their statuses and guarantors. Switching to another guide is one click, without leaving the editor.
  • Improved The situation picker now handles dozens of situations — selected ones stay on top, the rest is filtered by search. The form keeps a constant height no matter how many situations you have.
  • Fixed Forms in panels no longer overflow their edge — the horizontal scrollbar that appeared under longer forms is gone.
  • Fixed Unified phase names — the same phase was named differently in the editor, the kanban and the home timeline (for example Relocation vs. Change). All screens now share one name, situation details show a readable phase instead of a system code, and the English UI finally translates the timeline too.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.38 App detail
  • New A reworked Prompt Studio — it opens with an overview of scenarios (Mail, Calendar, Writing & summaries, Company knowledge, Analysis, Translation, Code, Excel). Pick a scenario and find its tasks and assistants together inside.
  • New A Scenarios / All switch — if you'd rather not click scenarios, switch to a complete list of everything in one place (tasks first, then assistants) and search within it.
  • Improved Tasks and assistants are now clearly distinct — a task (what I want now, inserted into the message) is an action row, an assistant (who guides the whole conversation) is a card with a Use in conversation button.
  • Improved The Studio shows overall counts — how many tasks and assistants there are in total, plus a count on each scenario.
  • Fixed The Roadmap now scrolls even with a longer list of updates — the page scrolls as a whole.
  • Improved Roadmap — a longer column (such as Done) shows the first 5 items and you expand the rest with a Show more button, so the page isn't needlessly long.
  • Improved Prompt Studio has a larger window and scenarios are shown four across (no unnecessary scrolling). A My saved button at the top gives quick access to your own prompts.
  • Improved When you pick a task or assistant from the Company knowledge scenario in Prompt Studio, company-knowledge mode turns on automatically.
  • Improved Filling in a task is clearer — the field for your instructions appears only after you pick an email or meeting, the email and meeting lists are taller, and the button is now called Insert into message.
  • Fixed The SharePoint document picker in Prompt Studio now opens above the Studio, not behind it.
  • Improved Help now covers mail, calendar, tasks in Microsoft To Do and the reworked Prompt Studio.
  • Improved Company-knowledge answers with source links are clearer — the confusing double numbering is gone and an authoritative source is marked at the citation with a shield (icon), not text.
  • New A new button expands the assistant to fill the whole area below the SharePoint top bar (the bar stays); the same button brings you back.
  • Improved A reply or email draft can now be edited right on the card before saving — the To, Subject and body fields are editable and the card is wider.
  • Improved A written-out formula or command on its own line now has a copy-to-clipboard icon.
  • New Document creation — have the assistant write a document from a conversation or from company knowledge; a Document draft card appears with an editable title and content.
  • New Download the document as Word (.docx), Markdown (.md) or HTML, save it to a SharePoint library, or turn it straight into a SharePoint page — all under your sign-in and only over your data.
  • New Prompt Studio gets new tasks: Summarize into a document, Document from company knowledge, Compare into a document and Web page from company knowledge.
  • Improved The Document draft card is clearer: a formatted preview instead of raw text, after saving you see the name, location and an open link, and sources are clickable — linking to the document (on the page and in Word).
  • New Social media content — Prompt Studio gets a Social media scenario: have a post written (for example for LinkedIn), follow up on an earlier one, or list what you've already written on a topic.
  • New Save both a document and a post to a chosen SharePoint library in a chosen format — Word (.docx) or Markdown (.md). Posts saved as .md are then known to the assistant in Company knowledge, so you can ask about them.
  • Fixed Editing a document draft is now the same width as the preview and in the same typeface — switching between Edit and Preview no longer makes the text jump.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.37 App detail
  • New Meeting assistant — a new Meeting minutes task: pick a meeting from your calendar, add your notes, and the assistant drafts concise minutes and suggests next steps.
  • New Save the minutes to SharePoint in one click and prepare an email to attendees as an Outlook draft — recipients are filled in from the invitation, sending stays with you.
  • New A new smart meeting item — the picker shows your upcoming meetings (next 14 days) with their attendees.
  • New Mail & calendar packages — the assistant picker now shows tidy cards for Daily brief, Meeting assistant and HR recruiting (coming soon); a click launches the matching task.
  • Improved A reply draft now shows the recipient's address directly in the To field (the original sender).
  • Improved After you save a reply draft, the assistant offers follow-up steps — Summarize the thread and Create a task with a due date.
  • Fixed The daily brief no longer lists messages you have already replied to among mail awaiting a reply — it matches your Inbox against Sent by thread.
  • Improved The daily brief is clearer — a date in the header, meeting attendees and location/Teams, message age on mail (such as 3 days) and an Open calendar in Outlook link.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.36 App detail
  • New Daily brief — the Prepare me for tomorrow task assembles your meetings, mail awaiting a reply and tasks from Microsoft To Do into a single card. Each item has a ready action: open the meeting, draft a reply, create a task.
  • New Mail triage — the Triage my mail task groups your messages and proposes an action for each. Tick what you want and run it in one click: assigning an Outlook category and archiving. Nothing is sent or deleted — archiving and categories are always reversible in Outlook.
  • New Tasks into Microsoft To Do — the assistant prepares concrete tasks with due dates from an email or a conversation, and you add them to To Do in one click. Reminders are then handled by Outlook and To Do themselves.
  • New The new tasks live in Prompt Studio under the Mail & calendar category: Prepare me for tomorrow, Triage my mail, Email tasks into To Do and Create a task.
  • Improved The same principles as before — the assistant only proposes, you perform the action with a click; it never sends or hard-deletes anything and works solely over your own data. The new features require a one-time permission approval by a Microsoft 365 admin.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.35 App detail
  • New Mail & calendar — Prompt Studio gets a new task category over your own mailbox and calendar: summarize an email, extract tasks from it, draft a reply, a new email and a What's on my calendar overview.
  • New Smart email item — pick a message from your Inbox or by searching your whole mailbox; the assistant receives its content as context.
  • New Drafted replies are saved strictly as Outlook drafts — the answer shows a card with a preview and a Save draft to Outlook button. The assistant never sends anything; sending stays with you.
  • New Everything runs under your sign-in and only over your data — the app works solely with your mailbox and your calendar. The features require a one-time permission approval by a Microsoft 365 admin.
  • New An admin can turn the mail & calendar features off for the organization in App settings — a new Mail & calendar section.
  • Improved The home screen offers a quick assistant pick — next to Browse there is a new Choose assistant entry with a preview of the ready-made personas.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.13 App detail
  • New Brand colors (CI palette) in the Brand section — an admin defines the official company colors including HEX and RGB for the web and optionally CMYK and Pantone for print. Anyone can then copy a color and its values with a single click, so the whole company always has a consistent palette at hand.
  • New Easy content referencing — a media item's detail now brings together the link into the Media Center, a direct file link (for embedding into documents, e-mails or pages) and a ready-made embed snippet (HTML for photos, Markdown for the rest). Copy any of them with a single button.
  • Improved Smoother bulk uploads — when uploading several files at once you can edit each file's title separately, right next to a small preview. Shared details (collection, tags, kit) are entered just once for all of them.
  • Improved Clearer, wider panels — forms now use consistent white fields, better alignment and more room (for example brand kit management). Minor visual polishing across the app.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.2 App detail
  • New Atlas now flags critical and high governance findings awaiting action right in the “My day” overview on the EP365 intranet.
  • New More complete site inventory: the scan builds on Microsoft's search index, which misses sites hidden from search or not yet crawled — those could then be missing from the inventory (and with it from findings, storage and overviews). You can now paste the PowerShell Get-SPOSite output once on the Scan screen (Import sites tile) and Atlas merges it into the inventory by URL — adding the sites the scan alone can't see. Everything stays in your tenant and no extra permission is required.
  • Fixed Adding a user to a role (Admins / Readers) in Settings failed with a SharePoint technical error. Fixed — group members can be added again. The same underlying cause was also fixed for the “Fix library from the app” buttons (enable versioning, restore permission inheritance) in the finding detail.
  • Improved Report a bug and Suggest a feature now send the report by email from your address straight to EasyPortal 365 support — it becomes a ticket and you'll be updated by email. Previously reports went to an external form. Only what you fill in is attached, plus the app version, your name, email and tenant identification. If sending from the app fails (e.g. missing mail permission), it offers to open a pre-filled message in your email client.
  • Fixed The audit log loads again. Microsoft temporarily broke the v1.0 version of their audit API (it returned a 404 error) that Atlas relied on — so the list of past queries and creating new ones stopped working. Atlas now automatically switches the audit API calls to the working version (and switches back once Microsoft fixes the original). Auditing and permissions were never the problem.
  • Improved The Get-SPOTenant import is more convenient: the PowerShell command has a Copy button and comes pre-filled with your tenant's admin URL (no manual editing). Help has a new SPO Management Shell section — how to install and verify the module, connect, and deal with common errors; both the import and the PowerShell section in the finding detail link to it directly.
  • New Support for full application suspension: when the licence is revoked (end of cooperation), the app locks down completely — it shows only a suspension notice and a button to re-verify the licence. Once the licence is restored, it returns to full operation on its own.
  • New Two more findings can now be fixed straight from the app: OneDrive retention after offboarding (one click sets 365 days) and restricting external sharing to an allow-list of domains — Atlas suggests the list from your existing guests' domains for you to review, adjust and confirm.
  • Improved Help for the audit log updated for the current behaviour — the list of past queries, loading results on click, and the event detail with all Purview fields.
  • Improved The audit log no longer tries to download the latest results on open — it just quickly lists the past Purview audit queries. The actual events load only after you click a query (which can take a few seconds for large queries). Opening the screen is now instant.
  • Fixed In the audit event detail, only values that actually lead somewhere are clickable — the object URL and the user’s email. Other fields (identifiers, timestamps, operation names) are now plain text instead of links that went nowhere.
  • New Audit log rows are now clickable and open a detail panel with every field Microsoft Purview returns for the event — who, when, operation, site and object, IP address, client (User-Agent), item type, sharing target and more — plus a button to copy the whole record as JSON. Site and object are clickable links.
  • Improved The audit query builder offers many more SharePoint operation types — besides files and sharing, now folders, pages and lists, list items, permission inheritance and hub association — in a clearer full-width layout without an inner scrollbar.
  • Fixed The audit log finally shows results. Microsoft Purview queries run asynchronously and can take from a few minutes to over an hour — the app now lets them finish in the background, lists all Purview audit queries and, on open, automatically attaches to the most recent completed one. Previously a query timed out after 10 minutes and the finished result (often thousands of events) never appeared. The auditing status is now verified from the data actually returned.
  • Improved The in-app Help now covers all the new features: fixing libraries from the app, exceptions with expiry, the audit query builder and auditing status, email summaries and reminders, the OneDrive inventory, the Get-SPOTenant import and finding history.
  • Improved Site detail → Structure → Libraries and lists: now expands into a row table with details per library/list (name, URL, type, item count, last modified, versioning, unique permissions) — with search and click-to-sort columns.
  • Improved The audit log now has a proper query builder: custom date range, selection of specific operations (sharing, file activity, permissions, site management), a user (UPN) filter and a keyword — filters narrow the query on Microsoft’s side.
  • Improved The audit log now clearly shows the auditing status at the top (active / likely off / unverified) — the warning that auditing isn’t enabled in Purview is now always visible, not hidden below an empty result.
  • Improved The tenant health report is now usable: it opens as a clean standalone document in a new window (score, pillars, findings by severity, area breakdown, key items) and prints / saves to PDF from there — it no longer prints the whole app UI including the menu.
  • Improved In the site detail, the Structure tab rows are now expandable too — “Libraries and lists” reveals the list of them, just like it already works on Permissions.
  • Improved The “Storage by site” table now has search and sorting by clicking column headers (site, usage, quota, utilization, files).
  • Improved Audit log: when a query returns no events, Atlas now warns that auditing is likely not enabled in Microsoft Purview (off by default on new tenants) and advises where to turn it on.
  • New Fix directly from the app: for library versioning (ST-06) and broken inheritance (PE-03) findings, each library in the detail has a button that applies the change straight through SharePoint — no PowerShell.
  • New Exceptions for specific objects and whole findings now support an expiry and a note: a library, list or an entire finding can be excluded permanently or for a set period (30 days to a year) with a reason. After it expires the finding returns on its own. Review and revoke exceptions under Settings → Score and rules.
  • New New check: an external guest holding site owner or admin rights (PE-11) — a high risk that was previously invisible.
  • New Scan summary by email: from Reports you can send a clean, branded email with the score and findings; optionally it is sent automatically after each full scan (Settings → Notifications). Sent by the signed-in admin from their own mailbox.
  • New Scan-age watchdog: the Overview shows a reminder when the last scan is older than the configured interval, with a one-click option to add a reminder to your Outlook calendar.
  • New OneDrive inventory: Storage now lists the personal OneDrive sites visible to the admin (best-effort — a full tenant-wide list requires application permissions).
  • New Finding history: the finding detail shows a timeline (first seen, last confirmed, regression, resolved, exception) — a clear view of how the finding evolved.
  • New New AI-readiness check: Restricted Access Control (RAC) — a recommendation for controlling Copilot access (evaluated from the Get-SPOTenant import).
  • Improved SharePoint system libraries (Form Templates, Style Library) are now skipped in the versioning check outright — they no longer create noise.
  • Improved A concurrent scan by two admins is now guarded by a lock — two people can no longer accidentally run a scan at the same time (which protects against duplicated findings).
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.12 App detail
  • New English interface — switch the whole app to English with the CS/EN toggle in the top-right of the header. Ideal for international teams and colleagues abroad.
  • Fixed The company theme color now applies to the last remaining spots (user avatar, ⌘K quick search, media viewer, people picker, update notices, usage overview, collection cards) — previously they stayed the default teal.
  • New The default language is inherited from your organisation's central configuration (EP365 Homepage), or follows your Microsoft 365 language. Your own language choice is remembered across devices.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.11 App detail
  • New Media expiration watch — admins see a home-screen notice for expired and soon-to-expire media and get a new Expiration filter in the library. Expired media are now hidden from regular users (option in Settings → General).
  • New Phone capture — on mobile you can take a photo with the camera and upload it straight into a collection (e.g. event coverage).
  • New Photo privacy — hidden metadata (EXIF including GPS location) is stripped on upload, and large photos can optionally be downsized automatically.
  • New Import from an existing folder — media already stored on SharePoint can be copied into the center via a wizard with a preview before confirming (Settings → Media import). Originals stay untouched.
  • New Kiosk mode for screens — launch a full-screen loop of a collection's photos and videos from its detail (reception, canteen, trade fair); the link can be pinned to a screen permanently.
  • New New since your last visit — the home screen shows media added since you were last here.
  • Improved Recently viewed media are remembered across devices — history from your computer shows up on your phone too.
  • Improved In the media viewer you can now swipe between items on touch devices.
  • Improved Bug reports and feature suggestions are now e-mailed to EasyPortal 365 support and turned into tickets — you will be kept informed.
  • Improved EP365 Homepage now surfaces expiring media for the Media Center (Needs attention panel).

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.10 App detail
  • New The Media Center is now available in Microsoft Teams — as a personal app in the left rail and as a tab in a channel. Your photos, videos and brand assets are at hand outside the browser too.
  • New Redesigned mobile experience — on a phone the app offers a clear bottom navigation and content tailored to the small screen. Browsing and playing media is comfortable on the go too.
  • Improved In Microsoft Teams the app finds the site with your Media Center on its own (via EP365 Homepage), or asks for its address once and remembers it — you can switch the site anytime from the top bar.
  • Fixed Clearing a media expiration date now actually saves — previously the original date could silently remain.
  • Fixed A ⌘K quick-search result of type media now opens the item directly in its detail — previously it only switched to the library.
  • Fixed In Microsoft Teams the user role (admin/user) is correctly re-detected after switching the target site.
  • Fixed ZIP download — file names with special characters no longer break into folders inside the archive.
  • Fixed Security hardening of thumbnail rendering and external links (stricter validation of URLs stored with media).

EP365 Worklog

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New Worklog now flags unsubmitted and returned timesheets right in the “My day” overview on the EP365 intranet — you see them on the landing page among other things awaiting your action.
  • Improved My timesheet remembers the last project you logged to — the quick entry preselects it. The monthly overview is now a sortable table — click a column header to sort entries by hours, project, date or status.
  • Improved Projects and milestones now offer a row (table) view — switch to it next to tiles and the kanban, with sortable columns; the app remembers which view you used last.
  • Improved Ready for multi-user teams — approvers and billing now see the whole team's entries (not just their own) and everyone sees shared projects, milestones, tasks, lookups and assignments. Internal cost rates and margins are now visible only to administrators — stored separately and never written into the timesheets.
  • Improved In Microsoft Teams the app finds where your data is on its own — if EP365 Homepage runs in hub mode it looks up the Worklog site from its app registry; otherwise it asks once for the address of your Worklog site and remembers it (switch it anytime via the “Change” bar at the top).
  • New The task detail shows logged hours — the total and the latest entries linked to the task via the Create entry button.
  • New A submitted entry can be recalled — it returns to drafts and disappears from the approval queue (on desktop and mobile).
  • New Mobile logging has a “Same as last time” shortcut — one tap prefills the project, milestone and work type from your last entry.
  • Improved Search is diacritics-insensitive — “vyvoj” finds “Vývoj” across all lists and in ⌘K search.
  • Improved The Approvals badge also flags overdue entries — an exclamation mark next to the count and details on hover.
  • Improved A major reliability pass — month close always reads fresh data and stops safely on a network failure (it can never wipe CRM revenue by mistake), submitting, approving and invoicing respect locked periods, and amounts in different currencies are no longer silently added together.
  • Fixed A batch of smaller fixes — correct weekly totals across month boundaries, ⌘K search respects collaborator assignments, the rate card correctly distinguishes CRM and local customers, kanban task moves show a confirmation and the Outlook logging aid loads meetings in the correct time zone.
  • Improved Bug reports and feature requests are now sent by e-mail directly to EasyPortal 365 support — they become a ticket and you get the reply by e-mail.
  • New A timesheet entry created from a task is now linked to it — a per-task logged-hours overview is coming next.
  • New The app is available in Microsoft Teams — add it as a personal app in the left rail or as a channel tab; it also works in mobile Teams.
  • New On a phone the app opens in a simplified view — quick time logging, your own timesheet with submission for approval and a weekly summary; the full app stays one tap away.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New My timesheet — quick logging of worked hours with a weekly grid, copy-last-week and submission for approval.
  • New Timesheet approval — a queue of submitted hours for project leads, rejection reasons, approval delegation during absence and e-mail notifications.
  • New Billing and reports — approved hours ready for invoicing, rates from the rate card at customer, project and person level, per-currency totals and monthly report export to Word (via template) or CSV.
  • New Projects and milestones — a customer, project, milestone and task tree; tasks also as a drag-and-drop kanban with progress tracking.
  • New EP365 CRM integration — service contracts with prepaid hours, carry-over of unused hours to the next month and month close writing revenue from hours.
  • New Time-logging discipline — period locking, a weekly hours target, reminders for missing time, escalation of overdue timesheets and Outlook calendar as a basis for logging.
  • Improved License verification runs in-app without a page reload and lists share unified pagination with a page-size choice.
  • Improved The Support project type was renamed to Ad-hoc support — it more clearly distinguishes one-off support billed by time worked from a flat-rate service contract.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.34 App detail
  • Improved Site selection in Teams is smarter — the app detects where it is deployed from the central app registry in EP365 Homepage (and verifies your access). Each site shows that it is officially registered, along with its version.
  • Improved Sites with the AI Assistant deployed are found reliably in Teams even when the organization uses multiple EP365 Homepage hubs.
  • Fixed The floating assistant button no longer appears in the Teams app — it was redundant when you are already in the AI Assistant.
  • Fixed The bottom area with the message box is no longer cut off on mobile — the app height is measured precisely and adapts to an open keyboard.
  • Fixed The site bar in Teams speaks the same language as the app (it follows the site's language setting).
  • New The AI Assistant is now available directly in Microsoft Teams — as a personal app in the left rail and as a channel tab, on desktop and in the Teams mobile app.
  • New Site selection when launched in Teams — the app finds the sites you can access where the AI Assistant is deployed, and you choose which one to work with. The choice is remembered and can be changed at any time.
  • New A tailored mobile view — full-screen chat, the conversation list in a slide-out panel and less-used header actions neatly collapsed into a menu.
  • Improved Conversations, Company knowledge and the selected site's settings work in Teams just like on SharePoint — including shared prompts and the organisation's authoritative sources.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.10 App detail
  • Improved The Subscriptions, Products, Contracts, Templates and Campaigns lists now have sortable columns — click a column header to sort the records (and click again to reverse the order). This makes it easy to find, for example, the most expensive subscription, contracts with the nearest renewal, or the most recently used templates.
  • Fixed The CRM is now ready for multi-user teams — team members now see and jointly manage all contacts, companies, deals, activities, tasks and other records (previously each person could see only their own). Configuration and lookups are managed by an administrator; the change history (audit) remains visible only to administrators.
  • Improved Monthly recurring revenue (MRR) for Subscriptions is now calculated for a selected month — the current one by default, with a switch to another month. It reflects when a subscription actually runs: an item that starts later (e.g. after the new year) or has already ended is not counted into that month's MRR. Such a subscription shows a tag in the list ("from…", "ended…").
  • Improved The service contract detail is tidier — a finance strip without empty boxes, a contract-period elapsed-time bar, renewal, due day and attachments in a compact grid, and SLA as a table with priority colours. In editing, the renewal date and due day sit side by side.
  • Improved Contract renewal now supports an interval — monthly, quarterly, half-yearly, yearly or every two years; the renewal date is derived as the nearest anniversary of the contract start. A manual date remains the default option.
  • Improved Service contracts now carry an attachments link — the detail and edit views gained a URL field (e.g. a SharePoint document folder), opened from the detail in one click.
  • Improved The dashboard has two new tiles — Companies (database count, customers and monthly growth) and Subscriptions (active count with monthly recurring revenue).
  • New Service contracts can now define SLA — a plan name and per-priority response times (response and resolution in hours, optionally business hours only). EP365 HelpDesk picks the definition up when synchronising companies.
  • New On the Kanban board you can drag deals between phase columns — moving a card changes the deal's phase (and its probability) right away.
  • Improved Invoice details from a deal are now complete and ready to transcribe into your invoicing system — customer with company/VAT ID and address, line items priced excl. VAT, a VAT recap per rate, dates and payment milestones.
  • Improved Help now covers new topics — dragging deals on the Kanban board, invoice details and the library of generated deal documents.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New Deals have a new Documents tab — generated documents are stored in a library right on the site, where you can open them, edit them online in Office or convert them to PDF.
  • Improved The deal documents library is grouped by client and each document shows the deal, client and document type; you can open the whole library from the app in one click.
  • Improved Document preview opens more reliably, works for PDF too and shows more details — size, version, author and creation or modification dates.
  • Fixed Word document preview now displays correctly on team sites too — previously it could report that the document does not exist.
  • Improved Sample data include an example deal document, so the Documents tab has something to show right after seeding.
  • New You can now assign contact roles to a company — primary contact, monthly report contact and billing contact (chosen from the company's contacts). EP365 HelpDesk uses the report contact as the single address for the monthly summary.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 Vozový park

Version 1.7 App detail
  • New Fleet is now available in Microsoft Teams — add it as a personal app in the left rail or a channel tab; it also works in mobile Teams with a simplified view for reservations, vehicle handover, incident reporting and refuelling. On first open in Teams the app asks (or finds via EP365 Homepage) where your data lives.
  • Fixed The app is now ready for multi-user teams — drivers now see all vehicles and dispatchers and managers see and approve the whole team's reservations (previously each person could see only their own records). This applies to vehicles, reservations, incidents, the journey log, service history, refuelling and other overviews.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New New welcome landing screen — a clear start page with quick actions.
  • New Command palette ⌘K — instant keyboard search across vehicles, reservations and views.
  • New Settings has a new Reservations & operations section — admins can require reservation approval org-wide (a vehicle's own mode takes precedence) and enable automatic driver reminders with a configurable lead time.
  • Improved The vehicle table is sortable by clicking headers; lists share unified pagination (10/15/20/All) and remember your preference.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.
  • Fixed A batch of minor visual and typography fixes from an internal review.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 HelpDesk

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New First release of HelpDesk — tickets from e-mail and portal, conversation threads and a queue for the support team.
  • New Shared support mailbox processing directly in the app — no Power Automate, no server infrastructure; replies are threaded and unknown senders wait in the Unassigned mail queue.
  • New Customer portal — external users see only their own tickets, the 'Whole company' role adds colleagues' tickets; isolation is enforced by SharePoint permissions.
  • New SLA plans with first-response and resolution tracking — per-priority targets, paused while 'Waiting for customer', colour countdowns in the queue.
  • New Synchronisation of companies, service contracts and contacts from EP365 CRM, including monthly retainer usage.
  • New Ticket closure with time write-back — billable effort flows into EP365 Worklog (per-company project, monthly milestone, locked-period check).
  • New Ticket kanban board with drag & drop status changes, monthly reports with CSV export and per-company usage overview.
  • New Bug reports and feature requests are sent by e-mail straight to EasyPortal 365 support — each report becomes a ticket with user, tenant and app version details.
  • New One-click sample data — demo companies, contacts and tickets with conversations for a quick showcase; full data reset behind a confirmation checkbox.
  • New Usage overview for admins — adoption metrics and a chronological activity report built from ticket timestamps.
  • New Manual company and contact creation — the helpdesk can run entirely without a CRM connection.
  • Improved CRM sync now saves a freshly typed site address automatically — no more 'fill in the address' messages.
  • Improved License re-check right from the banner — one click after activation, no waiting for the daily cache to expire.
  • New Reply templates with variables ({name}, {ticket}, {company}…) — managed in Settings, inserted with one click from the composer.
  • New Attachments in replies — agents attach files that go out by e-mail, customers upload them in the portal for tickets and new requests.
  • New SLA escalation — a summary e-mail goes to a chosen address when a deadline is breached (once per ticket).
  • New Bulk edits in the queue — select tickets and change status, priority, category or assignee at once; queue export to CSV.
  • New App theme — colour presets or a custom accent, optional inheritance of the global EP365 Homepage theme.
  • Improved Configurable business hours for SLA and a first-run guide on the dashboard.
  • Improved Automatic replies (Out of Office) no longer create tickets or trigger confirmations — no autoresponder loops.
  • New Ticket watchers — additional people receive replies in CC; picked up automatically from the original e-mail's CC.
  • New Assignee selection with an e-mail notification and a conversation log entry.
  • New Merging duplicate tickets — the source closes, its requester gets replies in CC and their e-mails are redirected to the target ticket.
  • New Satisfaction rating — a closure e-mail with Great / OK / Unhappy one-click buttons plus in-portal rating; averages in reports.
  • New Team performance in reports — resolved tickets, billable hours, average response, resolution time and satisfaction per assignee.
  • New Automatic assignment of new tickets — team rotation or a fixed assignee, logged in the conversation.
  • New Ticket tags with search plus an 'Unassigned' queue filter.
  • Improved Watchers can be added right when creating a ticket — in the portal and when creating manually.
  • New SLA is now taken straight from the service contract in EP365 CRM — company sync adds or updates the plan by name and assigns it to the company right away. Plans with no CRM link stay local.
  • New Incoming mail rules — new e-mail tickets are triaged automatically by sender, domain or text: a rule sets the category, priority, assignee or tags (Settings — E-mail).
  • New Monthly customer summary — send companies a period digest by e-mail from Reports: request counts, hours worked, retainer usage and a ticket table. Recipients are contacts with the Whole company role.
  • New Retainer usage watch — an internal alert goes out when a company reaches 80 % and 100 % of its monthly hour budget; the company card highlights approaching depletion in amber.
  • New Saved queue views — store a combination of filter, search and layout under your own name and switch with one click.
  • New Knowledge base — guides and solutions to common situations. Published public articles are read by customers in the portal (Help and guides) and rated for usefulness; internal articles serve the team.
  • New Article management for the team — categories, tags, excerpt and body, Draft/Published and Public/Internal toggles. Draft and internal articles are inaccessible to customers even via a direct link (enforced by SharePoint).
  • New Insert an article into a reply — add a link to a guide with the Article button in the composer toolbar while replying to a ticket.
  • Improved Quick search ⌘K now also finds knowledge base articles.
  • New Automatic closing of resolved tickets — after a chosen number of idle days the ticket closes and the customer gets a closure e-mail with rating and reopen options (Settings — Automation and macros).
  • New Automatic reminder for tickets awaiting the customer — after a set period a polite nudge goes out, once per ticket (until the customer replies).
  • New Macros — combined actions in the ticket detail. In one click set status and priority, assign the ticket to yourself, add tags, insert reply text and an internal note. Macros are managed by admins in Settings.
  • Improved Reports can compare with the previous month (toggle above the overview), a new SLA compliance by plan card with average first response was added, and the company table now has a Retainer usage column.
  • New The ticket detail has an Activity tab — a chronology of all events (messages, internal notes, system actions, resolution and closing).
  • New The company detail has an Activity tab with events around the company, and the Worklog section shows how many entries and hours were logged this year.
  • Improved E-mail settings explain the mail processing mode and gained a four-step „How an e-mail becomes a ticket“ guide.
  • Improved On the dashboard, recent activity now shows as a separate card next to your tickets.
  • Improved Adding users to roles (Admins, Support team) now has a type-ahead — start typing a name or e-mail and pick a user from Microsoft 365, just like in the other apps.
  • Improved Help is clearer and covers the whole app — topics split into categories (tickets, e-mail and automation, customers and knowledge, reports and security), search across everything and a Tip of the day.
  • New Ticket replies and knowledge-base article content now support text formatting — bold, italic, bullet and numbered lists and links. The formatting carries over into the customer e-mail.
  • Improved The ticket detail is tidier — a wider left column without a scrollbar and better-arranged fields, plus a taller reply box on the right.
  • New The ticket queue can be filtered by company — a quick view of one customer's requests.
  • Improved The monthly customer report now always goes to a single address — the 'monthly report contact' set on the company in EP365 CRM (without it, the first 'Whole company' contact is used).
  • New Pricing is admin-only — the retainer and over-rate (and the revenue estimate in reports) are visible and editable only to the app admin role. The support team sees the included scope, usage and SLA, but not prices.
  • Improved Tidier ticket and company detail — a wider left panel without a scrollbar, with details arranged in two columns.
  • New Automatic retainer consumption — service hours draw from the company's monthly prepaid pool (free until exhausted), the overflow is billed automatically at the rate. A ticket on the boundary is split into a within-retainer and an over-retainer part. Consumption is chronological by ticket closure.
  • New Each work type can be set to draw from the retainer (Settings — Work types). Only billable hours of such types consume the retainer.
  • New Recalculate the monthly retainer — one button on the company card reallocates hours and rewrites the Worklog entries chronologically. Already approved entries are left untouched.
  • Improved The retainer gauge, the 80/100 % alerts and the revenue estimate in reports now count only hours that actually draw the retainer, and bill only over-retainer work.
  • New The Overview has a new Support operations section — weekly SLA compliance, customer satisfaction, over-retainer billing, queue breakdown by status, agent workload, companies near their retainer limit, a 14-day trend, top categories, the longest-open tickets and where tickets come from. All from existing data, no setup needed.
  • New Companies can be shown as tidy tiles, not just a table — the switch is above the list on the right and the choice is remembered.
  • Improved The Worklog project picker on the company card now offers only that company's projects (by the project's customer), to avoid mapping the wrong one.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.
  • Improved CRM synchronisation now also pulls in companies marked with the 'customer' or 'active customer' status — previously only companies with the 'Customer' category or a service contract were imported.
  • Improved Fix — filing unassigned mail into a new ticket now completes without error and the e-mail leaves the queue (the action previously reported an error and the mail stayed in the queue).
  • New A new customer reply stands out at a glance — the ticket gets a bold 'New reply' badge in the queue and on the kanban board, and keeps it until the team responds (a reply or a status change).
  • Improved The open ticket detail now refreshes itself continuously — a new customer reply and the e-mail delivery status appear without closing and reopening the blade.
  • Improved Conversations stay readable — incoming replies have their quoted history and mail-server security banners trimmed automatically, so only the new text is stored in the thread.
  • Improved Customer e-mails have a fresh, lighter look — a header with the EasyPortal 365 logo, a coloured strip by message type (reply, resolution, reminder, escalation) and a clear footer with a link. Aligned with the rest of the EP365 apps.
  • Improved The company filter in the ticket queue is available even when you only have tickets from a single company so far.
  • New HelpDesk also runs as an app in Microsoft Teams — add it as a personal app and work with tickets right inside Teams; on first launch you pick the site with your customer support.
  • New Company assignment for team members — an admin can assign specific companies to individual agents (Settings — Company assignment). An agent then sees only tickets and companies from the assigned ones; admins always see everything.
  • New Reports can be narrowed to a single company — a switch above the overview applies the choice to all numbers, charts and tables, so you see the month through one customer's eyes.
  • New The app can expand to full screen — a button in the top right hides the SharePoint surroundings and gives the queue and reports more room; press Esc to exit.
  • Improved Fix — filing mail from the Unassigned queue now recognises an existing ticket and just appends the message to it, instead of creating a second, duplicate ticket.
  • Improved Fix — the retainer recalculation is more resilient to a brief connection glitch: when unsure it writes nothing, so already billed Worklog hours can never be duplicated.
  • Improved Customer e-mails are wider and easier to read, and the internal app version number is gone from the footer.
  • New HelpDesk now contributes to the 'My day' overview on the EP365 Homepage — the team sees overdue (SLA) tickets and tickets awaiting a reply among the cross-app alerts. Who sees what is governed by SharePoint permissions.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.33 App detail
  • New Prompt Studio — one place for all prompts. Open it with the Prompts icon in the chat header or by typing a slash / in the message box.
  • New Two clearly separated layers: Tasks (what I want now — inserted into the message) and Assistants (who helps me — set the behaviour of the whole conversation).
  • New A ready-made gallery of prompts by topic (Summarize, Write, Analyze, Find, Translate, Code) and ready assistants (Legal advisor, HR guide, Translator, IT support, Concise style).
  • New Prompts with variables are filled in before insertion — you complete the bracketed text and link smart items (document, person, conversation) to real company data.
  • New Your own prompts and company-shared prompts sit in one place next to the ready gallery; shared ones are managed by an admin in EP365 Homepage.
  • Improved Unified — the former conversation-prompt and templates icons are replaced by a single Prompts icon.
  • Improved The chat header shows the active assistant's name directly (Assistant: …) — click it to change the assistant; no hovering needed.
  • Improved Prompt Studio can also be opened from the home screen and via a visible Prompts button next to the message box, not just the icon.
  • Improved Cleaner, airier home screen — instead of two example sections it offers Continue (a quick jump back to recent and favorite conversations) and Prompt Studio; open prompts from there or by typing a slash / in the box.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New Marketing now flags your overdue tasks right in the “My day” overview on the EP365 intranet — you see them on the landing page among the things awaiting your action.
  • New Tasks on a board (kanban) — drag a card between the To do, In progress and Done columns to change a task's status.
  • New Conversations on tasks — the team leaves notes on a task and mentions a colleague with @; the mentioned person gets an e-mail notification.
  • New Task change history — every task shows who changed its status, due date, assignee or title, and when.
  • New Outlook calendar link — add a task with a due date to your own calendar as an all-day event in one click.
  • Improved Phased event-preparation checklist — steps split into before, during and after the event for a clearer overview.
  • Improved Tasks right on the event — add and tick off tasks for each webinar or conference in one place.
  • Improved Formatting in conversations — comments on posts, activities and tasks now support bold, italics, bullet and numbered lists and links. The field is also taller and more comfortable to write in.
  • Improved Post calendar — the former Calendar is renamed to Post calendar, and its scheduled entries use a larger, more legible font.
  • New Linked tasks on an activity — the activity detail now shows the tasks that point to it, and you can open them in one click.
  • New Create and edit right from a campaign — the campaign detail now lets you add and edit posts, activities and tasks in place (they open on top with the campaign prefilled). The same works for Events.
  • New Named event-preparation templates — define several checklist templates (e.g. Conference, Webinar) in Settings and pick one per event; the matching one is suggested by event type.
  • Improved Built-in event-preparation templates — two ready-made checklist templates (Conference, Webinar) are available out of the box; the matching one is suggested per event type.
  • Improved Dashboard — running campaigns at a glance. The home screen now shows your running campaigns with a fulfilment bar (published / total) and a click-through to the detail.
  • New Activities on a board (kanban) — activities are now also available as a kanban with columns by status; dragging a card between columns runs them through the same approval workflow as posts.
  • Improved Campaigns — more colours to choose from and a roomier, wider edit window with a clearer layout.
  • Improved Unified record details and editing — posts, activities, tasks and campaigns now share the same wide window and layout: a detail with the overview on the left and content on the right, and editing with a large text area and metadata on the right.
  • New More fields on records — a post has a promoted link, an activity has tags, an output link and an editable owner, a task has a priority (High/Normal/Low) visible on the board and in the list; the CRM event can be picked right in the post or activity editor.
  • Improved Formatted description — the Description field on tasks, activities and campaigns is larger and supports the same formatting as conversations (bold, italics, lists, links); it renders formatted in the detail too. Outlook calendar always receives plain text.
  • Improved Formatted post copy — the post text and per-network variants have a formatting toolbar and render formatted in the detail. Copying for a network automatically removes the marks, and character counters count the clean text that will actually be posted.
  • Improved Taller comment box — writing in conversations has more room.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.31 App detail
  • New Authoritative sources 2.0 — Company knowledge answers draw primarily from centrally defined authoritative sources; when regular content contradicts them, the authoritative source wins and the assistant flags the discrepancy.
  • New Visible authority labelling — shielded citations, an Authoritative badge on source cards and a line above the sources saying the answer draws primarily from authoritative sources.
  • New An authoritative source can optionally be bound to Entra ID groups — it then applies only to their members; SharePoint permissions always apply.
  • Improved Settings now show an overview of central authoritative sources including their group bindings.
  • Improved Changes to the global configuration in EP365 Homepage (authoritative sources, groups, theme, settings) now take effect without a page refresh — the app picks them up when you return to the tab.

EP365 Atlas

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New Tenant health overview — an overall 0–100 score with five pillars (security, governance, storage, adoption and AI readiness), an executive summary and recommended actions.
  • New Findings — a catalogue of rules evaluates every scan; confirm, resolve or mark findings as exceptions while Atlas watches for regressions between scans.
  • New Site inventory from Microsoft usage reports — every site collection including those the admin cannot access, with storage, activity and per-site health.
  • New Tenant settings audited against recommended practice — each check shows the current value, the recommendation and a Fix button that writes the change directly.
  • New AI readiness — four dimensions (access hygiene, data classification, authoritative sources, content freshness) with checks, recommended steps and a comparison with the previous scan.
  • New Sharing and guests — a guest inventory from Entra ID including inactive accounts, a per-domain breakdown and a sharing overview built from audit events.
  • New The Microsoft Purview audit log right in the app — queries over sharing, deletions, permissions and admin actions without PowerShell.
  • New On-demand scanning in your browser — quick and full scans with per-phase progress, respect for Microsoft throttling limits and snapshots saved for trends.
  • New Scan comparison — pick two snapshots and Atlas shows everything that changed between them: score, findings, settings, sites, sharing and storage.
  • New Reports and export — a printable tenant health report and CSV exports for further processing; everything is generated inside your tenant.
  • New Finding detail with a resolution guide — each finding shows its impact, concrete steps and, above all, Fix now (writes the recommended tenant setting) and Verify now (reads live data and closes the finding only once the problem is truly gone).
  • Improved Findings can now switch to any older version (an earlier scan) and open a finding from it in a read-only detail — ideal for documenting the state at a given date. Verify now works on historical findings too, checking whether the problem still exists today.
  • Improved In Scan comparison you can open the detail of a changed tenant setting (what it was, what it is now and why it matters) and revert it back to the original, safer value with a single click.
  • New The deep scan now surfaces what previously required a manual technical audit: permissions assigned directly to users (outside groups), document libraries without versioning, lists over 5000 items, subsites (a legacy model) and sites with only a single owner or admin.
  • New New Tenant structure section (under Sites): hub sites, the term store, Microsoft 365 groups including orphaned ones without an owner, the Content Type Hub and the home site — an information-architecture overview in one place, flagging orphaned groups and missing hubs.
  • New Expanded tenant-settings audit: Atlas now also checks unmanaged-device access (Conditional Access), blocking downloads of infected files, enforced guest expiration, default share-link permission and type, the Everyone claim, automatic storage limits and OneDrive retention after offboarding.
  • New The full tenant configuration in one place: the public interface returns only ~30 values, so Tenant settings now lists them all, and on the Scan screen (the third Import settings tile) you can paste the PowerShell Get-SPOTenant output once to unlock the full ~230 checks (read-only findings with guidance).
  • Improved The finding detail is wider and laid out in two clear columns (what and why on the left, how to fix on the right) — no scrolling. It adds technical details (rule, pillar, object, verification method) and, above all, a PowerShell section with a ready-to-run command including sign-in for self-service; all buttons (Fix, Verify, Mark) now live in the bottom bar.
  • Improved A richer Overview: added a Score trend chart from scan history, a Since-last-scan strip (new / resolved / regressions), inline mini-trends on the Sites / Findings / Storage / Guests tiles and a Findings-by-area donut. We removed the redundant text summary.
  • Fixed Fixed false positives: the Everyone / Everyone except external users finding (PE-05 and related AI oversharing) is now reported only where the claim actually holds a permission (Read or higher). The app used to flag sites where the claim is merely resolved without real access (None / Limited Access), causing false findings on many sites. Direct permissions were tightened too (only real roles count, not Limited Access).
  • Fixed Fixed: after Delete all data (or deleting a single scan) the data no longer comes back. The app used to auto-create the nordika sample data whenever the list was empty, right after deletion, making it look like delete didn't work. Sample data is now created only via the button — a real tenant carries no fake data.
  • New Data management: in the Scan history you can now delete a specific scan (a trash icon on the row with confirmation), and Settings → Test data gained a Delete all data action — irreversibly removes all scans and findings (real and sample) for a clean start; settings, theme, roles and license remain.
  • Improved In the site detail, the items on the Permissions, Sharing and Structure tabs are now expandable — click a count to reveal the actual list: who the owners and guests are, which libraries have unique permissions or lack versioning, which are subsites and large lists, who holds direct permissions. The scan data is finally visible, not just counted.
  • Fixed Fixed: the deep scan now actually stores its results. Previously the deep-scan details (permissions, sharing, structure, Everyone claims, direct permissions, versioning…) were discarded after completion — so sites reported no deep scan and site-level findings never evaluated. They now correctly persist into the snapshot and appear in the site detail and in findings. The site detail also now shows a file count (computed from libraries) and the last content change instead of empty values.
  • Fixed Fixed more false positives: Microsoft-managed system sites (App Catalog, Content Type Hub, Search) stay in the inventory but are no longer subject to governance and AI findings. They used to be flagged as no owner (the App Catalog has no classic Owners group), an inactive site to archive (Content Type Hub) or unclassified — all false positives. They are now marked with a System badge in the site list and detail.
  • Improved The finding detail now lists the specific affected objects, not just their count. For findings like N libraries without versioning, broken permission inheritance, subsites, large lists, orphaned groups or sites without an owner/classification you now see a named list in an Affected objects section. Sites are clickable — they open the site detail where the actual libraries and lists are expandable.
  • Fixed Fixed: a quick scan no longer closes deep-scan findings. A quick scan deliberately skips the per-site deep scan, so it had no data about libraries, permissions etc. — yet those findings used to disappear as resolved after it, and the next full scan reopened them as false regressions. A quick scan now resolves only what it actually measured (tenant settings and guests) and leaves deep findings untouched until the next full scan.
  • Fixed Role security: the Viewers group (EP365AtlasViewers) used to receive Edit rights on the web — a viewer could write into the app data, run or delete scans and change finding states. It now gets Read only (existing installs adjust automatically), app data stays visible to viewers, and all actions (scan, import, deletion, resolving findings) are admin-only — including via direct links.
  • Fixed Findings reliability: a connectivity failure after a scan could create duplicate findings, and two concurrently started scans could race on writes. Matching now safely aborts on read failure (no duplicates), a second scan cannot start while one is running — and scan progress stays visible even if you navigate away meanwhile.
  • Fixed False critical finding “Anonymous links have no expiration” (SH-04): it fired even on tenants that do have expiration set — the public interface simply does not return this value. The rule now evaluates only with the Get-SPOTenant import; the non-functional Fix now button on SH-04/SH-05 was replaced by a ready-to-run PowerShell command.
  • Fixed Get-SPOTenant import: PowerShell serializes options as numbers (e.g. ConditionalAccessPolicy: 0), so the extended security rules (unmanaged-device access, anonymous edit links…) silently never fired. The import now translates the values, the rules work — and they can be closed by a quick scan and checked with Verify now.
  • Fixed “Site without an owner”: a failed read of the Owners group (throttling, permissions) was counted as zero owners → false findings. Unknown is now honestly shown as unknown. The Owner column in the site list is also finally populated from the scan (it used to show “no owner” for every site).
  • Fixed Sample data: repeated clicks duplicated demo snapshots, and seeding mixed with real findings (it could overwrite or close them; deleting sample data could then touch live records). Old demo data is now cleaned up first and sample data never touches real findings.
  • Improved Thresholds from Settings (site inactivity, guest inactivity) now genuinely feed the GV-05/AI-15/SH-09 findings and all overviews — rules used to ignore them and a fixed 180/365 days applied. Save errors in Settings and role management are now surfaced (previously silent), and role management also confirms success.
  • Improved Small fixes across the app: the site detail never shows a different site when a link points to an unknown address; the address-bar link keeps the open record; an audit query stops when you leave the screen; Esc in the palette no longer also closes the detail underneath; edge values (invalid date, zero quota) and CSV export hardened; unused Reports.Read.All permission removed.
  • New Per-library and per-list exceptions: in the finding detail (Affected objects) you can mark an individual library, list or subsite as an exception — the aggregate finding stops counting it while still reporting newly added objects. Exceptions can be reviewed and removed under Settings → Score and rules. SharePoint system libraries (Form Templates, Style Library) are now skipped outright — the versioning check no longer reports them at all.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.11 App detail
  • Fixed Sample data is no longer created automatically on first open of an empty site — you create it (including the default taxonomy) only via the button in Settings → Test data. A real site stays empty until you fill it, and deleted data no longer comes back.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New The feedback form now has a tips panel with guidance for writing useful bug reports and suggestions.
  • Improved Polished home screen — a cleaner layout aligned with the unified EP365 look; search now lives exclusively in the sidebar and the ⌘K palette, and the Frequent chips follow real situation popularity.
  • Improved Admin tables are sortable by clicking headers; pagination remembers your preference.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.30 App detail
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New Command palette ⌘K — instant keyboard search across conversations and message content plus a quick jump to any screen.
  • Improved Help now searches across all question categories at once and offers a Tip of the day.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.

EP365 CRM

Version 1.9 App detail
  • New Webinars now track attendees by name — registered people are stored as contacts and companies you can keep working with.
  • New You can prepare billing details from a deal — copy a summary with the customer, line items, totals and dates to the clipboard, save it as a file or send it straight by e-mail.
  • Improved E-mail templates show their performance at a glance — Sent, Opened and Replies cards right in the template detail.
  • Improved The webinar attendee table fits the screen without horizontal scrolling and the attendee detail clearly shows company and role.
  • Improved …and further improvements across the 1.9 line.

EP365 Marketing

Version 1.0 App detail
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New Publishing calendar — social posts, marketing activities and CRM events on one canvas, with month, week and agenda views.
  • New Posts on a kanban board — dragging a card between columns takes a post from idea to published; copy can be tailored per network, with character counters.
  • New Content approval — up to three configurable steps, a decision history and returns for rework with a comment.
  • New Campaigns, activities and tasks — content umbrellas with progress at a glance and light team coordination.
  • New Conversations with mentions — threads on posts, campaigns and activities; mentioned colleagues get an e-mail notification.
  • New Publishing plan — a weekly rhythm of slots per network and topic, with fulfilment tracked right on the dashboard.
  • New Optional EP365 CRM link — event and webinar preparation with a checklist and linked promo content.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.9 App detail
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New Command palette ⌘K — instant keyboard search across media, collections and views.
  • Improved The welcome landing page has a refreshed look aligned with the unified EP365 app style — quick entries to photos, videos and brand assets.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.
  • Fixed Security hardening of link checks for URLs stored with media and brand assets.

EP365 Site Manager

Version 1.3 App detail
  • New Site Manager now flags sites you own whose validity has expired or is about to expire, right in the “My day” overview on the EP365 intranet.
  • Improved Bug reports and feature requests are now sent by email to our support — straight from the app, on your behalf.
  • New The Roadmap now has a What's new section — a per-version overview of changes, highlighting the version deployed for you.
  • New After an update, a subtle notice on the home screen points you to what's new.
  • New New welcome landing screen — a clear start page with a greeting, quick actions and live counts right after opening the app.
  • New The admin usage overview now includes an activity report — a chronological feed of site management events with a period filter and CSV export.
  • Improved The left navigation shows live counts — how many requests await approval and how many sites expire soon.
  • Improved The site import table is sortable by clicking column headers.
  • Fixed A batch of minor visual and typography fixes from an internal review — including the examples in the feedback form.
  • Improved The app now inherits the full company theme from global settings — not just the accent color, but also the base color (text, headings, buttons). The interface matches your brand instead of the default blue.

EP365 Identity Manager

Version 1.1 App detail
  • New New Users module — Entra ID account management: an overview of users and guests, account blocking and extra metadata.
  • New The user detail opens as a wide record panel — identity 360 on the left, detail tabs on the right.
  • Improved The ⌘K command palette also searches users and taxonomy schemes and reliably opens above the whole app.
  • Improved Group and user tables sort by clicking a column header and share unified pagination.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.

EP365 Řízené dokumenty

Version 1.10 App detail
  • New New My documents welcome screen — a personal greeting, a quick status overview of your documents and shortcuts to frequent actions.
  • Improved The ⌘K command palette now searches documents too — jump straight to a document detail from the keyboard.
  • Improved Tables across all views can be sorted by clicking the column headers.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.
  • Improved …and further improvements across the 1.10 line.

EP365 AI Asistent

Version 1.29 App detail
  • New AI model selection — admins can pick the model for a site, or inherit it from the organisation's global configuration.
  • New Voice read-aloud of answers with a high-quality neural voice and correct pronunciation of abbreviations.
  • New One-click export of an answer to Word (.docx).
  • Improved Faster app response thanks to a package of performance improvements.
  • Improved The AI service connection can be inherited from the organisation's global configuration — no manual setup on every site.
  • Improved …and further improvements across the 1.29 line, for example a clearer Found documents dialog.

EP365 LifeCenter

Version 1.10 App detail
  • New Approval workflow e-mail notifications — approvers are notified when an article is submitted, authors on approval or rejection.
  • New Related articles — relevant content is suggested at the end of each article, based on situations and tags.
  • New Stale content review — articles older than 12 months get a Review needed badge, a filter and a Mark as reviewed action.
  • New A Your progress card on situations — a summary of completed checklist steps, green at 100%.
  • New Failed-search analytics — the Usage overview anonymously lists queries with no results.
  • New Command palette ⌘K for instant search and navigation across the app.
  • Improved The default UI language is inherited from the organisation's global configuration (a user's explicit choice always wins) and the CS/EN toggle moved to the top-right corner of the header.
  • Improved Pagination on all list views and further improvements across the 1.10 line.

Workplace

Version 1.18 App detail
  • New Site traffic section — an overview of the most-read content and visit trends over time, including summary figures.
  • New Content preview section — embed an Office document or a web page directly on the homepage.
  • New Saved layouts — admins can store named snapshots of the section layout and restore them anytime; team sites can inherit a global layout published from the hub.
  • Improved Every section can have a custom title and Quick actions offer a wider palette of colour tones including a custom colour.
  • Fixed Fixed saving in section settings — the screen no longer shows two Save buttons at once, changes are saved unambiguously.
  • Improved …and further improvements across the 1.18 line (more reliable Industry news, global AI model configuration, app descriptions from the central catalogue).

EP365 Site Manager

Version 1.2 App detail
  • New Command palette ⌘K — instant keyboard search across requests, sites and views.
  • New People are picked via directory search — in the new request wizard and when managing admin and approver roles.
  • New More actions right from the site detail — metadata editing, expiry extension with an e-mail reminder to the owner, and a team members listing.
  • New Bulk operations in the site catalog; a request can be withdrawn and a failed site creation retried.
  • Improved License verification now runs in-app, without a page reload.
  • Improved App e-mails inherit your organisation branding from the EP365 Homepage global configuration — company name, accent colour and reply-to address.
  • Improved …and further improvements across the 1.2 line — naming rules with URL uniqueness checks, audit filters and an updated help section.

EP365 Mediální centrum

Version 1.8 App detail
  • New Clicking a tile opens the media in a full-screen viewer — with a filmstrip for quick browsing, full-screen photos and automatic video preview.
  • New The accent theme can be inherited from your organisation's central configuration (EP365 Homepage) — a unified look across apps in one click.
  • New Help now shows your organisation's support contact — inherited from the EP365 Homepage global configuration.
  • Improved The browser Back and Forward buttons switch views inside the app — returning to the previous screen without leaving the page.
  • Fixed Security and technical audit — minor bug fixes, better accessibility and more reliable saving.
  • Improved …and further improvements across the 1.8 line (pencil edit in the detail header, sample brand data, updated help).

EP365 Vozový park

Version 1.6 App detail
  • New Help now shows your organisation's support contact — inherited from the EP365 Homepage global configuration.
  • New The app's accent theme can be inherited from your organisation's central configuration (EP365 Homepage) — a unified look across apps in one click.
  • Improved Record times are entered and displayed in local time.
  • Fixed Security audit — among others, fixed uploading attachments with special characters in file names and unified incident statuses.
  • Improved …and dozens of further improvements across the 1.6 line (reservations, incidents, journey log, costs, mobile views).